US20160019317A1 - Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files - Google Patents

Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20160019317A1
US20160019317A1 US14/333,328 US201414333328A US2016019317A1 US 20160019317 A1 US20160019317 A1 US 20160019317A1 US 201414333328 A US201414333328 A US 201414333328A US 2016019317 A1 US2016019317 A1 US 2016019317A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
data
file
files
storage
backup
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US14/333,328
Inventor
Rahul S. Pawar
Henry Wallace Dornemann
Rajiv Kottomtharayil
Chitra Ramaswamy
Ashwin Gautamchand Sancheti
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Commvault Systems Inc
Original Assignee
Commvault Systems Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Commvault Systems Inc filed Critical Commvault Systems Inc
Priority to US14/333,328 priority Critical patent/US20160019317A1/en
Assigned to COMMVAULT SYSTEMS, INC. reassignment COMMVAULT SYSTEMS, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: KOTTOMTHARAYIL, RAJIV, PAWAR, RAHUL S., RAMASWAMY, CHITRA, DORNEMANN, HENRY WALLACE, SANCHETI, ASHWIN GAUTAMCHAND
Publication of US20160019317A1 publication Critical patent/US20160019317A1/en
Priority to US15/684,409 priority patent/US10650057B2/en
Priority to US16/837,714 priority patent/US11625439B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G06F17/30997
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/455Emulation; Interpretation; Software simulation, e.g. virtualisation or emulation of application or operating system execution engines
    • G06F9/45533Hypervisors; Virtual machine monitors
    • G06F9/45558Hypervisor-specific management and integration aspects
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/10File systems; File servers
    • G06F16/11File system administration, e.g. details of archiving or snapshots
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/10File systems; File servers
    • G06F16/11File system administration, e.g. details of archiving or snapshots
    • G06F16/128Details of file system snapshots on the file-level, e.g. snapshot creation, administration, deletion
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/10File systems; File servers
    • G06F16/16File or folder operations, e.g. details of user interfaces specifically adapted to file systems
    • G06F16/162Delete operations
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/20Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
    • G06F16/24Querying
    • G06F16/245Query processing
    • G06F16/2455Query execution
    • G06F16/24564Applying rules; Deductive queries
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/90Details of database functions independent of the retrieved data types
    • G06F16/907Retrieval characterised by using metadata, e.g. metadata not derived from the content or metadata generated manually
    • G06F17/30088
    • G06F17/30117
    • G06F17/30507
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/455Emulation; Interpretation; Software simulation, e.g. virtualisation or emulation of application or operating system execution engines
    • G06F9/45533Hypervisors; Virtual machine monitors
    • G06F9/45558Hypervisor-specific management and integration aspects
    • G06F2009/45579I/O management, e.g. providing access to device drivers or storage
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2201/00Indexing scheme relating to error detection, to error correction, and to monitoring
    • G06F2201/83Indexing scheme relating to error detection, to error correction, and to monitoring the solution involving signatures

Definitions

  • a company might back up critical computing systems such as databases, file servers, web servers, and so on as part of a daily, weekly, or monthly maintenance schedule.
  • the company may similarly protect computing systems used by each of its employees, such as those used by an accounting department, marketing department, engineering department, and so forth.
  • VMs virtual machines
  • low usage VMs and associated data may be archived to make more underused or unused resources available.
  • a VM may be used frequently, but some of the data associated with the VM (e.g., files) may not be used frequently. In such cases, it may be desirable to back up or archive the low usage data of the VM to secondary storage and remove it from primary storage.
  • an information management system can implement volume-level and/or VM-level backup, and VM file placeholder generation.
  • VMs generally share resources, such as hardware and/or storage, and may be backed up by performing an image-level backup or a volume-level backup.
  • a volume in primary storage can include data associated with multiple VMs, and the volume can be backed up to secondary storage (e.g., periodically).
  • the system may refer to the volume-level backup copy and related metadata to determine which VM data is low usage. Then, the system can remove the low usage VM data from primary storage since it has been backed up to secondary storage. In this way, the system can free up underutilized and/or unutilized resources, such as storage space, which can lead to a more efficient use of resources.
  • image-level backup such as volume-level or VM-level backup
  • image-level backup can be faster, for example, compared to file-level backup. For instance, a snapshot of the entire volume or VM can be obtained, and only changes since the last backup can be backed up.
  • the system also does not need to install any application within the VM to perform file-level backup.
  • the image-level backup the system does not need to access each VM in order to determine which VM files can be removed from the primary storage.
  • the system can include a large number of VMs, and using the backup and related metadata, the analysis can be performed automatically (e.g., based on rules, filters, etc.).
  • Using the backup can also allow the analysis to be performed offline without accessing the primary storage itself. By removing infrequently or unused VM files from the primary storage, the system can save disk space in the primary storage and use resources more efficiently.
  • a method of removing files associated with a virtual machine may include creating a backup copy of data associated with a virtual machine (VM) on one or more secondary storage devices, wherein the data associated with the VM resides on a primary storage device and comprises a plurality of files associated with the VM, and wherein the backup copy comprises corresponding secondary copies of the plurality of files.
  • the method may also include analyzing, using computer hardware, metadata associated with the secondary copies of the plurality of files associated with the VM to determine which of the plurality files are eligible to be removed from the primary storage device.
  • the method can further include, in response determining that one or more files of the plurality of files are eligible to be removed from the primary storage device, for respective file of the one or more files: determining, using computer hardware, whether the respective file has been changed since a first time at which the backup copy of the data associated with the VM was created; in response to determining that the respective file has not changed since the first time, removing the respective file; and adding a file placeholder for the removed file on the primary storage device.
  • an information management system configured to remove files associated with a virtual machine.
  • the system may include one or more computing devices comprising computer hardware.
  • the one or more computing devices may create a backup copy of data associated with a virtual machine (VM) on one or more secondary storage devices, wherein the data associated with the VM resides on a primary storage device and comprises a plurality of files associated with the VM, and wherein the backup copy comprises corresponding secondary copies of the plurality of files.
  • the one or more computing devices may also analyze metadata associated with the secondary copies of the plurality of files associated with the VM to determine which of the plurality files are eligible to be removed from the primary storage device.
  • the one or more computing devices can further, in response determining that one or more files of the plurality of files are eligible to be removed from the primary storage device, for respective file of the one or more files: determine whether the respective file has been changed since a first time at which the backup copy of the data associated with the VM was created; in response to determining that the respective file has not changed since the first time, remove the respective file; and add a file placeholder for the removed file on the primary storage device.
  • FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating an exemplary information management system.
  • FIG. 1B is a detailed view of a primary storage device, a secondary storage device, and some examples of primary data and secondary copy data.
  • FIG. 1C is a block diagram of an exemplary information management system including a storage manager, one or more data agents, and one or more media agents.
  • FIG. 1D is a block diagram illustrating a scalable information management system.
  • FIG. 1E illustrates certain secondary copy operations according to an exemplary storage policy.
  • FIGS. 1F-1H are block diagrams illustrating suitable data structures that may be employed by the information management system.
  • FIG. 2 is a data flow diagram illustrative of the interaction between the various components of an exemplary information management system configured to implement volume or virtual machine level backup and virtual machine file placeholder generation, according to certain embodiments.
  • FIG. 3 is a data flow diagram illustrative of the interaction between the various components of an exemplary information management system configured to implement restore of archived virtual machine files, according to certain embodiments.
  • FIG. 4 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine for performing volume or virtual machine level backup and generating virtual machine file placeholders.
  • FIG. 5 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine for restoring an archived virtual machine file by accessing a virtual machine file placeholder.
  • volume or virtual machine level backup and virtual machine file placeholder generation Systems and methods are described herein for implementing volume or virtual machine level backup and virtual machine file placeholder generation. Examples of such systems and methods are discussed in further detail herein, e.g., with respect to FIGS. 2-5 . Moreover, it will be appreciated volume or virtual machine level backup and virtual machine file placeholder generation may be implemented by information management systems such as those that will now be described with respect to FIGS. 1A-1H . And, as will be described, the componentry for implementing volume or virtual machine level backup and virtual machine file placeholder generation can be incorporated into such systems.
  • FIG. 1A shows one such information management system 100 , which generally includes combinations of hardware and software configured to protect and manage data and metadata, which is generated and used by the various computing devices in information management system 100 .
  • the organization that employs the information management system 100 may be a corporation or other business entity, non-profit organization, educational institution, household, governmental agency, or the like.
  • systems and associated components described herein may be compatible with and/or provide some or all of the functionality of the systems and corresponding components described in one or more of the following U.S. patents and patent application publications assigned to CommVault Systems, Inc., each of which is hereby incorporated in its entirety by reference herein:
  • the information management system 100 can include a variety of different computing devices. For instance, as will be described in greater detail herein, the information management system 100 can include one or more client computing devices 102 and secondary storage computing devices 106 .
  • Computing devices can include, without limitation, one or more: workstations, personal computers, desktop computers, or other types of generally fixed computing systems such as mainframe computers and minicomputers.
  • Other computing devices can include mobile or portable computing devices, such as one or more laptops, tablet computers, personal data assistants, mobile phones (such as smartphones), and other mobile or portable computing devices such as embedded computers, set top boxes, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable computers, etc.
  • Computing devices can include servers, such as mail servers, file servers, database servers, and web servers.
  • a computing device includes virtualized and/or cloud computing resources.
  • one or more virtual machines may be provided to the organization by a third-party cloud service vendor.
  • computing devices can include one or more virtual machine(s) running on a physical host computing device (or “host machine”) operated by the organization.
  • host machine the organization may use one virtual machine as a database server and another virtual machine as a mail server, both virtual machines operating on the same host machine.
  • a virtual machine includes an operating system and associated virtual resources, and is hosted simultaneously with another operating system on a physical host computer (or host machine).
  • a hypervisor typically software, and also known in the art as a virtual machine monitor or a virtual machine manager or “VMM” sits between the virtual machine and the hardware of the physical host machine.
  • hypervisor typically software, and also known in the art as a virtual machine monitor or a virtual machine manager or “VMM” sits between the virtual machine and the hardware of the physical host machine.
  • hypervisor typically software, and also known in the art as a virtual machine monitor or a virtual machine manager or “VMM”
  • hypervisor as virtualization software is ESX Server, by VMware, Inc. of Palo Alto, Calif.; other examples include Microsoft Virtual Server and Microsoft Windows Server Hyper-V, both by Microsoft Corporation of Redmond, Wash., and Sun xVM by Oracle America Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif.
  • the hypervisor may be firmware or hardware or a combination of software and/or firmware and/or hardware.
  • the hypervisor provides to each virtual operating system virtual resources, such as a virtual processor, virtual memory, a virtual network device, and a virtual disk. Each virtual machine has one or more virtual disks.
  • the hypervisor typically stores the data of virtual disks in files on the file system of the physical host machine, called virtual machine disk files (in the case of VMware virtual servers) or virtual hard disk image files (in the case of Microsoft virtual servers).
  • VMware's ESX Server provides the Virtual Machine File System (VMFS) for the storage of virtual machine disk files.
  • VMFS Virtual Machine File System
  • the information management system 100 can also include a variety of storage devices, including primary storage devices 104 and secondary storage devices 108 , for example.
  • Storage devices can generally be of any suitable type including, without limitation, disk drives, hard-disk arrays, semiconductor memory (e.g., solid state storage devices), network attached storage (NAS) devices, tape libraries or other magnetic, non-tape storage devices, optical media storage devices, DNA/RNA-based memory technology, combinations of the same, and the like.
  • storage devices can form part of a distributed file system.
  • storage devices are provided in a cloud (e.g., a private cloud or one operated by a third-party vendor).
  • a storage device in some cases comprises a disk array or portion thereof.
  • the illustrated information management system 100 includes one or more client computing device 102 having at least one application 110 executing thereon, and one or more primary storage devices 104 storing primary data 112 .
  • the client computing device(s) 102 and the primary storage devices 104 may generally be referred to in some cases as a primary storage subsystem 117 .
  • a computing device in an information management system 100 that has a data agent 142 installed and operating on it is generally referred to as a client computing device 102 (or, in the context of a component of the information management system 100 simply as a “client”).
  • information management system can refer to generally all of the illustrated hardware and software components. Or, in other instances, the term may refer to only a subset of the illustrated components.
  • the information management system 100 generally refers to a combination of specialized components used to protect, move, manage, manipulate, analyze, and/or process data and metadata generated by the client computing devices 102 .
  • the information management system 100 in some cases does not include the underlying components that generate and/or store the primary data 112 , such as the client computing devices 102 themselves, the applications 110 and operating system operating on the client computing devices 102 , and the primary storage devices 104 .
  • “information management system” may sometimes refer to one or more of the following components and corresponding data structures: storage managers, data agents, and media agents. These components will be described in further detail below.
  • the data generation sources include the one or more client computing devices 102 .
  • the client computing devices 102 may include any of the types of computing devices described above, without limitation, and in some cases the client computing devices 102 are associated with one or more users and/or corresponding user accounts, of employees or other individuals.
  • the information management system 100 generally addresses and handles the data management and protection needs for the data generated by the client computing devices 102 .
  • the use of this term does not imply that the client computing devices 102 cannot be “servers” in other respects.
  • a particular client computing device 102 may act as a server with respect to other devices, such as other client computing devices 102 .
  • the client computing devices 102 can include mail servers, file servers, database servers, and web servers.
  • Each client computing device 102 may have one or more applications 110 (e.g., software applications) executing thereon which generate and manipulate the data that is to be protected from loss and managed.
  • the applications 110 generally facilitate the operations of an organization (or multiple affiliated organizations), and can include, without limitation, mail server applications (e.g., Microsoft Exchange Server), file server applications, mail client applications (e.g., Microsoft Exchange Client), database applications (e.g., SQL, Oracle, SAP, Lotus Notes Database), word processing applications (e.g., Microsoft Word), spreadsheet applications, financial applications, presentation applications, graphics and/or video applications, browser applications, mobile applications, entertainment applications, and so on.
  • mail server applications e.g., Microsoft Exchange Server
  • file server applications e.g., mail client applications (e.g., Microsoft Exchange Client)
  • database applications e.g., SQL, Oracle, SAP, Lotus Notes Database
  • word processing applications e.g., Microsoft Word
  • spreadsheet applications e.g., financial applications, presentation applications, graphics and/or video applications, browser applications,
  • the client computing devices 102 can have at least one operating system (e.g., Microsoft Windows, Mac OS X, iOS, IBM z/OS, Linux, other Unix-based operating systems, etc.) installed thereon, which may support or host one or more file systems and other applications 110 .
  • operating system e.g., Microsoft Windows, Mac OS X, iOS, IBM z/OS, Linux, other Unix-based operating systems, etc.
  • the client computing devices 102 and other components in information management system 100 can be connected to one another via one or more communication pathways 114 .
  • a first communication pathway 114 may connect (or communicatively couple) client computing device 102 and secondary storage computing device 106 ;
  • a second communication pathway 114 may connect storage manager 140 and client computing device 102 ;
  • a third communication pathway 114 may connect storage manager 140 and secondary storage computing device 106 , etc. (see, e.g., FIG. 1A and FIG. 1C ).
  • the communication pathways 114 can include one or more networks or other connection types including one or more of the following, without limitation: the Internet, a wide area network (WAN), a local area network (LAN), a Storage Area Network (SAN), a Fibre Channel connection, a Small Computer System Interface (SCSI) connection, a virtual private network (VPN), a token ring or TCP/IP based network, an intranet network, a point-to-point link, a cellular network, a wireless data transmission system, a two-way cable system, an interactive kiosk network, a satellite network, a broadband network, a baseband network, a neural network, a mesh network, an ad hoc network, other appropriate wired, wireless, or partially wired/wireless computer or telecommunications networks, combinations of the same or the like.
  • WAN wide area network
  • LAN local area network
  • SAN Storage Area Network
  • Fibre Channel connection
  • SCSI Small Computer System Interface
  • VPN virtual private network
  • TCP/IP token ring or TCP/IP
  • the communication pathways 114 in some cases may also include application programming interfaces (APIs) including, e.g., cloud service provider APIs, virtual machine management APIs, and hosted service provider APIs.
  • APIs application programming interfaces
  • the underlying infrastructure of communication paths 114 may be wired and/or wireless, analog and/or digital, or any combination thereof; and the facilities used may be private, public, third-party provided, or any combination thereof, without limitation.
  • Primary data 112 is production data or other “live” data generated by the operating system and/or applications 110 operating on a client computing device 102 .
  • the primary data 112 is generally stored on the primary storage device(s) 104 and is organized via a file system supported by the client computing device 102 .
  • the client computing device(s) 102 and corresponding applications 110 may create, access, modify, write, delete, and otherwise use primary data 112 .
  • some or all of the primary data 112 can be stored in cloud storage resources (e.g., primary storage device 104 may be a cloud-based resource).
  • Primary data 112 is generally in the native format of the source application 110 . According to certain aspects, primary data 112 is an initial or first (e.g., created before any other copies or before at least one other copy) stored copy of data generated by the source application 110 . Primary data 112 in some cases is created substantially directly from data generated by the corresponding source applications 110 .
  • the primary storage devices 104 storing the primary data 112 may be relatively fast and/or expensive technology (e.g., a disk drive, a hard-disk array, solid state memory, etc.).
  • primary data 112 may be highly changeable and/or may be intended for relatively short term retention (e.g., hours, days, or weeks).
  • the client computing device 102 can access primary data 112 from the primary storage device 104 by making conventional file system calls via the operating system.
  • Primary data 112 may include structured data (e.g., database files), unstructured data (e.g., documents), and/or semi-structured data. Some specific examples are described below with respect to FIG. 1B .
  • primary data 112 can include files, directories, file system volumes, data blocks, extents, or any other hierarchies or organizations of data objects.
  • a “data object” can refer to both ( 1 ) any file that is currently addressable by a file system or that was previously addressable by the file system (e.g., an archive file) and (2) a subset of such a file (e.g., a data block).
  • Metadata generally includes information about data objects or characteristics associated with the data objects.
  • Metadata generally includes information about data objects or characteristics associated with the data objects.
  • any reference to primary data 112 generally also includes its associated metadata, but references to the metadata do not include the primary data.
  • Metadata can include, without limitation, one or more of the following: the data owner (e.g., the client or user that generates the data), the last modified time (e.g., the time of the most recent modification of the data object), a data object name (e.g., a file name), a data object size (e.g., a number of bytes of data), information about the content (e.g., an indication as to the existence of a particular search term), user-supplied tags, to/from information for email (e.g., an email sender, recipient, etc.), creation date, file type (e.g., format or application type), last accessed time, application type (e.g., type of application that generated the data object), location/network (e.g., a current, past or future location of the data object and network pathways to/from the data object), geographic location (e.g., GPS coordinates), frequency of change (e.g., a period in which the data object is modified), business unit (e.g.,
  • some of the applications 110 and/or other components of the information management system 100 maintain indices of metadata for data objects, e.g., metadata associated with individual email messages. Thus, each data object may be associated with corresponding metadata.
  • metadata e.g., metadata associated with individual email messages.
  • each data object may be associated with corresponding metadata.
  • Each of the client computing devices 102 are generally associated with and/or in communication with one or more of the primary storage devices 104 storing corresponding primary data 112 .
  • a client computing device 102 may be considered to be “associated with” or “in communication with” a primary storage device 104 if it is capable of one or more of: routing and/or storing data (e.g., primary data 112 ) to the particular primary storage device 104 , coordinating the routing and/or storing of data to the particular primary storage device 104 , retrieving data from the particular primary storage device 104 , coordinating the retrieval of data from the particular primary storage device 104 , and modifying and/or deleting data retrieved from the particular primary storage device 104 .
  • data e.g., primary data 112
  • the primary storage devices 104 can include any of the different types of storage devices described above, or some other kind of suitable storage device.
  • the primary storage devices 104 may have relatively fast I/O times and/or are relatively expensive in comparison to the secondary storage devices 108 .
  • the information management system 100 may generally regularly access data and metadata stored on primary storage devices 104 , whereas data and metadata stored on the secondary storage devices 108 is accessed relatively less frequently.
  • Primary storage device 104 may be dedicated or shared. In some cases, each primary storage device 104 is dedicated to an associated client computing device 102 . For instance, a primary storage device 104 in one embodiment is a local disk drive of a corresponding client computing device 102 . In other cases, one or more primary storage devices 104 can be shared by multiple client computing devices 102 , e.g., via a network such as in a cloud storage implementation. As one example, a primary storage device 104 can be a disk array shared by a group of client computing devices 102 , such as one of the following types of disk arrays: EMC Clariion, EMC Symmetrix, EMC Celerra, Dell EqualLogic, IBM XIV, NetApp FAS, HP EVA, and HP 3PAR.
  • EMC Clariion EMC Symmetrix
  • EMC Celerra Dell EqualLogic
  • IBM XIV NetApp FAS
  • HP EVA HP 3PAR.
  • the information management system 100 may also include hosted services (not shown), which may be hosted in some cases by an entity other than the organization that employs the other components of the information management system 100 .
  • the hosted services may be provided by various online service providers to the organization.
  • Such service providers can provide services including social networking services, hosted email services, or hosted productivity applications or other hosted applications).
  • Hosted services may include software-as-a-service (SaaS), platform-as-a-service (PaaS), application service providers (ASPs), cloud services, or other mechanisms for delivering functionality via a network.
  • SaaS software-as-a-service
  • PaaS platform-as-a-service
  • ASPs application service providers
  • cloud services or other mechanisms for delivering functionality via a network.
  • each hosted service may generate additional data and metadata under management of the information management system 100 , e.g., as primary data 112 .
  • the hosted services may be accessed using one of the applications 110 .
  • a hosted mail service may be accessed via browser running on a client computing device 102 .
  • the hosted services may be implemented in a variety of computing environments. In some cases, they are implemented in an environment having a similar arrangement to the information management system 100 , where various physical and logical components are distributed over a network.
  • the primary data 112 stored on the primary storage devices 104 may be compromised in some cases, such as when an employee deliberately or accidentally deletes or overwrites primary data 112 during their normal course of work. Or the primary storage devices 104 can be damaged, lost, or otherwise corrupted. For recovery and/or regulatory compliance purposes, it is therefore useful to generate copies of the primary data 112 .
  • the information management system 100 includes one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 and one or more secondary storage devices 108 configured to create and store one or more secondary copies 116 of the primary data 112 and associated metadata.
  • the secondary storage computing devices 106 and the secondary storage devices 108 may sometimes be referred to as a secondary storage subsystem 118 .
  • Creation of secondary copies 116 can help in search and analysis efforts and meet other information management goals, such as: restoring data and/or metadata if an original version (e.g., of primary data 112 ) is lost (e.g., by deletion, corruption, or disaster); allowing point-in-time recovery; complying with regulatory data retention and electronic discovery (e-discovery) requirements; reducing utilized storage capacity; facilitating organization and search of data; improving user access to data files across multiple computing devices and/or hosted services; and implementing data retention policies.
  • an original version e.g., of primary data 112
  • e-discovery electronic discovery
  • the client computing devices 102 access or receive primary data 112 and communicate the data, e.g., over one or more communication pathways 114 , for storage in the secondary storage device(s) 108 .
  • a secondary copy 116 can comprise a separate stored copy of application data that is derived from one or more earlier-created, stored copies (e.g., derived from primary data 112 or another secondary copy 116 ). Secondary copies 116 can include point-in-time data, and may be intended for relatively long-term retention (e.g., weeks, months or years), before some or all of the data is moved to other storage or is discarded.
  • a secondary copy 116 is a copy of application data created and stored subsequent to at least one other stored instance (e.g., subsequent to corresponding primary data 112 or to another secondary copy 116 ), in a different storage device than at least one previous stored copy, and/or remotely from at least one previous stored copy.
  • secondary copies can be stored in the same storage device as primary data 112 and/or other previously stored copies.
  • a disk array capable of performing hardware snapshots stores primary data 112 and creates and stores hardware snapshots of the primary data 112 as secondary copies 116 .
  • Secondary copies 116 may be stored in relatively slow and/or low cost storage (e.g., magnetic tape).
  • a secondary copy 116 may be stored in a backup or archive format, or in some other format different than the native source application format or other primary data format.
  • secondary copies 116 are indexed so users can browse and restore at another point in time.
  • a pointer or other location indicia e.g., a stub
  • the information management system 100 may create and manage multiple secondary copies 116 of a particular data object or metadata, each representing the state of the data object in primary data 112 at a particular point in time. Moreover, since an instance of a data object in primary data 112 may eventually be deleted from the primary storage device 104 and the file system, the information management system 100 may continue to manage point-in-time representations of that data object, even though the instance in primary data 112 no longer exists.
  • the operating system and other applications 110 of the client computing device(s) 102 may execute within or under the management of virtualization software (e.g., a VMM), and the primary storage device(s) 104 may comprise a virtual disk created on a physical storage device.
  • the information management system 100 may create secondary copies 116 of the files or other data objects in a virtual disk file and/or secondary copies 116 of the entire virtual disk file itself (e.g., of an entire .vmdk file).
  • Secondary copies 116 may be distinguished from corresponding primary data 112 in a variety of ways, some of which will now be described. First, as discussed, secondary copies 116 can be stored in a different format (e.g., backup, archive, or other non-native format) than primary data 112 . For this or other reasons, secondary copies 116 may not be directly useable by the applications 110 of the client computing device 102 , e.g., via standard system calls or otherwise without modification, processing, or other intervention by the information management system 100 .
  • a different format e.g., backup, archive, or other non-native format
  • Secondary copies 116 are also in some embodiments stored on a secondary storage device 108 that is inaccessible to the applications 110 running on the client computing devices 102 (and/or hosted services). Some secondary copies 116 may be “offline copies,” in that they are not readily available (e.g., not mounted to tape or disk). Offline copies can include copies of data that the information management system 100 can access without human intervention (e.g., tapes within an automated tape library, but not yet mounted in a drive), and copies that the information management system 100 can access only with at least some human intervention (e.g., tapes located at an offsite storage site).
  • Secondary copies can be a challenging task. For instance, there can be hundreds or thousands of client computing devices 102 continually generating large volumes of primary data 112 to be protected. Also, there can be significant overhead involved in the creation of secondary copies 116 . Moreover, secondary storage devices 108 may be special purpose components, and interacting with them can require specialized intelligence.
  • the client computing devices 102 interact directly with the secondary storage device 108 to create the secondary copies 116 .
  • this approach can negatively impact the ability of the client computing devices 102 to serve the applications 110 and produce primary data 112 .
  • the client computing devices 102 may not be optimized for interaction with the secondary storage devices 108 .
  • the information management system 100 includes one or more software and/or hardware components which generally act as intermediaries between the client computing devices 102 and the secondary storage devices 108 .
  • these intermediate components can provide other benefits. For instance, as discussed further below with respect to FIG. 1D , distributing some of the work involved in creating secondary copies 116 can enhance scalability.
  • the intermediate components can include one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 as shown in FIG. 1A and/or one or more media agents, which can be software modules operating on corresponding secondary storage computing devices 106 (or other appropriate computing devices). Media agents are discussed below (e.g., with respect to FIGS. 1C-1E ).
  • the secondary storage computing device(s) 106 can comprise any of the computing devices described above, without limitation. In some cases, the secondary storage computing device(s) 106 include specialized hardware and/or software componentry for interacting with the secondary storage devices 108 .
  • the client computing device 102 in some embodiments communicates the primary data 112 to be copied (or a processed version thereof) to the designated secondary storage computing device 106 , via the communication pathway 114 .
  • the secondary storage computing device 106 in turn conveys the received data (or a processed version thereof) to the secondary storage device 108 .
  • the communication pathway 114 between the client computing device 102 and the secondary storage computing device 106 comprises a portion of a LAN, WAN or SAN.
  • at least some client computing devices 102 communicate directly with the secondary storage devices 108 (e.g., via Fibre Channel or SCSI connections).
  • one or more secondary copies 116 are created from existing secondary copies, such as in the case of an auxiliary copy operation, described in greater detail below.
  • FIG. 1B is a detailed view showing some specific examples of primary data stored on the primary storage device(s) 104 and secondary copy data stored on the secondary storage device(s) 108 , with other components in the system removed for the purposes of illustration.
  • Stored on the primary storage device(s) 104 are primary data objects including word processing documents 119 A-B, spreadsheets 120 , presentation documents 122 , video files 124 , image files 126 , email mailboxes 128 (and corresponding email messages 129 A-C), html/xml or other types of markup language files 130 , databases 132 and corresponding tables or other data structures 133 A- 133 C).
  • Some or all primary data objects are associated with corresponding metadata (e.g., “Meta1-11”), which may include file system metadata and/or application specific metadata.
  • metadata e.g., “Meta1-11”
  • Stored on the secondary storage device(s) 108 are secondary copy data objects 134 A-C which may include copies of or otherwise represent corresponding primary data objects and metadata.
  • the secondary copy data objects 134 A-C can individually represent more than one primary data object.
  • secondary copy data object 134 A represents three separate primary data objects 133 C, 122 , and 129 C (represented as 133 C′, 122 ′, and 129 C′, respectively, and accompanied by the corresponding metadata Meta11, Meta3, and Meta8, respectively).
  • a secondary copy object may store a representation of a primary data object and/or metadata differently than the original format, e.g., in a compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, or other modified format.
  • secondary data object 134 B represents primary data objects 120 , 133 B, and 119 A as 120 ′, 133 B′, and 119 A′, respectively and accompanied by corresponding metadata Meta2, Meta10, and Meta1, respectively.
  • secondary data object 134 C represents primary data objects 133 A, 119 B, and 129 A as 133 A′, 119 B′, and 129 A′, respectively, accompanied by corresponding metadata Meta9, Meta5, and Meta6, respectively.
  • the information management system 100 can incorporate a variety of different hardware and software components, which can in turn be organized with respect to one another in many different configurations, depending on the embodiment. There are critical design choices involved in specifying the functional responsibilities of the components and the role of each component in the information management system 100 . For instance, as will be discussed, such design choices can impact performance as well as the adaptability of the information management system 100 to data growth or other changing circumstances.
  • FIG. 1C shows an information management system 100 designed according to these considerations and which includes: storage manager 140 , a centralized storage and/or information manager that is configured to perform certain control functions, one or more data agents 142 executing on the client computing device(s) 102 configured to process primary data 112 , and one or more media agents 144 executing on the one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 for performing tasks involving the secondary storage devices 108 . While distributing functionality amongst multiple computing devices can have certain advantages, in other contexts it can be beneficial to consolidate functionality on the same computing device. As such, in various other embodiments, one or more of the components shown in FIG. 1C as being implemented on separate computing devices are implemented on the same computing device.
  • a storage manager 140 , one or more data agents 142 , and one or more media agents 144 are all implemented on the same computing device. In another embodiment, one or more data agents 142 and one or more media agents 144 are implemented on the same computing device, while the storage manager 140 is implemented on a separate computing device, etc. without limitation.
  • responsibility for controlling the information management system 100 is allocated to the storage manager 140 .
  • responsibility for controlling the information management system 100 is allocated to the storage manager 140 .
  • the storage manager 140 can be adapted independently according to changing circumstances.
  • a computing device for hosting the storage manager 140 can be selected to best suit the functions of the storage manager 140 .
  • the storage manager 140 may be a software module or other application, which, in some embodiments operates in conjunction with one or more associated data structures, e.g., a dedicated database (e.g., management database 146 ).
  • storage manager 140 is a computing device comprising circuitry for executing computer instructions and performs the functions described herein.
  • the storage manager generally initiates, performs, coordinates and/or controls storage and other information management operations performed by the information management system 100 , e.g., to protect and control the primary data 112 and secondary copies 116 of data and metadata.
  • storage manager 100 may be said to manage information management system 100 , which includes managing the constituent components, e.g., data agents and media agents, etc.
  • the storage manager 140 may communicate with and/or control some or all elements of the information management system 100 , such as the data agents 142 and media agents 144 .
  • control information originates from the storage manager 140 and status reporting is transmitted to storage manager 140 by the various managed components, whereas payload data and payload metadata is generally communicated between the data agents 142 and the media agents 144 (or otherwise between the client computing device(s) 102 and the secondary storage computing device(s) 106 ), e.g., at the direction of and under the management of the storage manager 140 .
  • Control information can generally include parameters and instructions for carrying out information management operations, such as, without limitation, instructions to perform a task associated with an operation, timing information specifying when to initiate a task associated with an operation, data path information specifying what components to communicate with or access in carrying out an operation, and the like.
  • Payload data can include the actual data involved in the storage operation, such as content data written to a secondary storage device 108 in a secondary copy operation.
  • Payload metadata can include any of the types of metadata described herein, and may be written to a storage device along with the payload content data (e.g., in the form of a header).
  • some information management operations are controlled by other components in the information management system 100 (e.g., the media agent(s) 144 or data agent(s) 142 ), instead of or in combination with the storage manager 140 .
  • the storage manager 140 provides one or more of the following functions:
  • the storage manager 140 may maintain a database 146 (or “storage manager database 146 ” or “management database 146 ”) of management-related data and information management policies 148 .
  • the database 146 may include a management index 150 (or “index 150 ”) or other data structure that stores logical associations between components of the system, user preferences and/or profiles (e.g., preferences regarding encryption, compression, or deduplication of primary or secondary copy data, preferences regarding the scheduling, type, or other aspects of primary or secondary copy or other operations, mappings of particular information management users or user accounts to certain computing devices or other components, etc.), management tasks, media containerization, or other useful data.
  • the storage manager 140 may use the index 150 to track logical associations between media agents 144 and secondary storage devices 108 and/or movement of data from primary storage devices 104 to secondary storage devices 108 .
  • the index 150 may store data associating a client computing device 102 with a particular media agent 144 and/or secondary storage device 108 , as specified in an information management policy 148 (e.g., a storage policy, which is defined in more detail below).
  • an information management policy 148 can include a data structure or other information source that specifies a set of parameters (e.g., criteria and rules) associated with storage or other information management operations.
  • the storage manager database 146 may maintain the information management policies 148 and associated data, although the information management policies 148 can be stored in any appropriate location.
  • an information management policy 148 such as a storage policy may be stored as metadata in a media agent database 152 or in a secondary storage device 108 (e.g., as an archive copy) for use in restore operations or other information management operations, depending on the embodiment.
  • Information management policies 148 are described further below.
  • the storage manager database 146 comprises a relational database (e.g., an SQL database) for tracking metadata, such as metadata associated with secondary copy operations (e.g., what client computing devices 102 and corresponding data were protected).
  • This and other metadata may additionally be stored in other locations, such as at the secondary storage computing devices 106 or on the secondary storage devices 108 , allowing data recovery without the use of the storage manager 140 in some cases.
  • the storage manager 140 may include a jobs agent 156 , a user interface 158 , and a management agent 154 , all of which may be implemented as interconnected software modules or application programs.
  • the jobs agent 156 in some embodiments initiates, controls, and/or monitors the status of some or all storage or other information management operations previously performed, currently being performed, or scheduled to be performed by the information management system 100 .
  • the jobs agent 156 may access information management policies 148 to determine when and how to initiate and control secondary copy and other information management operations, as will be discussed further.
  • the user interface 158 may include information processing and display software, such as a graphical user interface (“GUI”), an application program interface (“API”), or other interactive interface(s) through which users and system processes can retrieve information about the status of information management operations (e.g., storage operations) or issue instructions to the information management system 100 and its constituent components. Via the user interface 158 , users may optionally issue instructions to the components in the information management system 100 regarding performance of storage and recovery operations. For example, a user may modify a schedule concerning the number of pending secondary copy operations. As another example, a user may employ the GUI to view the status of pending storage operations or to monitor the status of certain components in the information management system 100 (e.g., the amount of capacity left in a storage device).
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • API application program interface
  • An “information management cell” may generally include a logical and/or physical grouping of a combination of hardware and software components associated with performing information management operations on electronic data, typically one storage manager 140 and at least one client computing device 102 (comprising data agent(s) 142 ) and at least one media agent 144 .
  • the components shown in FIG. 1C may together form an information management cell.
  • Multiple cells may be organized hierarchically. With this configuration, cells may inherit properties from hierarchically superior cells or be controlled by other cells in the hierarchy (automatically or otherwise). Alternatively, in some embodiments, cells may inherit or otherwise be associated with information management policies, preferences, information management metrics, or other properties or characteristics according to their relative position in a hierarchy of cells.
  • Cells may also be delineated and/or organized hierarchically according to function, geography, architectural considerations, or other factors useful or desirable in performing information management operations.
  • a first cell may represent a geographic segment of an enterprise, such as a Chicago office, and a second cell may represent a different geographic segment, such as a New York office. Other cells may represent departments within a particular office.
  • a first cell may perform one or more first types of information management operations (e.g., one or more first types of secondary or other copies), and a second cell may perform one or more second types of information management operations (e.g., one or more second types of secondary or other copies).
  • the storage manager 140 may also track information that permits it to select, designate, or otherwise identify content indices, deduplication databases, or similar databases or resources or data sets within its information management cell (or another cell) to be searched in response to certain queries. Such queries may be entered by the user via interaction with the user interface 158 .
  • the management agent 154 allows multiple information management cells to communicate with one another.
  • the information management system 100 in some cases may be one information management cell of a network of multiple cells adjacent to one another or otherwise logically related in a WAN or LAN. With this arrangement, the cells may be connected to one another through respective management agents 154 .
  • the management agent 154 can provide the storage manager 140 with the ability to communicate with other components within the information management system 100 (and/or other cells within a larger information management system) via network protocols and application programming interfaces (“APIs”) including, e.g., HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, REST, virtualization software APIs, cloud service provider APIs, and hosted service provider APIs.
  • APIs application programming interfaces
  • Inter-cell communication and hierarchy is described in greater detail in e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,747,579 and 7,343,453, which are incorporated by reference herein.
  • a variety of different types of applications 110 can operate on a given client computing device 102 , including operating systems, database applications, e-mail applications, and virtual machines, just to name a few. And, as part of the process of creating and restoring secondary copies 116 , the client computing devices 102 may be tasked with processing and preparing the primary data 112 from these various different applications 110 . Moreover, the nature of the processing/preparation can differ across clients and application types, e.g., due to inherent structural and formatting differences among applications 110 .
  • the one or more data agent(s) 142 are therefore advantageously configured in some embodiments to assist in the performance of information management operations based on the type of data that is being protected, at a client-specific and/or application-specific level.
  • the data agent 142 may be a software module or component that is generally responsible for managing, initiating, or otherwise assisting in the performance of information management operations in information management system 100 , generally as directed by storage manager 140 .
  • the data agent 142 may take part in performing data storage operations such as the copying, archiving, migrating, and/or replicating of primary data 112 stored in the primary storage device(s) 104 .
  • the data agent 142 may receive control information from the storage manager 140 , such as commands to transfer copies of data objects, metadata, and other payload data to the media agents 144 .
  • a data agent 142 may be distributed between the client computing device 102 and storage manager 140 (and any other intermediate components) or may be deployed from a remote location or its functions approximated by a remote process that performs some or all of the functions of data agent 142 .
  • a data agent 142 may perform some functions provided by a media agent 144 , or may perform other functions such as encryption and deduplication.
  • each data agent 142 may be specialized for a particular application 110 , and the system can employ multiple application-specific data agents 142 , each of which may perform information management operations (e.g., perform backup, migration, and data recovery) associated with a different application 110 .
  • information management operations e.g., perform backup, migration, and data recovery
  • different individual data agents 142 may be designed to handle Microsoft Exchange data, Lotus Notes data, Microsoft Windows file system data, Microsoft Active Directory Objects data, SQL Server data, SharePoint data, Oracle database data, SAP database data, virtual machines and/or associated data, and other types of data.
  • a file system data agent may handle data files and/or other file system information.
  • a specialized data agent 142 may be used for each data type to copy, archive, migrate, and restore the client computing device 102 data.
  • the client computing device 102 may use a Microsoft Exchange Mailbox data agent 142 to back up the Exchange mailboxes, a Microsoft Exchange Database data agent 142 to back up the Exchange databases, a Microsoft Exchange Public Folder data agent 142 to back up the Exchange Public Folders, and a Microsoft Windows File System data agent 142 to back up the file system of the client computing device 102 .
  • these specialized data agents 142 may be treated as four separate data agents 142 even though they operate on the same client computing device 102 .
  • FIG. 1 may depict one or more generic data agents 142 that can handle and process data from two or more different applications 110 , or that can handle and process multiple data types, instead of or in addition to using specialized data agents 142 .
  • one generic data agent 142 may be used to back up, migrate and restore Microsoft Exchange Mailbox data and Microsoft Exchange Database data while another generic data agent may handle Microsoft Exchange Public Folder data and Microsoft Windows File System data.
  • Each data agent 142 may be configured to access data and/or metadata stored in the primary storage device(s) 104 associated with the data agent 142 and process the data as appropriate. For example, during a secondary copy operation, the data agent 142 may arrange or assemble the data and metadata into one or more files having a certain format (e.g., a particular backup or archive format) before transferring the file(s) to a media agent 144 or other component. The file(s) may include a list of files or other metadata. Each data agent 142 can also assist in restoring data or metadata to primary storage devices 104 from a secondary copy 116 . For instance, the data agent 142 may operate in conjunction with the storage manager 140 and one or more of the media agents 144 to restore data from secondary storage device(s) 108 .
  • a certain format e.g., a particular backup or archive format
  • off-loading certain responsibilities from the client computing devices 102 to intermediate components such as the media agent(s) 144 can provide a number of benefits including improved client computing device 102 operation, faster secondary copy operation performance, and enhanced scalability.
  • the media agent 144 can act as a local cache of copied data and/or metadata that it has stored to the secondary storage device(s) 108 , providing improved restore capabilities.
  • a media agent 144 may be implemented as a software module that manages, coordinates, and facilitates the transmission of data, as directed by the storage manager 140 , between a client computing device 102 and one or more secondary storage devices 108 .
  • the media agent 144 generally provides a portal to secondary storage devices 108 .
  • other components in the system interact with the media agents 144 to gain access to data stored on the secondary storage devices 108 , whether it be for the purposes of reading, writing, modifying, or deleting data.
  • media agents 144 can generate and store information relating to characteristics of the stored data and/or metadata, or can generate and store other types of information that generally provides insight into the contents of the secondary storage devices 108 .
  • Media agents 144 can comprise separate nodes in the information management system 100 (e.g., nodes that are separate from the client computing devices 102 , storage manager 140 , and/or secondary storage devices 108 ).
  • a node within the information management system 100 can be a logically and/or physically separate component, and in some cases is a component that is individually addressable or otherwise identifiable.
  • each media agent 144 may operate on a dedicated secondary storage computing device 106 in some cases, while in other embodiments a plurality of media agents 144 operate on the same secondary storage computing device 106 .
  • a media agent 144 (and corresponding media agent database 152 ) may be considered to be “associated with” a particular secondary storage device 108 if that media agent 144 is capable of one or more of: routing and/or storing data to the particular secondary storage device 108 , coordinating the routing and/or storing of data to the particular secondary storage device 108 , retrieving data from the particular secondary storage device 108 , coordinating the retrieval of data from a particular secondary storage device 108 , and modifying and/or deleting data retrieved from the particular secondary storage device 108 .
  • media agent(s) 144 are generally associated with one or more secondary storage devices 108
  • one or more media agents 144 in certain embodiments are physically separate from the secondary storage devices 108 .
  • the media agents 144 may operate on secondary storage computing devices 106 having different housings or packages than the secondary storage devices 108 .
  • a media agent 144 operates on a first server computer and is in communication with a secondary storage device(s) 108 operating in a separate, rack-mounted RAID-based system.
  • a first media agent 144 may provide failover functionality for a second, failed media agent 144 .
  • media agents 144 can be dynamically selected for storage operations to provide load balancing. Failover and load balancing are described in greater detail below.
  • a media agent 144 associated with a particular secondary storage device 108 may instruct the secondary storage device 108 to perform an information management operation.
  • a media agent 144 may instruct a tape library to use a robotic arm or other retrieval means to load or eject a certain storage media, and to subsequently archive, migrate, or retrieve data to or from that media, e.g., for the purpose of restoring the data to a client computing device 102 .
  • a secondary storage device 108 may include an array of hard disk drives or solid state drives organized in a RAID configuration, and the media agent 144 may forward a logical unit number (LUN) and other appropriate information to the array, which uses the received information to execute the desired storage operation.
  • the media agent 144 may communicate with a secondary storage device 108 via a suitable communications link, such as a SCSI or Fiber Channel link.
  • each media agent 144 may maintain an associated media agent database 152 .
  • the media agent database 152 may be stored in a disk or other storage device (not shown) that is local to the secondary storage computing device 106 on which the media agent 144 operates. In other cases, the media agent database 152 is stored remotely from the secondary storage computing device 106 .
  • the media agent database 152 can include, among other things, an index 153 (see, e.g., FIG. 1C ), which comprises information generated during secondary copy operations and other storage or information management operations.
  • the index 153 provides a media agent 144 or other component with a fast and efficient mechanism for locating secondary copies 116 or other data stored in the secondary storage devices 108 .
  • the index 153 does not form a part of and is instead separate from the media agent database 152 .
  • a media agent index 153 or other data structure associated with the particular media agent 144 may include information about the stored data.
  • the index 153 may include metadata such as a list of the data objects (e.g., files/subdirectories, database objects, mailbox objects, etc.), a path to the secondary copy 116 on the corresponding secondary storage device 108 , location information indicating where the data objects are stored in the secondary storage device 108 , when the data objects were created or modified, etc.
  • the index 153 includes metadata associated with the secondary copies 116 that is readily available for use without having to be first retrieved from the secondary storage device 108 .
  • some or all of the information in index 153 may instead or additionally be stored along with the secondary copies of data in a secondary storage device 108 .
  • the secondary storage devices 108 can include sufficient information to perform a “bare metal restore”, where the operating system of a failed client computing device 102 or other restore target is automatically rebuilt as part of a restore operation.
  • the index 153 maintained in the media agent database 152 may operate as a cache, it can also be referred to as “an index cache.”
  • information stored in the index cache 153 typically comprises data that reflects certain particulars about storage operations that have occurred relatively recently. After some triggering event, such as after a certain period of time elapses, or the index cache 153 reaches a particular size, the index cache 153 may be copied or migrated to a secondary storage device(s) 108 . This information may need to be retrieved and uploaded back into the index cache 153 or otherwise restored to a media agent 144 to facilitate retrieval of data from the secondary storage device(s) 108 .
  • the cached information may include format or containerization information related to archives or other files stored on the storage device(s) 108 . In this manner, the index cache 153 allows for accelerated restores.
  • the media agent 144 generally acts as a coordinator or facilitator of storage operations between client computing devices 102 and corresponding secondary storage devices 108 , but does not actually write the data to the secondary storage device 108 .
  • the storage manager 140 (or the media agent 144 ) may instruct a client computing device 102 and secondary storage device 108 to communicate with one another directly.
  • the client computing device 102 transmits the data directly or via one or more intermediary components to the secondary storage device 108 according to the received instructions, and vice versa.
  • the media agent 144 may still receive, process, and/or maintain metadata related to the storage operations.
  • the payload data can flow through the media agent 144 for the purposes of populating the index cache 153 maintained in the media agent database 152 , but not for writing to the secondary storage device 108 .
  • the media agent 144 and/or other components such as the storage manager 140 may in some cases incorporate additional functionality, such as data classification, content indexing, deduplication, encryption, compression, and the like. Further details regarding these and other functions are described below.
  • certain functions of the information management system 100 can be distributed amongst various physical and/or logical components in the system.
  • one or more of the storage manager 140 , data agents 142 , and media agents 144 may operate on computing devices that are physically separate from one another. This architecture can provide a number of benefits.
  • the secondary computing devices 106 on which the media agents 144 operate can be tailored for interaction with associated secondary storage devices 108 and provide fast index cache operation, among other specific tasks.
  • the client computing device(s) 102 can be selected to effectively service the applications 110 thereon, in order to efficiently produce and store primary data 112 .
  • one or more of the individual components in the information management system 100 can be distributed to multiple, separate computing devices.
  • the database 146 may be migrated to or otherwise reside on a specialized database server (e.g., an SQL server) separate from a server that implements the other functions of the storage manager 140 .
  • This distributed configuration can provide added protection because the database 146 can be protected with standard database utilities (e.g., SQL log shipping or database replication) independent from other functions of the storage manager 140 .
  • the database 146 can be efficiently replicated to a remote site for use in the event of a disaster or other data loss at the primary site. Or the database 146 can be replicated to another computing device within the same site, such as to a higher performance machine in the event that a storage manager host device can no longer service the needs of a growing information management system 100 .
  • FIG. 1D shows an embodiment of the information management system 100 including a plurality of client computing devices 102 and associated data agents 142 as well as a plurality of secondary storage computing devices 106 and associated media agents 144 .
  • Additional components can be added or subtracted based on the evolving needs of the information management system 100 . For instance, depending on where bottlenecks are identified, administrators can add additional client computing devices 102 , secondary storage computing devices 106 (and corresponding media agents 144 ), and/or secondary storage devices 108 . Moreover, where multiple fungible components are available, load balancing can be implemented to dynamically address identified bottlenecks. As an example, the storage manager 140 may dynamically select which media agents 144 and/or secondary storage devices 108 to use for storage operations based on a processing load analysis of the media agents 144 and/or secondary storage devices 108 , respectively.
  • each client computing device 102 in some embodiments can communicate with, among other components, any of the media agents 144 , e.g., as directed by the storage manager 140 .
  • each media agent 144 may be able to communicate with, among other components, any of the secondary storage devices 108 , e.g., as directed by the storage manager 140 .
  • operations can be routed to the secondary storage devices 108 in a dynamic and highly flexible manner, to provide load balancing, failover, and the like.
  • Further examples of scalable systems capable of dynamic storage operations, and of systems capable of performing load balancing and fail over are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,246,207, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • certain components are not distributed and may instead reside and execute on the same computing device.
  • one or more data agents 142 and the storage manager 140 operate on the same client computing device 102 .
  • one or more data agents 142 and one or more media agents 144 operate on a single computing device.
  • the information management system 100 can be configured to perform a variety of information management operations. As will be described, these operations can generally include secondary copy and other data movement operations, processing and data manipulation operations, analysis, reporting, and management operations.
  • the operations described herein may be performed on any type of computing device, e.g., between two computers connected via a LAN, to a mobile client telecommunications device connected to a server via a WLAN, to any manner of client computing device coupled to a cloud storage target, etc., without limitation.
  • Data movement operations are generally operations that involve the copying or migration of data (e.g., payload data) between different locations in the information management system 100 in an original/native and/or one or more different formats.
  • data movement operations can include operations in which stored data is copied, migrated, or otherwise transferred from one or more first storage devices to one or more second storage devices, such as from primary storage device(s) 104 to secondary storage device(s) 108 , from secondary storage device(s) 108 to different secondary storage device(s) 108 , from secondary storage devices 108 to primary storage devices 104 , or from primary storage device(s) 104 to different primary storage device(s) 104 .
  • Data movement operations can include by way of example, backup operations, archive operations, information lifecycle management operations such as hierarchical storage management operations, replication operations (e.g., continuous data replication operations), snapshot operations, deduplication or single-instancing operations, auxiliary copy operations, and the like.
  • replication operations e.g., continuous data replication operations
  • snapshot operations e.g., snapshot operations
  • deduplication or single-instancing operations e.g., auxiliary copy operations
  • auxiliary copy operations e.g., auxiliary copy operations
  • a backup operation creates a copy of a version of data (e.g., one or more files or other data units) in primary data 112 at a particular point in time. Each subsequent backup copy may be maintained independently of the first. Further, a backup copy in some embodiments is generally stored in a form that is different than the native format, e.g., a backup format. This can be in contrast to the version in primary data 112 from which the backup copy is derived, and which may instead be stored in a native format of the source application(s) 110 . In various cases, backup copies can be stored in a format in which the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the original application format. For example, a backup copy may be stored in a backup format that facilitates compression and/or efficient long-term storage.
  • Backup copies can have relatively long retention periods as compared to primary data 112 , and may be stored on media with slower retrieval times than primary data 112 and certain other types of secondary copies 116 .
  • backups may have relatively shorter retention periods than some other types of secondary copies 116 , such as archive copies (described below). Backups may sometimes be stored at on offsite location.
  • Backup operations can include full backups, differential backups, incremental backups, “synthetic full” backups, and/or creating a “reference copy.”
  • a full backup (or “standard full backup”) in some embodiments is generally a complete image of the data to be protected. However, because full backup copies can consume a relatively large amount of storage, it can be useful to use a full backup copy as a baseline and only store changes relative to the full backup copy for subsequent backup copies.
  • a differential backup operation (or cumulative incremental backup operation) tracks and stores changes that have occurred since the last full backup.
  • Differential backups can grow quickly in size, but can provide relatively efficient restore times because a restore can be completed in some cases using only the full backup copy and the latest differential copy.
  • An incremental backup operation generally tracks and stores changes since the most recent backup copy of any type, which can greatly reduce storage utilization. In some cases, however, restore times can be relatively long in comparison to full or differential backups because completing a restore operation may involve accessing a full backup in addition to multiple incremental backups.
  • Synthetic full backups generally consolidate data without directly backing up data from the client computing device.
  • a synthetic full backup is created from the most recent full backup (i.e., standard or synthetic) and subsequent incremental and/or differential backups. The resulting synthetic full backup is identical to what would have been created had the last backup for the subclient been a standard full backup.
  • a synthetic full backup does not actually transfer data from a client computer to the backup media, because it operates as a backup consolidator.
  • a synthetic full backup extracts the index data of each participating subclient. Using this index data and the previously backed up user data images, it builds new full backup images, one for each subclient. The new backup images consolidate the index and user data stored in the related incremental, differential, and previous full backups, in some embodiments creating an archive file at the subclient level.
  • volume level backup operations generally involve the copying of a data volume (e.g., a logical disk or partition) as a whole.
  • the information management system 100 may generally track changes to individual files, and includes copies of files in the backup copy.
  • files are broken into constituent blocks, and changes are tracked at the block-level.
  • the information management system 100 reassembles the blocks into files in a transparent fashion.
  • a block-level copy may involve the transfer of less data than a file-level copy, resulting in faster execution times.
  • restoring a relatively higher-granularity copy can result in longer restore times.
  • the process of locating constituent blocks can sometimes result in longer restore times as compared to file-level backups.
  • the other types of secondary copy operations described herein can also be implemented at either the volume-level, file-level, or block-level.
  • a reference copy may comprise copy(ies) of selected objects from backed up data, typically to help organize data by keeping contextual information from multiple sources together, and/or help retain specific data for a longer period of time, such as for legal hold needs.
  • a reference copy generally maintains data integrity, and when the data is restored, it may be viewed in the same format as the source data.
  • a reference copy is based on a specialized client, individual subclient and associated information management policies (e.g., storage policy, retention policy, etc.) that are administered within information management system 100 .
  • backup operations generally involve maintaining a version of the copied data in primary data 112 and also maintaining backup copies in secondary storage device(s) 108 , they can consume significant storage capacity.
  • an archive operation creates a secondary copy 116 by both copying and removing source data. Or, seen another way, archive operations can involve moving some or all of the source data to the archive destination. Thus, data satisfying criteria for removal (e.g., data of a threshold age or size) may be removed from source storage.
  • the source data may be primary data 112 or a secondary copy 116 , depending on the situation.
  • archive copies can be stored in a format in which the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the format of the original application or source copy.
  • archive copies may be retained for relatively long periods of time (e.g., years) and, in some cases, are never deleted. Archive copies are generally retained for longer periods of time than backup copies, for example. In certain embodiments, archive copies may be made and kept for extended periods in order to meet compliance regulations.
  • archiving can serve the purpose of freeing up space in the primary storage device(s) 104 and easing the demand on computational resources on client computing device 102 .
  • secondary copy 116 when a secondary copy 116 is archived, the secondary copy 116 may be deleted, and an archive copy can therefore serve the purpose of freeing up space in secondary storage device(s) 108 .
  • source copies often remain intact when creating backup copies. Examples of compatible data archiving operations are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,107,298, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • Snapshot operations can provide a relatively lightweight, efficient mechanism for protecting data.
  • a snapshot may be thought of as an “instant” image of the primary data 112 at a given point in time, and may include state and/or status information relative to an application that creates/manages the primary data.
  • a snapshot may generally capture the directory structure of an object in primary data 112 such as a file or volume or other data set at a particular moment in time and may also preserve file attributes and contents.
  • a snapshot in some cases is created relatively quickly, e.g., substantially instantly, using a minimum amount of file space, but may still function as a conventional file system backup.
  • a “hardware snapshot” (or “hardware-based snapshot”) operation can be a snapshot operation where a target storage device (e.g., a primary storage device 104 or a secondary storage device 108 ) performs the snapshot operation in a self-contained fashion, substantially independently, using hardware, firmware and/or software operating on the storage device itself.
  • the storage device may be capable of performing snapshot operations upon request, generally without intervention or oversight from any of the other components in the information management system 100 . In this manner, hardware snapshots can off-load other components of information management system 100 from processing involved in snapshot creation and management.
  • a “software snapshot” (or “software-based snapshot”) operation can be a snapshot operation in which one or more other components in information management system 100 (e.g., client computing devices 102 , data agents 142 , etc.) implement a software layer that manages the snapshot operation via interaction with the target storage device. For instance, the component executing the snapshot management software layer may derive a set of pointers and/or data that represents the snapshot. The snapshot management software layer may then transmit the same to the target storage device, along with appropriate instructions for writing the snapshot.
  • one or more other components in information management system 100 e.g., client computing devices 102 , data agents 142 , etc.
  • the component executing the snapshot management software layer may derive a set of pointers and/or data that represents the snapshot.
  • the snapshot management software layer may then transmit the same to the target storage device, along with appropriate instructions for writing the snapshot.
  • snapshots do not actually create another physical copy of all the data as it existed at the particular point in time, but may simply create pointers that are able to map files and directories to specific memory locations (e.g., to specific disk blocks) where the data resides, as it existed at the particular point in time.
  • a snapshot copy may include a set of pointers derived from the file system or from an application.
  • the snapshot may be created at the block-level, such that creation of the snapshot occurs without awareness of the file system.
  • Each pointer points to a respective stored data block, so that collectively, the set of pointers reflect the storage location and state of the data object (e.g., file(s) or volume(s) or data set(s)) at a particular point in time when the snapshot copy was created.
  • the data object e.g., file(s) or volume(s) or data set(s)
  • An initial snapshot may use only a small amount of disk space needed to record a mapping or other data structure representing or otherwise tracking the blocks that correspond to the current state of the file system. Additional disk space is usually required only when files and directories are modified later on. Furthermore, when files are modified, typically only the pointers which map to blocks are copied, not the blocks themselves.
  • “copy-on-write” snapshots when a block changes in primary storage, the block is copied to secondary storage or cached in primary storage before the block is overwritten in primary storage, and the pointer to that block changed to reflect the new location of that block.
  • the snapshot mapping of file system data may also be updated to reflect the changed block(s) at that particular point in time.
  • a snapshot includes a full physical copy of all or substantially all of the data represented by the snapshot. Further examples of snapshot operations are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,529,782, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • a snapshot copy in many cases can be made quickly and without significantly impacting primary computing resources because large amounts of data need not be copied or moved.
  • a snapshot may exist as a virtual file system, parallel to the actual file system. Users in some cases gain read-only access to the record of files and directories of the snapshot. By electing to restore primary data 112 from a snapshot taken at a given point in time, users may also return the current file system to the state of the file system that existed when the snapshot was taken.
  • Another type of secondary copy operation is a replication operation.
  • Some types of secondary copies 116 are used to periodically capture images of primary data 112 at particular points in time (e.g., backups, archives, and snapshots). However, it can also be useful for recovery purposes to protect primary data 112 in a more continuous fashion, by replicating the primary data 112 substantially as changes occur.
  • a replication copy can be a mirror copy, for instance, where changes made to primary data 112 are mirrored or substantially immediately copied to another location (e.g., to secondary storage device(s) 108 ).
  • By copying each write operation to the replication copy two storage systems are kept synchronized or substantially synchronized so that they are virtually identical at approximately the same time. Where entire disk volumes are mirrored, however, mirroring can require significant amount of storage space and utilizes a large amount of processing resources.
  • storage operations are performed on replicated data that represents a recoverable state, or “known good state” of a particular application running on the source system.
  • known good replication copies may be viewed as copies of primary data 112 . This feature allows the system to directly access, copy, restore, backup or otherwise manipulate the replication copies as if the data were the “live” primary data 112 . This can reduce access time, storage utilization, and impact on source applications 110 , among other benefits.
  • the information management system 100 can replicate sections of application data that represent a recoverable state rather than rote copying of blocks of data. Examples of compatible replication operations (e.g., continuous data replication) are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,617,262, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • deduplication Another type of data movement operation is deduplication or single-instance storage, which is useful to reduce the amount of non-primary data.
  • some or all of the above-described secondary storage operations can involve deduplication in some fashion.
  • New data is read, broken down into portions (e.g., sub-file level blocks, files, etc.) of a selected granularity, compared with blocks that are already in secondary storage, and only the new blocks are stored.
  • Blocks that already exist are represented as pointers to the already stored data.
  • the information management system 100 may calculate and/or store signatures (e.g., hashes or cryptographically unique IDs) corresponding to the individual data blocks in a database and compare the signatures instead of comparing entire data blocks.
  • signatures e.g., hashes or cryptographically unique IDs
  • deduplication operations may therefore be referred to interchangeably as “single-instancing” operations.
  • deduplication or single-instancing operations can store more than one instance of certain data blocks, but nonetheless significantly reduce data redundancy.
  • deduplication blocks can be of fixed or variable length. Using variable length blocks can provide enhanced deduplication by responding to changes in the data stream, but can involve complex processing.
  • the information management system 100 utilizes a technique for dynamically aligning deduplication blocks (e.g., fixed-length blocks) based on changing content in the data stream, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,364,652, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • deduplication blocks e.g., fixed-length blocks
  • the information management system 100 can perform deduplication in a variety of manners at a variety of locations in the information management system 100 .
  • the information management system 100 implements “target-side” deduplication by deduplicating data (e.g., secondary copies 116 ) stored in the secondary storage devices 108 .
  • the media agents 144 are generally configured to manage the deduplication process.
  • one or more of the media agents 144 maintain a corresponding deduplication database that stores deduplication information (e.g., datablock signatures). Examples of such a configuration are provided in U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2012/0150826, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • deduplication can also be performed on the “source-side” (or “client-side”), e.g., to reduce the amount of traffic between the media agents 144 and the client computing device(s) 102 and/or reduce redundant data stored in the primary storage devices 104 .
  • one or more of the storage devices of the target-side and/or source-side of an operation can be cloud-based storage devices.
  • the target-side and/or source-side deduplication can be cloud-based deduplication.
  • the storage manager 140 may communicate with other components within the information management system 100 via network protocols and cloud service provider APIs to facilitate cloud-based deduplication/single instancing.
  • files and other data over their lifetime move from more expensive, quick access storage to less expensive, slower access storage.
  • Operations associated with moving data through various tiers of storage are sometimes referred to as information lifecycle management (ILM) operations.
  • ILM information lifecycle management
  • a HSM operation is generally an operation for automatically moving data between classes of storage devices, such as between high-cost and low-cost storage devices.
  • HSM operation may involve movement of data from primary storage devices 104 to secondary storage devices 108 , or between tiers of secondary storage devices 108 . With each tier, the storage devices may be progressively relatively cheaper, have relatively slower access/restore times, etc. For example, movement of data between tiers may occur as data becomes less important over time.
  • an HSM operation is similar to an archive operation in that creating an HSM copy may (though not always) involve deleting some of the source data, e.g., according to one or more criteria related to the source data.
  • an HSM copy may include data from primary data 112 or a secondary copy 116 that is larger than a given size threshold or older than a given age threshold and that is stored in a backup format.
  • HSM data that is removed or aged from the source is replaced by a logical reference pointer or stub.
  • the reference pointer or stub can be stored in the primary storage device 104 (or other source storage device, such as a secondary storage device 108 ) to replace the deleted source data and to point to or otherwise indicate the new location in a secondary storage device 108 .
  • files are generally moved between higher and lower cost storage depending on how often the files are accessed.
  • the information management system 100 uses the stub to locate the data and may make recovery of the data appear transparent, even though the HSM data may be stored at a location different from other source data. In this manner, the data appears to the user (e.g., in file system browsing windows and the like) as if it still resides in the source location (e.g., in a primary storage device 104 ).
  • the stub may also include some metadata associated with the corresponding data, so that a file system and/or application can provide some information about the data object and/or a limited-functionality version (e.g., a preview) of the data object.
  • An HSM copy may be stored in a format other than the native application format (e.g., where the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the original native application format).
  • copies which involve the removal of data from source storage and the maintenance of stub or other logical reference information on source storage may be referred to generally as “on-line archive copies”.
  • copies which involve the removal of data from source storage without the maintenance of stub or other logical reference information on source storage may be referred to as “off-line archive copies”. Examples of HSM and ILM techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • An auxiliary copy is generally a copy operation in which a copy is created of an existing secondary copy 116 .
  • an initial secondary copy 116 may be generated using or otherwise be derived from primary data 112 (or other data residing in the secondary storage subsystem 118 ), whereas an auxiliary copy is generated from the initial secondary copy 116 .
  • Auxiliary copies can be used to create additional standby copies of data and may reside on different secondary storage devices 108 than the initial secondary copies 116 .
  • auxiliary copies can be used for recovery purposes if initial secondary copies 116 become unavailable.
  • Exemplary compatible auxiliary copy techniques are described in further detail in U.S. Pat. No. 8,230,195, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • the information management system 100 may also perform disaster recovery operations that make or retain disaster recovery copies, often as secondary, high-availability disk copies.
  • the information management system 100 may create secondary disk copies and store the copies at disaster recovery locations using auxiliary copy or replication operations, such as continuous data replication technologies.
  • disaster recovery locations can be remote from the client computing devices 102 and primary storage devices 104 , remote from some or all of the secondary storage devices 108 , or both.
  • Data analysis, reporting, and management operations can be different than data movement operations in that they do not necessarily involve the copying, migration or other transfer of data (e.g., primary data 112 or secondary copies 116 ) between different locations in the system.
  • data analysis operations may involve processing (e.g., offline processing) or modification of already stored primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 .
  • data analysis operations are performed in conjunction with data movement operations.
  • Some data analysis operations include content indexing operations and classification operations which can be useful in leveraging the data under management to provide enhanced search and other features.
  • Other data analysis operations such as compression and encryption can provide data reduction and security benefits, respectively.
  • the information management system 100 analyzes and indexes characteristics, content, and metadata associated with the primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 .
  • the content indexing can be used to identify files or other data objects having pre-defined content (e.g., user-defined keywords or phrases, other keywords/phrases that are not defined by a user, etc.), and/or metadata (e.g., email metadata such as “to”, “from”, “cc”, “bcc”, attachment name, received time, etc.).
  • the information management system 100 generally organizes and catalogues the results in a content index, which may be stored within the media agent database 152 , for example.
  • the content index can also include the storage locations of (or pointer references to) the indexed data in the primary data 112 or secondary copies 116 , as appropriate.
  • the results may also be stored, in the form of a content index database or otherwise, elsewhere in the information management system 100 (e.g., in the primary storage devices 104 , or in the secondary storage device 108 ).
  • Such index data provides the storage manager 140 or another component with an efficient mechanism for locating primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 of data objects that match particular criteria.
  • search criteria can be specified by a user through user interface 158 of the storage manager 140 .
  • the information management system 100 analyzes data and/or metadata in secondary copies 116 to create an “off-line” content index, without significantly impacting the performance of the client computing devices 102 .
  • the system can also implement “on-line” content indexing, e.g., of primary data 112 . Examples of compatible content indexing techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 8,170,995, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • One or more components can be configured to scan data and/or associated metadata for classification purposes to populate a database (or other data structure) of information, which can be referred to as a “data classification database” or a “metabase”.
  • the data classification database(s) can be organized in a variety of different ways, including centralization, logical sub-divisions, and/or physical sub-divisions.
  • one or more centralized data classification databases may be associated with different subsystems or tiers within the information management system 100 . As an example, there may be a first centralized metabase associated with the primary storage subsystem 117 and a second centralized metabase associated with the secondary storage subsystem 118 .
  • metabases there may be one or more metabases associated with individual components, e.g., client computing devices 102 and/or media agents 144 .
  • a data classification database may reside as one or more data structures within management database 146 , or may be otherwise associated with storage manager 140 .
  • the metabase(s) may be included in separate database(s) and/or on separate storage device(s) from primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 , such that operations related to the metabase do not significantly impact performance on other components in the information management system 100 .
  • the metabase(s) may be stored along with primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 .
  • Files or other data objects can be associated with identifiers (e.g., tag entries, etc.) in the media agent 144 (or other indices) to facilitate searches of stored data objects.
  • the metabase can also allow efficient, automatic identification of files or other data objects to associate with secondary copy or other information management operations (e.g., in lieu of scanning an entire file system). Examples of compatible metabases and data classification operations are provided in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,229,954 and 7,747,579, which are incorporated by reference herein.
  • the information management system 100 in some cases is configured to process data (e.g., files or other data objects, secondary copies 116 , etc.), according to an appropriate encryption algorithm (e.g., Blowfish, Advanced Encryption Standard [AES], Triple Data Encryption Standard [ 3 -DES], etc.) to limit access and provide data security in the information management system 100 .
  • the information management system 100 in some cases encrypts the data at the client level, such that the client computing devices 102 (e.g., the data agents 142 ) encrypt the data prior to forwarding the data to other components, e.g., before sending the data to media agents 144 during a secondary copy operation.
  • the client computing device 102 may maintain or have access to an encryption key or passphrase for decrypting the data upon restore. Encryption can also occur when creating copies of secondary copies, e.g., when creating auxiliary copies or archive copies.
  • the secondary storage devices 108 can implement built-in, high performance hardware encryption.
  • Certain embodiments leverage the integrated, ubiquitous nature of the information management system 100 to provide useful system-wide management and reporting functions. Examples of some compatible management and reporting techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • Operations management can generally include monitoring and managing the health and performance of information management system 100 by, without limitation, performing error tracking, generating granular storage/performance metrics (e.g., job success/failure information, deduplication efficiency, etc.), generating storage modeling and costing information, and the like.
  • a storage manager 140 or other component in the information management system 100 may analyze traffic patterns and suggest and/or automatically route data via a particular route to minimize congestion.
  • the system can generate predictions relating to storage operations or storage operation information. Such predictions, which may be based on a trending analysis, may predict various network operations or resource usage, such as network traffic levels, storage media use, use of bandwidth of communication links, use of media agent components, etc. Further examples of traffic analysis, trend analysis, prediction generation, and the like are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • a master storage manager 140 may track the status of storage operation cells in a hierarchy, such as the status of jobs, system components, system resources, and other items, by communicating with storage managers 140 (or other components) in the respective storage operation cells. Moreover, the master storage manager 140 may track the status of its associated storage operation cells and information management operations by receiving periodic status updates from the storage managers 140 (or other components) in the respective cells regarding jobs, system components, system resources, and other items. In some embodiments, a master storage manager 140 may store status information and other information regarding its associated storage operation cells and other system information in its index 150 (or other location).
  • the master storage manager 140 or other component may also determine whether certain storage-related criteria or other criteria are satisfied, and perform an action or trigger event (e.g., data migration) in response to the criteria being satisfied, such as where a storage threshold is met for a particular volume, or where inadequate protection exists for certain data. For instance, in some embodiments, data from one or more storage operation cells is used to dynamically and automatically mitigate recognized risks, and/or to advise users of risks or suggest actions to mitigate these risks.
  • an action or trigger event e.g., data migration
  • an information management policy may specify certain requirements (e.g., that a storage device should maintain a certain amount of free space, that secondary copies should occur at a particular interval, that data should be aged and migrated to other storage after a particular period, that data on a secondary volume should always have a certain level of availability and be restorable within a given time period, that data on a secondary volume may be mirrored or otherwise migrated to a specified number of other volumes, etc.). If a risk condition or other criterion is triggered, the system may notify the user of these conditions and may suggest (or automatically implement) an action to mitigate or otherwise address the risk.
  • certain requirements e.g., that a storage device should maintain a certain amount of free space, that secondary copies should occur at a particular interval, that data should be aged and migrated to other storage after a particular period, that data on a secondary volume should always have a certain level of availability and be restorable within a given time period, that data on a secondary volume may be mirrored or otherwise migrated to a specified
  • the system may indicate that data from a primary copy 112 should be migrated to a secondary storage device 108 to free space on the primary storage device 104 .
  • risk factors examples include, but are not limited to, risk factors, fraud, fraud, and other triggering criteria.
  • the system 100 may also determine whether a metric or other indication satisfies particular storage criteria and, if so, perform an action. For example, as previously described, a storage policy or other definition might indicate that a storage manager 140 should initiate a particular action if a storage metric or other indication drops below or otherwise fails to satisfy specified criteria such as a threshold of data protection. Examples of such metrics are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • risk factors may be quantified into certain measurable service or risk levels for ease of comprehension.
  • certain applications and associated data may be considered to be more important by an enterprise than other data and services.
  • Financial compliance data for example, may be of greater importance than marketing materials, etc.
  • Network administrators may assign priority values or “weights” to certain data and/or applications, corresponding to the relative importance.
  • the level of compliance of storage operations specified for these applications may also be assigned a certain value.
  • the health, impact, and overall importance of a service may be determined, such as by measuring the compliance value and calculating the product of the priority value and the compliance value to determine the “service level” and comparing it to certain operational thresholds to determine whether it is acceptable. Further examples of the service level determination are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • the system 100 may additionally calculate data costing and data availability associated with information management operation cells according to an embodiment of the invention. For instance, data received from the cell may be used in conjunction with hardware-related information and other information about system elements to determine the cost of storage and/or the availability of particular data in the system. Exemplary information generated could include how fast a particular department is using up available storage space, how long data would take to recover over a particular system pathway from a particular secondary storage device, costs over time, etc. Moreover, in some embodiments, such information may be used to determine or predict the overall cost associated with the storage of certain information. The cost associated with hosting a certain application may be based, at least in part, on the type of media on which the data resides, for example. Storage devices may be assigned to a particular cost categories, for example. Further examples of costing techniques are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • Any of the above types of information can generally be provided to users via the user interface 158 in a single, integrated view or console (not shown).
  • the console may support a reporting capability that allows for the generation of a variety of reports, which may be tailored to a particular aspect of information management.
  • Report types may include: scheduling, event management, media management and data aging. Available reports may also include backup history, data aging history, auxiliary copy history, job history, library and drive, media in library, restore history, and storage policy, etc., without limitation.
  • Such reports may be specified and created at a certain point in time as a system analysis, forecasting, or provisioning tool.
  • Integrated reports may also be generated that illustrate storage and performance metrics, risks and storage costing information.
  • users may create their own reports based on specific needs.
  • the integrated user interface 158 can include an option to show a “virtual view” of the system that graphically depicts the various components in the system using appropriate icons.
  • the user interface 158 may provide a graphical depiction of one or more primary storage devices 104 , the secondary storage devices 108 , data agents 142 and/or media agents 144 , and their relationship to one another in the information management system 100 .
  • the operations management functionality can facilitate planning and decision-making. For example, in some embodiments, a user may view the status of some or all jobs as well as the status of each component of the information management system 100 . Users may then plan and make decisions based on this data.
  • a user may view high-level information regarding storage operations for the information management system 100 , such as job status, component status, resource status (e.g., communication pathways, etc.), and other information.
  • the user may also drill down or use other means to obtain more detailed information regarding a particular component, job, or the like.
  • Further examples of some reporting techniques and associated interfaces providing an integrated view of an information management system are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • the information management system 100 can also be configured to perform system-wide e-discovery operations in some embodiments.
  • e-discovery operations provide a unified collection and search capability for data in the system, such as data stored in the secondary storage devices 108 (e.g., backups, archives, or other secondary copies 116 ).
  • the information management system 100 may construct and maintain a virtual repository for data stored in the information management system 100 that is integrated across source applications 110 , different storage device types, etc.
  • e-discovery utilizes other techniques described herein, such as data classification and/or content indexing.
  • an information management policy 148 can include a data structure or other information source that specifies a set of parameters (e.g., criteria and rules) associated with secondary copy and/or other information management operations.
  • a storage policy generally comprises a data structure or other information source that defines (or includes information sufficient to determine) a set of preferences or other criteria for performing information management operations.
  • Storage policies can include one or more of the following items: (1) what data will be associated with the storage policy; (2) a destination to which the data will be stored; (3) datapath information specifying how the data will be communicated to the destination; (4) the type of storage operation to be performed; and (5) retention information specifying how long the data will be retained at the destination (see, e.g., FIG. 1E ).
  • data associated with a storage policy can be logically organized into groups. In some cases, these logical groupings can be referred to as “sub-clients”.
  • a sub-client may represent static or dynamic associations of portions of a data volume.
  • Sub-clients may represent mutually exclusive portions. Thus, in certain embodiments, a portion of data may be given a label and the association is stored as a static entity in an index, database or other storage location.
  • Sub-clients may also be used as an effective administrative scheme of organizing data according to data type, department within the enterprise, storage preferences, or the like.
  • sub-clients can correspond to files, folders, virtual machines, databases, etc. In one exemplary scenario, an administrator may find it preferable to separate e-mail data from financial data using two different sub-clients.
  • a storage policy can define where data is stored by specifying a target or destination storage device (or group of storage devices). For instance, where the secondary storage device 108 includes a group of disk libraries, the storage policy may specify a particular disk library for storing the sub-clients associated with the policy. As another example, where the secondary storage devices 108 include one or more tape libraries, the storage policy may specify a particular tape library for storing the sub-clients associated with the storage policy, and may also specify a drive pool and a tape pool defining a group of tape drives and a group of tapes, respectively, for use in storing the sub-client data.
  • While information in the storage policy can be statically assigned in some cases, some or all of the information in the storage policy can also be dynamically determined based on criteria, which can be set forth in the storage policy. For instance, based on such criteria, a particular destination storage device(s) (or other parameter of the storage policy) may be determined based on characteristics associated with the data involved in a particular storage operation, device availability (e.g., availability of a secondary storage device 108 or a media agent 144 ), network status and conditions (e.g., identified bottlenecks), user credentials, and the like).
  • criteria can be set forth in the storage policy. For instance, based on such criteria, a particular destination storage device(s) (or other parameter of the storage policy) may be determined based on characteristics associated with the data involved in a particular storage operation, device availability (e.g., availability of a secondary storage device 108 or a media agent 144 ), network status and conditions (e.g., identified bottlenecks), user credentials, and the like).
  • Datapath information can also be included in the storage policy.
  • the storage policy may specify network pathways and components to utilize when moving the data to the destination storage device(s).
  • the storage policy specifies one or more media agents 144 for conveying data associated with the storage policy between the source (e.g., one or more host client computing devices 102 ) and destination (e.g., a particular target secondary storage device 108 ).
  • a storage policy can also specify the type(s) of operations associated with the storage policy, such as a backup, archive, snapshot, auxiliary copy, or the like.
  • Retention information can specify how long the data will be kept, depending on organizational needs (e.g., a number of days, months, years, etc.)
  • Scheduling parameters may specify with what frequency (e.g., hourly, weekly, daily, event-based, etc.) or under what triggering conditions secondary copy or other information management operations will take place.
  • Scheduling policies in some cases are associated with particular components, such as particular logical groupings of data associated with a storage policy (e.g., a sub-client), client computing device 102 , and the like. In one configuration, a separate scheduling policy is maintained for particular logical groupings of data on a client computing device 102 .
  • the scheduling policy specifies that those logical groupings are to be moved to secondary storage devices 108 every hour according to storage policies associated with the respective sub-clients.
  • the information management system 100 automatically applies a default configuration to client computing device 102 .
  • the installation script may register the client computing device 102 with the storage manager 140 , which in turn applies the default configuration to the new client computing device 102 . In this manner, data protection operations can begin substantially immediately.
  • the default configuration can include a default storage policy, for example, and can specify any appropriate information sufficient to begin data protection operations. This can include a type of data protection operation, scheduling information, a target secondary storage device 108 , data path information (e.g., a particular media agent 144 ), and the like.
  • An audit policy is a set of preferences, rules and/or criteria that protect sensitive data in the information management system 100 .
  • an audit policy may define “sensitive objects” as files or objects that contain particular keywords (e.g., “confidential,” or “privileged”) and/or are associated with particular keywords (e.g., in metadata) or particular flags (e.g., in metadata identifying a document or email as personal, confidential, etc.).
  • An audit policy may further specify rules for handling sensitive objects.
  • an audit policy may require that a reviewer approve the transfer of any sensitive objects to a cloud storage site, and that if approval is denied for a particular sensitive object, the sensitive object should be transferred to a local primary storage device 104 instead.
  • the audit policy may further specify how a secondary storage computing device 106 or other system component should notify a reviewer that a sensitive object is slated for transfer.
  • a provisioning policy can include a set of preferences, priorities, rules, and/or criteria that specify how client computing devices 102 (or groups thereof) may utilize system resources, such as available storage on cloud storage and/or network bandwidth.
  • a provisioning policy specifies, for example, data quotas for particular client computing devices 102 (e.g., a number of gigabytes that can be stored monthly, quarterly or annually).
  • the storage manager 140 or other components may enforce the provisioning policy. For instance, the media agents 144 may enforce the policy when transferring data to secondary storage devices 108 . If a client computing device 102 exceeds a quota, a budget for the client computing device 102 (or associated department) is adjusted accordingly or an alert may trigger.
  • a storage policy may also include or otherwise be associated with one or more scheduling, audit, or provisioning policies or operational parameters thereof.
  • storage policies are typically associated with moving and storing data, other policies may be associated with other types of information management operations. The following is a non-exhaustive list of items the information management policies 148 may specify:
  • Policies can additionally specify or depend on a variety of historical or current criteria that may be used to determine which rules to apply to a particular data object, system component, or information management operation, such as:
  • FIG. 1E includes a data flow diagram depicting performance of storage operations by an embodiment of an information management system 100 , according to an exemplary storage policy 148 A.
  • the information management system 100 includes a storage manger 140 , a client computing device 102 having a file system data agent 142 A and an email data agent 142 B operating thereon, a primary storage device 104 , two media agents 144 A, 144 B, and two secondary storage devices 108 A, 108 B: a disk library 108 A and a tape library 108 B.
  • the primary storage device 104 includes primary data 112 A, which is associated with a logical grouping of data associated with a file system, and primary data 112 B, which is associated with a logical grouping of data associated with email.
  • the logical grouping of data associated with the file system is referred to as a file system sub-client, and the logical grouping of data associated with the email is referred to as an email sub-client, the techniques described with respect to FIG. 1E can be utilized in conjunction with data that is organized in a variety of other manners.
  • the second media agent 144 B and the tape library 108 B are “off-site”, and may therefore be remotely located from the other components in the information management system 100 (e.g., in a different city, office building, etc.).
  • “off-site” may refer to a magnetic tape located in storage, which must be manually retrieved and loaded into a tape drive to be read. In this manner, information stored on the tape library 108 B may provide protection in the event of a disaster or other failure.
  • the file system sub-client and its associated primary data 112 A in certain embodiments generally comprise information generated by the file system and/or operating system of the client computing device 102 , and can include, for example, file system data (e.g., regular files, file tables, mount points, etc.), operating system data (e.g., registries, event logs, etc.), and the like.
  • the e-mail sub-client, on the other hand, and its associated primary data 112 B include data generated by an e-mail application operating on the client computing device 102 , and can include mailbox information, folder information, emails, attachments, associated database information, and the like.
  • the sub-clients can be logical containers, and the data included in the corresponding primary data 112 A, 112 B may or may not be stored contiguously.
  • the exemplary storage policy 148 A includes backup copy preferences (or rule set) 160 , disaster recovery copy preferences rule set 162 , and compliance copy preferences or rule set 164 .
  • the backup copy rule set 160 specifies that it is associated with a file system sub-client 166 and an email sub-client 168 . Each of these sub-clients 166 , 168 are associated with the particular client computing device 102 .
  • the backup copy rule set 160 further specifies that the backup operation will be written to the disk library 108 A, and designates a particular media agent 144 A to convey the data to the disk library 108 A.
  • the backup copy rule set 160 specifies that backup copies created according to the rule set 160 are scheduled to be generated on an hourly basis and to be retained for 30 days. In some other embodiments, scheduling information is not included in the storage policy 148 A, and is instead specified by a separate scheduling policy.
  • the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 is associated with the same two sub-clients 166 , 168 . However, the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 is associated with the tape library 108 B, unlike the backup copy rule set 160 . Moreover, the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 specifies that a different media agent, namely 144 B, will be used to convey the data to the tape library 108 B. As indicated, disaster recovery copies created according to the rule set 162 will be retained for 60 days, and will be generated on a daily basis. Disaster recovery copies generated according to the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 can provide protection in the event of a disaster or other catastrophic data loss that would affect the backup copy 116 A maintained on the disk library 108 A.
  • the compliance copy rule set 164 is only associated with the email sub-client 168 , and not the file system sub-client 166 . Compliance copies generated according to the compliance copy rule set 164 will therefore not include primary data 112 A from the file system sub-client 166 . For instance, the organization may be under an obligation to store and maintain copies of email data for a particular period of time (e.g., 10 years) to comply with state or federal regulations, while similar regulations do not apply to the file system data.
  • the compliance copy rule set 164 is associated with the same tape library 108 B and media agent 144 B as the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 , although a different storage device or media agent could be used in other embodiments. Finally, the compliance copy rule set 164 specifies that copies generated under the compliance copy rule set 164 will be retained for 10 years, and will be generated on a quarterly basis.
  • the storage manager 140 initiates a backup operation according to the backup copy rule set 160 .
  • a scheduling service running on the storage manager 140 accesses scheduling information from the backup copy rule set 160 or a separate scheduling policy associated with the client computing device 102 , and initiates a backup copy operation on an hourly basis.
  • the storage manager 140 sends instructions to the client computing device 102 (i.e., to both data agent 142 A and data agent 142 B) to begin the backup operation.
  • the file system data agent 142 A and the email data agent 142 B operating on the client computing device 102 respond to the instructions received from the storage manager 140 by accessing and processing the primary data 112 A, 112 B involved in the copy operation, which can be found in primary storage device 104 . Because the operation is a backup copy operation, the data agent(s) 142 A, 142 B may format the data into a backup format or otherwise process the data.
  • the client computing device 102 communicates the retrieved, processed data to the first media agent 144 A, as directed by the storage manager 140 , according to the backup copy rule set 160 .
  • the information management system 100 may implement a load-balancing, availability-based, or other appropriate algorithm to select from the available set of media agents 144 A, 144 B. Regardless of the manner the media agent 144 A is selected, the storage manager 140 may further keep a record in the storage manager database 146 of the association between the selected media agent 144 A and the client computing device 102 and/or between the selected media agent 144 A and the backup copy 116 A.
  • the target media agent 144 A receives the data from the client computing device 102 , and at step 4 conveys the data to the disk library 108 A to create the backup copy 116 A, again at the direction of the storage manager 140 and according to the backup copy rule set 160 .
  • the secondary storage device 108 A can be selected in other ways. For instance, the media agent 144 A may have a dedicated association with a particular secondary storage device(s), or the storage manager 140 or media agent 144 A may select from a plurality of secondary storage devices, e.g., according to availability, using one of the techniques described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,246,207, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • the media agent 144 A can also update its index 153 to include data and/or metadata related to the backup copy 116 A, such as information indicating where the backup copy 116 A resides on the disk library 108 A, data and metadata for cache retrieval, etc.
  • the storage manager 140 may similarly update its index 150 to include information relating to the storage operation, such as information relating to the type of storage operation, a physical location associated with one or more copies created by the storage operation, the time the storage operation was performed, status information relating to the storage operation, the components involved in the storage operation, and the like.
  • the storage manager 140 may update its index 150 to include some or all of the information stored in the index 153 of the media agent 144 A. After the 30 day retention period expires, the storage manager 140 instructs the media agent 144 A to delete the backup copy 116 A from the disk library 108 A. Indexes 150 and/or 153 are updated accordingly.
  • the storage manager 140 initiates the creation of a disaster recovery copy 1166 according to the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 .
  • the specified media agent 144 B retrieves the most recent backup copy 116 A from the disk library 108 A.
  • the media agent 144 B uses the retrieved data to create a disaster recovery copy 116 B on the tape library 108 B.
  • the disaster recovery copy 1166 is a direct, mirror copy of the backup copy 116 A, and remains in the backup format.
  • the disaster recovery copy 1166 may be generated in some other manner, such as by using the primary data 112 A, 112 B from the primary storage device 104 as source data. The disaster recovery copy operation is initiated once a day and the disaster recovery copies 116 B are deleted after 60 days; indexes are updated accordingly when/after each information management operation is executed/completed.
  • the storage manager 140 initiates the creation of a compliance copy 116 C, according to the compliance copy rule set 164 .
  • the storage manager 140 instructs the media agent 144 B to create the compliance copy 116 C on the tape library 108 B at step 9 , as specified in the compliance copy rule set 164 .
  • the compliance copy 116 C is generated using the disaster recovery copy 116 B.
  • the compliance copy 116 C is instead generated using either the primary data 112 B corresponding to the email sub-client or using the backup copy 116 A from the disk library 108 A as source data.
  • compliance copies 116 C are created quarterly, and are deleted after ten years, and indexes are kept up-to-date accordingly.
  • a restore operation can be initiated involving one or more of the secondary copies 116 A, 116 B, 116 C.
  • a user may manually initiate a restore of the backup copy 116 A by interacting with the user interface 158 of the storage manager 140 .
  • the storage manager 140 then accesses data in its index 150 (and/or the respective storage policy 148 A) associated with the selected backup copy 116 A to identify the appropriate media agent 144 A and/or secondary storage device 108 A.
  • a media agent may be selected for use in the restore operation based on a load balancing algorithm, an availability based algorithm, or other criteria.
  • the selected media agent 144 A retrieves the data from the disk library 108 A. For instance, the media agent 144 A may access its index 153 to identify a location of the backup copy 116 A on the disk library 108 A, or may access location information residing on the disk 108 A itself.
  • the media agent 144 A accesses a cached version of the backup copy 116 A residing in the index 153 , without having to access the disk library 108 A for some or all of the data. Once it has retrieved the backup copy 116 A, the media agent 144 A communicates the data to the source client computing device 102 . Upon receipt, the file system data agent 142 A and the email data agent 142 B may unpackage (e.g., restore from a backup format to the native application format) the data in the backup copy 116 A and restore the unpackaged data to the primary storage device 104 .
  • unpackage e.g., restore from a backup format to the native application format
  • the storage manager 140 may permit a user to specify aspects of the storage policy 148 A.
  • the storage policy can be modified to include information governance policies to define how data should be managed in order to comply with a certain regulation or business objective.
  • the various policies may be stored, for example, in the management database 146 .
  • An information governance policy may comprise a classification policy, which is described herein.
  • An information governance policy may align with one or more compliance tasks that are imposed by regulations or business requirements. Examples of information governance policies might include a Sarbanes-Oxley policy, a HIPAA policy, an electronic discovery (E-Discovery) policy, and so on.
  • Information governance policies allow administrators to obtain different perspectives on all of an organization's online and offline data, without the need for a dedicated data silo created solely for each different viewpoint.
  • the data storage systems herein build a centralized index that reflects the contents of a distributed data set that spans numerous clients and storage devices, including both primary and secondary copies, and online and offline copies.
  • An organization may apply multiple information governance policies in a top-down manner over that unified data set and indexing schema in order to permit an organization to view and manipulate the single data set through different lenses, each of which is adapted to a particular compliance or business goal.
  • an E-discovery policy and a Sarbanes-Oxley policy two different groups of users in an organization can conduct two very different analyses of the same underlying physical set of data copies, which may be distributed throughout the organization and information management system.
  • a classification policy defines a taxonomy of classification terms or tags relevant to a compliance task and/or business objective.
  • a classification policy may also associate a defined tag with a classification rule.
  • a classification rule defines a particular combination of criteria, such as users who have created, accessed or modified a document or data object; file or application types; content or metadata keywords; clients or storage locations; dates of data creation and/or access; review status or other status within a workflow (e.g., reviewed or un-reviewed); modification times or types of modifications; and/or any other data attributes in any combination, without limitation.
  • a classification rule may also be defined using other classification tags in the taxonomy.
  • an E-discovery classification policy might define a classification tag “privileged” that is associated with documents or data objects that (1) were created or modified by legal department staff, or (2) were sent to or received from outside counsel via email, or (3) contain one of the following keywords: “privileged” or “attorney” or “counsel”, or other like terms.
  • An entity tag may be, for example, any content that matches a defined data mask format.
  • entity tags might include, e.g., social security numbers (e.g., any numerical content matching the formatting mask XXX-XXX-XXX) credit card numbers (e.g., content having a 13-16 digit string of numbers), SKU numbers, product numbers, etc.
  • a user may define a classification policy by indicating criteria, parameters or descriptors of the policy via a graphical user interface, such as a form or page with fields to be filled in, pull-down menus or entries allowing one or more of several options to be selected, buttons, sliders, hypertext links or other known user interface tools for receiving user input, etc.
  • a user may define certain entity tags, such as a particular product number or project ID code that is relevant in the organization.
  • the classification policy can be implemented using cloud-based techniques.
  • the storage devices may be cloud storage devices, and the storage manager 140 may execute cloud service provider API over a network to classify data stored on cloud storage devices.
  • secondary copies 116 can vary, depending on the embodiment.
  • secondary copies 116 are formatted as a series of logical data units or “chunks” (e.g., 512 MB, 1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB, or 8 GB chunks). This can facilitate efficient communication and writing to secondary storage devices 108 , e.g., according to resource availability. For example, a single secondary copy 116 may be written on a chunk-by-chunk basis to a single secondary storage device 108 or across multiple secondary storage devices 108 . In some cases, users can select different chunk sizes, e.g., to improve throughput to tape storage devices.
  • each chunk can include a header and a payload.
  • the payload can include files (or other data units) or subsets thereof included in the chunk, whereas the chunk header generally includes metadata relating to the chunk, some or all of which may be derived from the payload.
  • the media agent 144 , storage manager 140 , or other component may divide the associated files into chunks and generate headers for each chunk by processing the constituent files.
  • the headers can include a variety of information such as file identifier(s), volume(s), offset(s), or other information associated with the payload data items, a chunk sequence number, etc.
  • the chunk headers can also be stored to the index 153 of the associated media agent(s) 144 and/or the index 150 . This is useful in some cases for providing faster processing of secondary copies 116 during restores or other operations.
  • the secondary storage device 108 returns an indication of receipt, e.g., to the media agent 144 and/or storage manager 140 , which may update their respective indexes 153 , 150 accordingly.
  • chunks may be processed (e.g., by the media agent 144 ) according to the information in the chunk header to reassemble the files.
  • Data can also be communicated within the information management system 100 in data channels that connect the client computing devices 102 to the secondary storage devices 108 .
  • These data channels can be referred to as “data streams”, and multiple data streams can be employed to parallelize an information management operation, improving data transfer rate, among providing other advantages.
  • Example data formatting techniques including techniques involving data streaming, chunking, and the use of other data structures in creating copies (e.g., secondary copies) are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,315,923 and 8,156,086, and 8,578,120, each of which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • FIGS. 1F and 1G are diagrams of example data streams 170 and 171 , respectively, which may be employed for performing data storage operations.
  • the data agent 142 forms the data stream 170 from the data associated with a client computing device 102 (e.g., primary data 112 ).
  • the data stream 170 is composed of multiple pairs of stream header 172 and stream data (or stream payload) 174 .
  • the data streams 170 and 171 shown in the illustrated example are for a single-instanced storage operation, and a stream payload 174 therefore may include both single-instance (“SI”) data and/or non-SI data.
  • a stream header 172 includes metadata about the stream payload 174 .
  • This metadata may include, for example, a length of the stream payload 174 , an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is encrypted, an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is compressed, an archive file identifier (ID), an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is single instanceable, and an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is a start of a block of data.
  • ID archive file identifier
  • the data stream 171 has the stream header 172 and stream payload 174 aligned into multiple data blocks.
  • the data blocks are of size 64 KB.
  • the first two stream header 172 and stream payload 174 pairs comprise a first data block of size 64 KB.
  • the first stream header 172 indicates that the length of the succeeding stream payload 174 is 63 KB and that it is the start of a data block.
  • the next stream header 172 indicates that the succeeding stream payload 174 has a length of 1 KB and that it is not the start of a new data block.
  • Immediately following stream payload 174 is a pair comprising an identifier header 176 and identifier data 178 .
  • the identifier header 176 includes an indication that the succeeding identifier data 178 includes the identifier for the immediately previous data block.
  • the identifier data 178 includes the identifier that the data agent 142 generated for the data block.
  • the data stream 171 also includes other stream header 172 and stream payload 174 pairs, which may be for SI data and/or for non-SI data.
  • FIG. 1H is a diagram illustrating the data structures 180 that may be used to store blocks of SI data and non-SI data on the storage device (e.g., secondary storage device 108 ).
  • the data structures 180 do not form part of a native file system of the storage device.
  • the data structures 180 include one or more volume folders 182 , one or more chunk folders 184 / 185 within the volume folder 182 , and multiple files within the chunk folder 184 .
  • Each chunk folder 184 / 185 includes a metadata file 186 / 187 , a metadata index file 188 / 189 , one or more container files 190 / 191 / 193 , and a container index file 192 / 194 .
  • the metadata file 186 / 187 stores non-SI data blocks as well as links to SI data blocks stored in container files.
  • the metadata index file 188 / 189 stores an index to the data in the metadata file 186 / 187 .
  • the container files 190 / 191 / 193 store SI data blocks.
  • the container index file 192 / 194 stores an index to the container files 190 / 191 / 193 .
  • the container index file 192 / 194 stores an indication of whether a corresponding block in a container file 190 / 191 / 193 is referred to by a link in a metadata file 186 / 187 .
  • data block B 2 in the container file 190 is referred to by a link in the metadata file 187 in the chunk folder 185 .
  • the corresponding index entry in the container index file 192 indicates that the data block B 2 in the container file 190 is referred to.
  • data block B 1 in the container file 191 is referred to by a link in the metadata file 187 , and so the corresponding index entry in the container index file 192 indicates that this data block is referred to.
  • the data structures 180 illustrated in FIG. 1H may have been created as a result of two storage operations involving two client computing devices 102 .
  • a first storage operation on a first client computing device 102 could result in the creation of the first chunk folder 184
  • a second storage operation on a second client computing device 102 could result in the creation of the second chunk folder 185 .
  • the container files 190 / 191 in the first chunk folder 184 would contain the blocks of SI data of the first client computing device 102 .
  • the second storage operation on the data of the second client computing device 102 would result in the media agent 144 storing primarily links to the data blocks of the first client computing device 102 that are already stored in the container files 190 / 191 . Accordingly, while a first storage operation may result in storing nearly all of the data subject to the storage operation, subsequent storage operations involving similar data may result in substantial data storage space savings, because links to already stored data blocks can be stored instead of additional instances of data blocks.
  • a sparse file is type of file that may include empty space (e.g., a sparse file may have real data within it, such as at the beginning of the file and/or at the end of the file, but may also have empty space in it that is not storing actual data, such as a contiguous range of bytes all having a value of zero).
  • the media agent 144 creates a new container file 190 / 191 / 193 when a container file 190 / 191 / 193 either includes 100 blocks of data or when the size of the container file 190 exceeds 50 MB.
  • the media agent 144 creates a new container file 190 / 191 / 193 when a container file 190 / 191 / 193 satisfies other criteria (e.g., it contains from approximately 100 to approximately 1000 blocks or when its size exceeds approximately 50 MB to 1 GB).
  • a file on which a storage operation is performed may comprise a large number of data blocks.
  • a 100 MB file may comprise 400 data blocks of size 256 KB. If such a file is to be stored, its data blocks may span more than one container file, or even more than one chunk folder.
  • a database file of 20 GB may comprise over 40,000 data blocks of size 512 KB. If such a database file is to be stored, its data blocks will likely span multiple container files, multiple chunk folders, and potentially multiple volume folders. Restoring such files may require accessing multiple container files, chunk folders, and/or volume folders to obtain the requisite data blocks.
  • an image-level backup manager is a software module that forms a part of or resides on the storage manager 140 or, alternatively, the media agents 144 .
  • the image-level backup manager can additionally be a software module executing on one or more of the client computing devices 102 .
  • the image-level backup manager may be implemented as a part of the data agent 142 .
  • Volume or virtual machine level backup and virtual machine file placeholder generation will be discussed in more detail with respect to FIGS. 2-5 .
  • FIG. 2 is a data flow diagram illustrative of the interaction between the various components of an exemplary information management system 200 configured to implement volume or virtual machine level backup and virtual machine file placeholder generation, according to certain embodiments.
  • the exemplary information management system 200 includes a storage manager 210 , one or more clients 220 , one or more information stores or primary storage devices 230 , one or more image-level backup managers 250 , one or more media agents 270 , one or more media agent indexes 275 , and one or more secondary storage devices 280 .
  • a client 220 can include a hypervisor 227 and one or more virtual machines (VMs) 225 configured to execute on the hypervisor 227 .
  • a VM 225 may include one or more data agents 240 installed on the VM 225 .
  • a VM 225 can also include one or more applications 260 installed on the VM 225 .
  • a data agent 240 may be associated with one or more applications 260 , depending on the embodiment.
  • the data associated with the VMs 225 may be stored in the information store 230 .
  • the system 200 and corresponding components of FIG. 2 may be similar to or the same as the system 100 and similarly named (but not necessarily numbered) components of FIG. 1D .
  • the system 200 of FIG. 2 may additionally include any of the other components shown in FIG. 1D that are not specifically shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the system 200 may include one or more of each component. All components of the system 200 can be in direct communication with each other or communicate indirectly via the client 220 , the storage manager 210 , the media agent 270 , or the like. In certain embodiments, some of the components in FIG. 2 shown as separate components can reside on a single computing device, or vice versa.
  • the image-level backup manager 250 can be on the storage manager 210 , the media agent 270 , or on a separate computing device.
  • virtualization in the computing arts can refer to the creation of a virtual instance of an entity (e.g., a hardware platform, operating system, storage device or network resource, etc.) that behaves like a physical instance.
  • a virtual machine can be a software representation of a physical machine.
  • Enterprises may use virtualization for a variety of purposes, such as to reduce the number of physical servers or other computers by instantiating multiple virtual machines on a single physical host computer. In this manner, virtualization can be used to centralize administrative tasks while improving scalability and workloads, and can be an important tool for maximizing hardware utilization.
  • many (e.g., hundreds or thousands) of virtual machines can be instantiated on a single host device.
  • the host device can contain significant amounts of memory and computing power in order to execute the virtual machines, which can be referred to as “clients” or “guests.” Although each virtual client can be logically viewed as a stand-alone device, in actuality the virtual client machines can share underlying hardware with the other virtual machines residing on the host.
  • VMs may be used frequently, but some of the data associated with the VM (e.g., files) may not be used frequently. In such cases, it may be desirable to back up or archive the low usage data of the VM to secondary storage and remove it from primary storage.
  • VMs generally share resources, such as hardware and/or storage, and may be backed up by performing an image-level backup or a volume-level backup.
  • a volume in primary storage can include data associated with multiple VMs, and the volume can be backed up to secondary storage (e.g., periodically).
  • the system 200 may refer to the volume-level backup copy and related metadata to determine which VM data is low usage. Then, the system 200 can remove the low usage VM data from primary storage since it has been backed up to secondary storage. In this manner, the system 200 can free up underutilized and/or unutilized resources, such as storage space, which can lead to a more efficient use of resources.
  • the system 200 performs a backup, for example, at the direction of the storage manager 210 .
  • Backup may run according to a schedule, at user request, based on certain events, etc.
  • a schedule may be based on the passage of a pre-determined amount of time, such as on a regular basis (e.g., after a particular time interval, such as a certain number of hours or days), or on an intermittent basis.
  • Backup may also be event-based and may be triggered by certain events.
  • Backup can be implemented as one or more storage policies, and the storage manager 210 may manage such storage policies.
  • the backup may be an image-level backup.
  • the backup can be of a volume 233 or a logical unit number (LUN) 231 in the information store 230 .
  • the information store 230 can include one or more LUNs 231 and/or one or more volumes 233 .
  • a LUN 231 may refer to a number used to identify a logical unit, which may be a device addressed by the SCSI protocol or other protocols that encapsulate SCSI (e.g., Fibre Channel or Internet Small Computer System Interface (iSCSI)).
  • a LUN 231 may be used with any device which supports read/write operations, such as a logical disk (e.g., on SAN), tape drive, etc.
  • a LUN 231 may include one or more volumes 233 .
  • a volume 233 may include one or more LUNs 231 .
  • a volume 233 may consist of multiple LUNs 231 .
  • the information store 230 may include one or more LUNs 231 (e.g., hardware disks or spindles), each of which can store one or more volumes (e.g., production data associated with a client 220 ).
  • LUN 231 may comprise an externally addressable entity within a target device that implements an SCSI device model.
  • Each of the client volumes may be a component of a storage stack, which may include file systems, volume managers, device drivers, storage devices, and/or other components that operate together to provide access to the storage.
  • Client volumes and backup images stored therein may be used for backup operations, snapshot operations, restore operations, etc.
  • the information store 230 can include data associated with one or more VMs 225 .
  • multiple VMs 225 can share a LUN 231 or a volume 233 in the information store 230 .
  • a snapshot may be taken of the LUN 231 or the volume 233 .
  • the client 220 includes VM 1 225 a , VM 2 225 b , and VM 3 225 c .
  • the information store 230 includes a LUN 231 that includes a volume 233 .
  • the volume 233 contains VM 1 data 235 a , VM 2 data 235 b , and VM 3 data 235 c .
  • VM data 235 may include data associated with one or more file systems and/or one or more applications 260 .
  • the system 200 can obtain a snapshot of the volume 233 or the LUN 231 which contains VM 1 data 235 a , VM 2 data 235 b , and VM 3 data 235 c .
  • the snapshot of the volume 233 or the LUN 231 can be mounted to a different server, and the system 200 can perform a backup from the mounted snapshot.
  • a snapshot may refer to the state of a system at a particular point in time.
  • a snapshot may be a read-only copy of data frozen at a point in time.
  • the snapshot can be an actual copy of the state of a system or may include a set of pointers to the data. Snapshots can be created efficiently; the time it takes to create a snapshot does not increase with the size of the data. In some cases, after the initial snapshot is taken of a data set, subsequent snapshots use pointers to reference the initial snapshot and copy only changed data. Pointer-based snapshots may require much less disk space than full copy snapshots.
  • the snapshot may be a hardware-based snapshot.
  • the information store 230 may be a storage array that is capable of obtaining a hardware snapshot. In such case, the storage array can also store the snapshot.
  • the backup can be of a particular VM 225 .
  • the system 200 may perform a VM-level backup for individual VMs 225 .
  • the system 200 can perform a backup for VM 1 225 a , perform a backup for VM 2 225 b , perform a backup for VM 3 225 c , etc.
  • the system 200 can back up VM 1 data 235 a in the information store 230 .
  • VM data 235 may be stored as one or more files relating to the memory, hard disk drive, BIOS state, etc. of the VM 225 . Any descriptions or details relating to volume-level backup may also be applicable to VM-level backup.
  • Volume-level or VM-level backup can have several advantages over file-level backup.
  • Volume-level or VM-level backup may be faster than file-level backup. For instance, files can become fragmented over time, and file-level backup could take more time than volume-level backup.
  • volume-level or VM-level backup may not be as intrusive as file-level backup since volume-level or VM-level backup does not need to use the CPU and/or memory allocated for the VMs 225 .
  • the system 200 may have to install an application (e.g., binary file, executable file, etc.) within the VM 225 to perform a backup of files associated with the VM 225 , but for volume-level or VM-level backup, the system 200 can obtain an image of the entire volume 233 or VM 225 without having to go inside the VM 225 . Moreover, volume-level or VM-level backup can back up only the changed data since the last backup (e.g., incremental backup), which can reduce the amount of resources used in performing a backup. For instance, in backing up a database, even small changes can trigger a backup of the entire database. On the other hand, the volume-level backup of a database can identify the changes from the last volume-level backup and back up only the changes.
  • an application e.g., binary file, executable file, etc.
  • the system 200 may identify changed blocks.
  • the hypervisor 227 may provide an API to identify changed blocks for VMs 225 .
  • the system 200 can query the hypervisor 227 in order to obtain the changed blocks.
  • the system 200 can include a driver which marks used blocks in the volume 233 (e.g., as dirty) to identify potential changed blocks for incremental backup. For example, the driver can mark changed blocks since the last full backup.
  • the driver may reside on the client 220 or another component of the system 200 , depending on the embodiment.
  • the driver can execute on the hypervisor 227 .
  • the system 200 may perform a signature comparison on the volume 233 to identify changed blocks.
  • the backup copy of a volume 233 or VM data 235 can be stored in one or more storage devices 280 in secondary storage.
  • VM 1 data 235 a in the information store 230 includes file F 1 237 a and file F 2 237 b .
  • VM 2 data 235 b in the information store 230 includes file F 3 237 c and file F 4 237 d .
  • VM 3 data 235 c in the information store 230 includes file F 5 237 e .
  • the backup copy of the volume 233 or VM data 235 may be created and stored in the storage devices 280 .
  • FIG. 1 data 235 a in the information store 230 includes file F 1 237 a and file F 2 237 b .
  • VM 2 data 235 b in the information store 230 includes file F 3 237 c and file F 4 237 d .
  • VM 3 data 235 c in the information store 230 includes file F 5 237 e .
  • Storage Device 1 280 a includes a backup copy 281 of the LUN 231 in the information store 230 or a backup copy 283 of the volume 233 in the information store 230 .
  • the backup copy 283 of the volume 233 may also be referred to as the volume backup copy 283 .
  • the volume backup copy 283 includes VM 1 data 285 a , VM 2 data 285 b , and VM 3 data 285 c , which correspond respectively to VM 1 data 235 a , VM 2 data 235 b , and VM 3 data 235 c residing in the information store 230 .
  • VM data 285 in secondary storage may be referred to as VM data backup copy 285 .
  • VM 1 data backup copy 285 a includes file F 1 287 a and file F 2 287 b , which correspond respectively to file F 1 237 a and file F 2 237 b in the information store 230 .
  • VM 2 data 285 b includes file F 3 287 c and file F 4 287 d , which correspond respectively to file F 3 237 c and file F 4 237 d in the information store 230 .
  • VM 3 data 285 c includes file F 5 287 e , which corresponds to file F 5 237 e in the information store 230 .
  • a VM file 287 in secondary storage may be referred to as VM file backup copy 287 or secondary copy of VM file 287 .
  • the system 200 can obtain an image of an entire volume 233 or VM 225 at a point in time.
  • the image of the volume 233 or VM 225 can be based on a full backup and any subsequent incremental backups. For instance, if there are one or more incremental backups since a full backup, the system 200 can impose the images into a consolidated disk image.
  • the system 200 can determine which files 287 are included in the image of the volume 233 or the VM 225 .
  • the system 200 may create metadata relating to the files 287 included in the image of the volume 233 or the VM 225 .
  • one or more media agents 270 can create the metadata and store it in one or more indexes 275 associated with the media agents 270 .
  • the metadata can include information relating to various files 287 , such as file name, file creation time, file modified time, file access time, file size, etc.
  • the image-level backup manager 250 determines which VM files 237 can be removed within a virtual machine 225 based on the backup of the data 235 associated with the virtual machine 225 .
  • the image-level backup manager 250 can refer to the backup copies of the files 287 in secondary storage and/or related metadata. Since the backup is used to determine which files 237 in the information store 230 may be removed, the analysis can be performed offline, for example, without having to access the VM data 235 in the information store 230 , and the information store 230 can remain available for other uses.
  • the image-level backup manager 250 can access the metadata associated with the backup in order to identify which VM files 237 are not frequently used or not used. After the image-level backup manager 250 determines which VM files 287 are included in volume-level backup image 283 or the VM level backup image 285 , the image-level backup manager 250 can access the metadata associated with the VM files 287 . Types of metadata that the image-level backup manager 250 may refer to can include file creation time, file modified time, file access time, file size, file extension, application associated with the file, user associated with the file, etc. The image-level backup manager 250 can access the metadata associated with the backup copy of the VM file 287 in the image-level backup to determine whether the corresponding VM file 237 in the information store 230 can be removed.
  • the image-level backup manager 250 may refer to the file modified time or file access time to check how long the file has been idle. If a file 287 has not been used for several months, the file 287 may be a candidate for removal from primary storage. The image-level backup manager 250 may check whether a file 287 has been accessed within a specific period of time. If the file 287 has not been accessed at all or fewer times than a threshold value, the file 287 may be noted as a candidate to be removed.
  • the determination of whether a VM file 237 can be removed can be based on various factors, such as the types of metadata listed above, and various combinations of factors.
  • the image-level backup manager 250 may also access the backup copies of the VM files 287 to determine whether the VM files 237 can be removed from the information store 230 .
  • additional metadata may be stored with the volume-level backup image 283 or the VM-level backup image 285 , and the image-level backup manager 250 may want to refer to such metadata.
  • the image-level backup manager 250 may allow the user (e.g., system administrator) to create custom rules or filters relating to which VM files 237 may or may not be removed. Criteria for rules can include file size, dates associated with the file 237 , user associated with the file 237 , file extension, file type, file application, etc. For example, the user may specify that files greater than certain size, files older than certain date, files belonging to certain users, etc. can be removed. Or the user may also specify that certain type of files, certain type of extensions, etc. may not be removed (e.g., due to compliance reasons).
  • the user can define filters that can exclude particular files from being removed from the information store 230 , such as files having certain extensions or relating to certain subject matters (e.g., tax, audit, etc.).
  • the rules and/or filters may be specified on the basis of each VM 255 , a group of VMs 225 , a volume 233 , multiple volumes 233 , a LUN 231 , multiple LUNs 231 , an information store 230 , a group of information stores 230 , the entire system 200 , etc.
  • the image-level backup manager 250 can create a list of VM files 237 that are eligible candidates for removal from the information store 230 .
  • the list may identify the VM files 237 in the primary storage or the information store 230 based on the metadata of their corresponding VM file backup copies 287 .
  • the list may be a list of the VM file backup copies 287 , and the image-level backup manager 250 may determine at the time of removing from the information store 230 which VM files 237 correspond to the VM file backup copies 287 in the list.
  • the list may include various types of information for identifying the VM files 237 in the information store 230 and removing the VM files 237 .
  • the list can include the file name, the file path in the information store 230 , the VM 225 associated with the file 237 , the LUN 231 or volume 233 associated with the VM 225 , etc.
  • the list may also include information for generating a placeholder for a removed VM file 237 .
  • the list can include the archive ID, the offset, etc. for a candidate file in the list. Details relating to the VM file placeholder are further explained below.
  • the image-level backup manager 250 removes unused or infrequently used files 237 from the virtual machine 225 from the information store 230 .
  • the image-level backup manager 250 may refer to the list of eligible candidate files generated at data flow step 2 . If any of the VM files 237 identified at data flow step 2 (e.g., those included in the list of eligible candidate files) have been changed in the information store 230 , the image-level backup manager 250 may not want to remove these files 237 since most up-to-date copies might not exist in secondary storage. Accordingly, the image-level backup manager 250 can check prior to removing any identified file 237 from the information store 230 whether there have been any changes to the file 237 since the time of the last backup.
  • the image-level backup manager 250 may check if the modified time of the file 237 is after the time the backup was initiated or performed. Or the image-level backup manager 250 can compare the modified time of the VM file 237 and the modified time of the VM file secondary copy 287 ; for instance, in some embodiments, the list may also include the modified time of the VM file secondary copy 287 .
  • the image-level backup manager 250 can check any appropriate metadata and/or information associated with the file 237 to determine whether the file 237 has been changed. If there have been no changes, the image-level backup manager 250 can delete the file 237 from the information store 230 and replace it with a VM file placeholder. If there have been changes, the image-level backup manager 250 may not delete the file 237 from the information store 230 .
  • the image-level backup manager 250 may identify such a file 237 as a candidate for deletion after a subsequent backup is performed.
  • the image-level backup manager 250 generates placeholders for the removed files.
  • file placeholders may be referred to as the “VM file placeholders.”
  • a VM file placeholder (not shown) may include minimum information used to retrieve the corresponding VM file backup copy 287 from the storage devices 280 .
  • the VM file placeholder can include the archive ID and the offset for the VM file backup copy 287 .
  • the archive ID can refer to a unique ID for the VM file backup copy 287 in the storage devices 280 .
  • the archive ID is a Globally Unique Identifier (GUID).
  • the offset may refer to offset information for the VM file backup copy 287 within the media storing the VM file backup copy 287 (e.g., tape, disk, etc.).
  • the VM file backup copy 287 may be stored in one or more chunks, as explained above, and the VM file placeholder may also identify which chunk(s) the VM file backup copy 287 is stored in.
  • VM file placeholders may be stored in the information store 230 in the same volume 233 or LUN 231 as the VM data 235 . Certain details relating to VM file placeholders are further explained in connection with FIG. 3 below.
  • the removed files can be accessed through their respective VM file placeholders. For instance, the removed files can still appear in the list of files 237 associated with a VM 225 , and when the user selects a removed file, the system 200 can access the VM file placeholder for the file and restore the VM file backup copy 287 from secondary storage. Over the course of time, backup copies of VM files 287 may be moved to other locations in secondary storage, or additional or different types of backup copies of VM files 287 may be created. In one example, the initial backup copy of a VM file 287 may be stored on disk storage, but the backup copy 287 may be moved to a tape at a later point in time.
  • the archive ID can track the new location in secondary storage, and the VM file placeholder can still be used to access and restore the VM file backup copy 287 from secondary storage.
  • an auxiliary backup copy of a VM file 287 may be created on a tape. The same archive ID can be used to identify the original backup copy and the auxiliary backup copy, so the VM file placeholder will still be able to gain access to either the original backup copy or the auxiliary backup copy of the VM file 287 , or both.
  • the system 200 can reduce the amount of idle resources that are allocated to VMs 225 but not frequently used. Restoring a removed VM file from secondary storage is explained in further detail below, for example, in connection with FIG. 3 .
  • VM 1 data 235 a is stored in a volume 233 in the information store 230 .
  • VM 1 data 235 a includes file F 1 237 a and file F 2 237 b .
  • VM 1 data 235 a is backed up as a part of a backup of the volume 233 .
  • the system 200 obtains a snapshot of the volume 233 .
  • VM 1 data 235 a is backed up through VM-level backup.
  • the snapshot of the volume 233 can copied to the storage devices 280 .
  • the snapshot is stored in Storage Device 1 280 a .
  • the backup copy of the volume 283 includes a backup copy of VM 1 data 285 a , along with the backup copies of VM 2 data 285 b and VM 3 data 285 c .
  • the backup copy of VM 1 data 285 a includes backup copies of file F 1 287 a and file F 2 287 b .
  • backup copies of VM files 287 or VM file backup copies 287 may be referred to as VM file 287 in the descriptions.
  • the system 200 can determine which VM files 287 are included in the backup copy of the volume 283 and generate metadata relating to the VM files 287 .
  • the system 200 can create the metadata as it is copying the snapshot of the volume 233 to the storage devices 280 .
  • One or more media agents 270 can copy the snapshot data to the secondary storage devices 280 .
  • the system 200 can create the metadata after the snapshot is stored in the storage devices 280 .
  • the storage device 280 itself may obtain the snapshot and store it within the same storage device 280 .
  • the system 200 can analyze the hardware-based snapshot to generate the metadata relating to the VM files 287 included in the snapshot.
  • the metadata relating to the VM files 287 can be stored in one or more media agent indexes 275 .
  • the image-level backup manager 250 can refer to the metadata for the VM files 287 associated with the VM 1 225 a to determine whether the corresponding VM files 237 can be removed from the information store 230 .
  • the image-level backup manager 250 looks up the metadata for file F 1 287 a and the metadata for file F 2 287 b .
  • any VM files 237 for VM 1 225 a that are older than 90 days and have not been accessed within 60 days can be removed from the information store 230 .
  • Such criteria may be defined as a rule, as explained above.
  • the image-level backup manager 250 determines that file F 1 287 a has been created 120 days ago, but has not been accessed in 100 days. Accordingly, the image-level backup manager 250 flags file F 1 287 a as a candidate for removal from the information store 230 and includes it in the list of VM files 237 that can be removed. The list can identify information relating to file F 1 237 a corresponding to file F 1 287 a , such as the file path of the file F 1 237 a within the volume 233 .
  • the image-level backup manager 250 Based on the list of eligible files for removal, the image-level backup manager 250 identifies that file F 1 237 a can be removed from the information store 230 . However, the image-level backup manager 250 first checks to make sure that file F 1 237 a has not been changed since the last backup. File F 1 237 a has not been accessed or modified since the last backup, and the image-level backup manager 250 removes file F 1 237 a from the information store 230 . The image-level backup manager 250 creates a VM file placeholder for the removed file F 1 237 a . The VM file placeholder includes information that can be used to restore file F 1 237 a from the storage devices 280 .
  • the image-level backup manager 250 may identify that file F 4 237 d associated with VM 2 225 b can be removed from the information store 230 .
  • the rule for VM 2 may indicate that any files exceeding the size of 1 MB can be removed.
  • the image-level backup manager 250 can remove file F 4 237 d and create a VM file placeholder for file F 4 237 d.
  • Image-level backup can be faster, for example, compared to file-level backup. For instance, a snapshot of the entire volume 233 or VM 225 can be obtained, and only changes since the last backup can be backed up.
  • the system 200 also does not need to install any application within the VM 225 to perform file-level backup.
  • the system 200 does not need to access each VM 225 in order to determine which VM files 235 can be removed from the primary storage.
  • the system 200 can include a large number of VMs 225 , and using the backup and related metadata, the analysis can be performed automatically (e.g., based on rules, filters, etc.). Using the backup can also allow the analysis to be performed offline without accessing the primary storage itself. By removing infrequently or unused VM files 237 from the primary storage, the system 200 can save disk space in the primary storage and use resources more efficiently.
  • FIG. 3 is a data flow diagram illustrative of the interaction between the various components of an exemplary information management system 300 configured to implement restore of archived virtual machine files, according to certain embodiments.
  • the exemplary information management system 300 includes a storage manager 310 , one or more clients 320 , one or more information stores or primary storage devices 330 , one or more image-level backup managers 350 , one or more media agents 370 , one or more media agent indexes 375 , and one or more secondary storage devices 380 .
  • a client 320 can include a hypervisor 337 and one or more virtual machines (VMs) 325 configured to execute on the hypervisor 337 .
  • a VM 325 may include one or more data agents 340 installed on the VM 325 .
  • a VM 325 can also include one or more applications 360 installed on the VM 325 .
  • a data agent 340 may be associated with one or more applications 360 , depending on the embodiment.
  • the data associated with the VMs 325 may be stored in the information store 330 .
  • the system 300 and corresponding components of FIG. 3 may be similar to or the same as the system 100 , 200 and similarly named (but not necessarily numbered) components of FIGS. 1D and 2 .
  • the system 300 of FIG. 3 may additionally include any of the other components shown in FIGS. 1D and 2 that are not specifically shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the system 300 may include one or more of each component. All components of the system 300 can be in direct communication with each other or communicate indirectly via the client 320 , the storage manager 310 , the media agent 370 , or the like. In certain embodiments, some of the components in FIG. 3 shown as separate components can reside on a single computing device, or vice versa.
  • the image-level backup manager 350 can be on the storage manager 310 , the media agent 370 , or on a separate computing device.
  • the user accesses the VM file placeholder 339 for a removed file of a virtual machine 325 .
  • the user may access the VM file placeholder 339 through the VM 325 associated with the VM file.
  • the VM file placeholder 339 a for removed file F 1 associated with VM 1 325 a may be accessed by interacting with VM 1 325 a .
  • the VM file that has been removed from the information store 330 may still appear to be available in the information store 330 .
  • the user may see a removed VM file in the list of files in the information store 330 .
  • the user may be selecting the VM file placeholder 339 for the file.
  • a VM file placeholder 339 may include information about restoring the backup copy of the VM file 387 in secondary storage. Such information may include a reference to the VM file backup copy 387 in secondary storage (e.g., the location of the VM file). For instance, the VM file placeholder 339 can include the archive ID for the backup copy of the VM file 387 as well as the offset for the backup copy 387 . Using the VM file placeholder 339 , the image-level backup manager 350 can quickly access and restore the backup copy of the VM file 387 from secondary storage.
  • the client 320 requests restore of the removed VM file.
  • the image-level backup manager 350 may receive the request from the client 320 . If the image-level backup manager 350 is on a different computing device from the storage manager 310 , the image-level backup manager 350 may send the restore request to the storage manager 310 .
  • the removed VM file that is selected for restore can be file F 1 associated with VM 1 325 a .
  • the VM file placeholder 339 a for file F 1 is shown as residing in the information store 330 (in dashed lines).
  • the VM file placeholder 339 may be stored in the same volume 333 or LUN 331 as the other data of the VM 325 to which the removed VM file belongs.
  • the VM file placeholder 339 a for file F 1 is stored with the rest of VM 1 data 335 a.
  • the removed file of the virtual machine 325 is restored to the information store 330 .
  • the storage manager 310 can instruct one or more media agents 370 to restore the backup copy of the VM file 387 .
  • the storage manager 310 can determine which media agent(s) 370 to instruct based on the storage device 380 that stores the backup copy of the VM file 387 .
  • the backup copy of the VM file 387 may be restored to the same volume 333 or LUN 331 that includes the VM data 335 .
  • the VM file placeholder 339 may be deleted after the backup copy of the VM file 387 is restored. In the example of FIG.
  • the backup copy of file F 1 387 a can be restored from Storage Device 1 380 a to the volume 333 in the information store 330 that includes VM 1 data 335 a .
  • the VM file placeholder 339 a for file F 1 may or may not be deleted, depending on the embodiment.
  • the restore of the VM file may appear to be “seamless” to the user.
  • the user may not be aware that the VM file selected by the user is in secondary storage and is being restored from secondary storage. Such user experience may be possible because the VM file can be restored quickly.
  • “Seamless virtual machine file recall” may refer to the continuous availability of removed VM files while they are in secondary storage and while they are being restored.
  • FIG. 4 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine 400 for performing volume or virtual machine level backup and generating virtual machine file placeholders.
  • the routine 400 is described with respect to the system 200 of FIG. 2 .
  • one or more of the steps of routine 400 may be implemented by other information management systems, such as those described in greater detail above with reference to FIG. 1D .
  • the routine 400 can be implemented by any one, or a combination of, a client, a storage manager, a data agent, an image-level backup manager, a media agent, and the like.
  • further details regarding certain aspects of at least some of steps of the routine 400 are described in greater detail above with reference to FIG. 2 .
  • the process of FIG. 4 can be compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, migration, snapshots, replication operations, and the like.
  • the system 200 creates a backup copy of data associated with one or more VMs 235 (or VM data 235 ) in primary storage.
  • Primary storage can include the information store 230 shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the VM data 235 for one or more VMs 225 can be included in a volume 233 that resides at least in part on the information store 230 .
  • the VM data 235 for each VM 225 can include one or more files 237 .
  • the backup copy of the VM data 285 can include secondary copies of the one or more files 287 .
  • the system 200 can create a backup copy 283 of the volume 233 in order to create a backup copy of the VM data 285 .
  • the backup copy 283 of the volume 233 can be a snapshot of the volume 233 .
  • the snapshot of the volume 233 can be a hardware snapshot.
  • the system 200 can identify changed blocks in the volume 233 since the last backup, and back up only the changed blocks.
  • the hypervisor 227 with which the VMs 225 are associated can identify the changed blocks within a VM 225 (e.g., through an API).
  • the system 200 can query the hypervisor 227 to identify the changed blocks for VMs 225 .
  • a driver can mark used blocks in the volume 233 to identify the changed blocks. Used blocks can be potential candidates for a backup.
  • the system 200 can perform a signature comparison on the volume 233 to identify the changed blocks.
  • the image-level backup manager 250 analyzes the backup copy to determine which VM files 237 are eligible to be removed. Generally, files 237 that have not been used frequently or have not been used at all can be eligible for removal.
  • the image-level backup manager 250 can analyze metadata associated with the secondary copies of the one or more files 287 .
  • the metadata can include one or more of: file creation time, file access time, file modification time, file size, file extension, user associated with a file, or application associated with a file.
  • the image-level backup manager 250 can determine whether one or more files 237 have not been accessed within a period of time or have been accessed fewer times than a threshold value within the period of time. Criteria for determining which files 237 are eligible to be removed may be defined as one or more rules or filters.
  • the image-level backup manager 250 removes eligible VM files 237 from primary storage.
  • the image-level backup manager 250 can determine whether an eligible file 237 has been changed since the backup copy of the VM data 285 was created.
  • the image-level backup manager 250 generates placeholders for removed VM files.
  • a file placeholder can include a unique identifier associated with the secondary copy of a removed file 287 and an offset associated with the secondary copy of the removed file 287 .
  • the system 200 may restore the secondary copy of a removed file 287 to primary storage in response to an access of the corresponding file placeholder.
  • the routine 400 can include fewer, more, or different blocks than those illustrated in FIG. 4 without departing from the spirit and scope of the description. Moreover, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art and others that some or all of the functions described in this disclosure may be embodied in software executed by one or more processors of the disclosed components and mobile communication devices. The software may be persistently stored in any type of non-volatile and/or non-transitory storage.
  • FIG. 5 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine 500 for restoring an archived virtual machine file by accessing a virtual machine file placeholder.
  • the routine 500 is described with respect to the system 300 of FIG. 3 .
  • one or more of the steps of routine 500 may be implemented by other information management systems, such as those described in greater detail above with reference to FIGS. 1D and 2 .
  • the routine 500 can be implemented by any one, or a combination of, a client, a storage manager, a data agent, an image-level backup manager, a media agent, and the like.
  • further details regarding certain aspects of at least some of steps of the routine 500 are described in greater detail above with reference to FIG. 3 .
  • the process of FIG. 5 can be compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, migration, snapshots, replication operations, and the like.
  • a file placeholder 339 can include information for restoring the secondary copy of the removed VM file 387 .
  • the file placeholder 339 can include a unique identifier and/or an offset associated with the secondary copy of the removed file 387 .
  • the image-level backup manager 350 receives a request to restore the archived VM file 387 .
  • the image-level backup manager 350 can forward the request to the storage manager 310 , and the storage manager 310 can instruct one or more appropriate media agents 370 to restore the secondary copy of the removed VM file 387 .
  • the image-level backup manager 350 , storage manager 310 , and/or media agents 370 can refer to the archive ID and the offset in the file placeholder 339 in order to locate the secondary copy 387 . If more than one backup copy exists for the removed VM file, the system 300 can identify at least one backup copy to restore from using the archive ID.
  • one or more media agents 370 restore the archived VM file 387 to primary storage.
  • Primary storage can include the information store 330 shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the user can access and use the restored VM file.
  • the file placeholder 339 for the restored VM file can be removed from primary storage.
  • the file placeholder 339 is not deleted and can be updated to reflect that the VM file now exists in primary storage. If the VM file is removed again in a subsequent backup, the image-level backup manager 350 can update the file placeholder 339 with the information for restoring the new backup copy of the VM file.
  • the routine 500 can include fewer, more, or different blocks than those illustrated in FIG. 5 without departing from the spirit and scope of the description. Moreover, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art and others that some or all of the functions described in this disclosure may be embodied in software executed by one or more processors of the disclosed components and mobile communication devices. The software may be persistently stored in any type of non-volatile and/or non-transitory storage.
  • Conditional language such as, among others, “can,” “could,” “might,” or “may,” unless specifically stated otherwise, or otherwise understood within the context as used, is generally intended to convey that certain embodiments include, while other embodiments do not include, certain features, elements and/or steps. Thus, such conditional language is not generally intended to imply that features, elements and/or steps are in any way required for one or more embodiments or that one or more embodiments necessarily include logic for deciding, with or without user input or prompting, whether these features, elements and/or steps are included or are to be performed in any particular embodiment.
  • the words “comprise,” “comprising,” and the like are to be construed in an inclusive sense, as opposed to an exclusive or exhaustive sense; that is to say, in the sense of “including, but not limited to.”
  • the terms “connected,” “coupled,” or any variant thereof means any connection or coupling, either direct or indirect, between two or more elements; the coupling or connection between the elements can be physical, logical, or a combination thereof.
  • the words “herein,” “above,” “below,” and words of similar import when used in this application, refer to this application as a whole and not to any particular portions of this application.
  • words in the above Detailed Description using the singular or plural number may also include the plural or singular number respectively.
  • the word “or” in reference to a list of two or more items covers all of the following interpretations of the word: any one of the items in the list, all of the items in the list, and any combination of the items in the list.
  • the term “and/or” in reference to a list of two or more items covers all of the following interpretations of the word: any one of the items in the list, all of the items in the list, and any combination of the items in the list.
  • operations, acts, events, or functions of any of the algorithms described herein can be performed in a different sequence, can be added, merged, or left out altogether (e.g., not all are necessary for the practice of the algorithms).
  • operations, acts, functions, or events can be performed concurrently, e.g., through multi-threaded processing, interrupt processing, or multiple processors or processor cores or on other parallel architectures, rather than sequentially.
  • Systems and modules described herein may comprise software, firmware, hardware, or any combination(s) of software, firmware, or hardware suitable for the purposes described herein.
  • Software and other modules may reside and execute on servers, workstations, personal computers, computerized tablets, PDAs, and other computing devices suitable for the purposes described herein.
  • Software and other modules may be accessible via local memory, via a network, via a browser, or via other means suitable for the purposes described herein.
  • Data structures described herein may comprise computer files, variables, programming arrays, programming structures, or any electronic information storage schemes or methods, or any combinations thereof, suitable for the purposes described herein.
  • User interface elements described herein may comprise elements from graphical user interfaces, interactive voice response, command line interfaces, and other suitable interfaces.
  • processing of the various components of the illustrated systems can be distributed across multiple machines, networks, and other computing resources.
  • two or more components of a system can be combined into fewer components.
  • Various components of the illustrated systems can be implemented in one or more virtual machines, rather than in dedicated computer hardware systems and/or computing devices.
  • the data repositories shown can represent physical and/or logical data storage, including, for example, storage area networks or other distributed storage systems.
  • the connections between the components shown represent possible paths of data flow, rather than actual connections between hardware. While some examples of possible connections are shown, any of the subset of the components shown can communicate with any other subset of components in various implementations.
  • Embodiments are also described above with reference to flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems) and computer program products.
  • Each block of the flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams, and combinations of blocks in the flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams may be implemented by computer program instructions.
  • Such instructions may be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, specially-equipped computer (e.g., comprising a high-performance database server, a graphics subsystem, etc.) or other programmable data processing apparatus to produce a machine, such that the instructions, which execute via the processor(s) of the computer or other programmable data processing apparatus, create means for implementing the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks.
  • These computer program instructions may also be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including instruction means which implement the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks.
  • the computer program instructions may also be loaded onto a computing device or other programmable data processing apparatus to cause a series of operations to be performed on the computing device or other programmable apparatus to produce a computer implemented process such that the instructions which execute on the computer or other programmable apparatus provide steps for implementing the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks.

Abstract

According to certain aspects, a method can include creating a backup copy of data associated with a virtual machine (VM) on one or more secondary storage devices, wherein the backup copy includes corresponding secondary copies of a plurality of files associated with the VM; analyzing metadata associated with the secondary copies to determine which of the plurality files are eligible to be removed from the primary storage device; in response determining that one or more files are eligible to be removed from the primary storage device, for respective file of the one or more files: determining whether the respective file has been changed since a first time at which the backup copy of the data associated with the VM was created; in response to determining that the respective file has not changed since the first time, removing the respective file; and adding a file placeholder for the removed file.

Description

    BACKGROUND
  • Businesses worldwide recognize the commercial value of their data and seek reliable, cost-effective ways to protect the information stored on their computer networks while minimizing impact on productivity. Protecting information is often part of a routine process that is performed within an organization.
  • A company might back up critical computing systems such as databases, file servers, web servers, and so on as part of a daily, weekly, or monthly maintenance schedule. The company may similarly protect computing systems used by each of its employees, such as those used by an accounting department, marketing department, engineering department, and so forth.
  • Given the rapidly expanding volume of data under management, companies also continue to seek innovative techniques for managing data growth, in addition to protecting data. For instance, companies often implement migration techniques for moving data to lower cost storage over time and data reduction techniques for reducing redundant data, pruning lower priority data, etc.
  • Enterprises also increasingly view their stored data as a valuable asset. Along these lines, customers are looking for solutions that not only protect and manage, but also leverage their data. For instance, solutions providing data analysis capabilities, information management, improved data presentation and access features, and the like, are in increasing demand.
  • SUMMARY
  • Often, resources allocated to virtual machines (VMs) may be underused or unused, and low usage VMs and associated data may be archived to make more underused or unused resources available. In some cases, a VM may be used frequently, but some of the data associated with the VM (e.g., files) may not be used frequently. In such cases, it may be desirable to back up or archive the low usage data of the VM to secondary storage and remove it from primary storage.
  • In order to address these and other challenges, an information management system according to certain aspects can implement volume-level and/or VM-level backup, and VM file placeholder generation. VMs generally share resources, such as hardware and/or storage, and may be backed up by performing an image-level backup or a volume-level backup. For example, a volume in primary storage can include data associated with multiple VMs, and the volume can be backed up to secondary storage (e.g., periodically). The system may refer to the volume-level backup copy and related metadata to determine which VM data is low usage. Then, the system can remove the low usage VM data from primary storage since it has been backed up to secondary storage. In this way, the system can free up underutilized and/or unutilized resources, such as storage space, which can lead to a more efficient use of resources.
  • Using image-level backup, such as volume-level or VM-level backup, to determine which VM files to remove from primary storage can save resources and time. Image-level backup can be faster, for example, compared to file-level backup. For instance, a snapshot of the entire volume or VM can be obtained, and only changes since the last backup can be backed up. The system also does not need to install any application within the VM to perform file-level backup. In addition, by using the image-level backup, the system does not need to access each VM in order to determine which VM files can be removed from the primary storage. The system can include a large number of VMs, and using the backup and related metadata, the analysis can be performed automatically (e.g., based on rules, filters, etc.). Using the backup can also allow the analysis to be performed offline without accessing the primary storage itself. By removing infrequently or unused VM files from the primary storage, the system can save disk space in the primary storage and use resources more efficiently.
  • According to some embodiments, a method of removing files associated with a virtual machine is provided. The method may include creating a backup copy of data associated with a virtual machine (VM) on one or more secondary storage devices, wherein the data associated with the VM resides on a primary storage device and comprises a plurality of files associated with the VM, and wherein the backup copy comprises corresponding secondary copies of the plurality of files. The method may also include analyzing, using computer hardware, metadata associated with the secondary copies of the plurality of files associated with the VM to determine which of the plurality files are eligible to be removed from the primary storage device. The method can further include, in response determining that one or more files of the plurality of files are eligible to be removed from the primary storage device, for respective file of the one or more files: determining, using computer hardware, whether the respective file has been changed since a first time at which the backup copy of the data associated with the VM was created; in response to determining that the respective file has not changed since the first time, removing the respective file; and adding a file placeholder for the removed file on the primary storage device.
  • According to other embodiments, an information management system configured to remove files associated with a virtual machine is provided. The system may include one or more computing devices comprising computer hardware. The one or more computing devices may create a backup copy of data associated with a virtual machine (VM) on one or more secondary storage devices, wherein the data associated with the VM resides on a primary storage device and comprises a plurality of files associated with the VM, and wherein the backup copy comprises corresponding secondary copies of the plurality of files. The one or more computing devices may also analyze metadata associated with the secondary copies of the plurality of files associated with the VM to determine which of the plurality files are eligible to be removed from the primary storage device. The one or more computing devices can further, in response determining that one or more files of the plurality of files are eligible to be removed from the primary storage device, for respective file of the one or more files: determine whether the respective file has been changed since a first time at which the backup copy of the data associated with the VM was created; in response to determining that the respective file has not changed since the first time, remove the respective file; and add a file placeholder for the removed file on the primary storage device.
  • For purposes of summarizing the disclosure, certain aspects, advantages and novel features of the inventions have been described herein. It is to be understood that not necessarily all such advantages may be achieved in accordance with any particular embodiment of the invention. Thus, the invention may be embodied or carried out in a manner that achieves or optimizes one advantage or group of advantages as taught herein without necessarily achieving other advantages as may be taught or suggested herein.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating an exemplary information management system.
  • FIG. 1B is a detailed view of a primary storage device, a secondary storage device, and some examples of primary data and secondary copy data.
  • FIG. 1C is a block diagram of an exemplary information management system including a storage manager, one or more data agents, and one or more media agents.
  • FIG. 1D is a block diagram illustrating a scalable information management system.
  • FIG. 1E illustrates certain secondary copy operations according to an exemplary storage policy.
  • FIGS. 1F-1H are block diagrams illustrating suitable data structures that may be employed by the information management system.
  • FIG. 2 is a data flow diagram illustrative of the interaction between the various components of an exemplary information management system configured to implement volume or virtual machine level backup and virtual machine file placeholder generation, according to certain embodiments.
  • FIG. 3 is a data flow diagram illustrative of the interaction between the various components of an exemplary information management system configured to implement restore of archived virtual machine files, according to certain embodiments.
  • FIG. 4 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine for performing volume or virtual machine level backup and generating virtual machine file placeholders.
  • FIG. 5 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine for restoring an archived virtual machine file by accessing a virtual machine file placeholder.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • Systems and methods are described herein for implementing volume or virtual machine level backup and virtual machine file placeholder generation. Examples of such systems and methods are discussed in further detail herein, e.g., with respect to FIGS. 2-5. Moreover, it will be appreciated volume or virtual machine level backup and virtual machine file placeholder generation may be implemented by information management systems such as those that will now be described with respect to FIGS. 1A-1H. And, as will be described, the componentry for implementing volume or virtual machine level backup and virtual machine file placeholder generation can be incorporated into such systems.
  • Information Management System Overview
  • With the increasing importance of protecting and leveraging data, organizations simply cannot afford to take the risk of losing critical data. Moreover, runaway data growth and other modern realities make protecting and managing data an increasingly difficult task. There is therefore a need for efficient, powerful, and user-friendly solutions for protecting and managing data.
  • Depending on the size of the organization, there are typically many data production sources which are under the purview of tens, hundreds, or even thousands of employees or other individuals. In the past, individual employees were sometimes responsible for managing and protecting their data. A patchwork of hardware and software point solutions has been applied in other cases. These solutions were often provided by different vendors and had limited or no interoperability.
  • Certain embodiments described herein provide systems and methods capable of addressing these and other shortcomings of prior approaches by implementing unified, organization-wide information management. FIG. 1A shows one such information management system 100, which generally includes combinations of hardware and software configured to protect and manage data and metadata, which is generated and used by the various computing devices in information management system 100. The organization that employs the information management system 100 may be a corporation or other business entity, non-profit organization, educational institution, household, governmental agency, or the like.
  • Generally, the systems and associated components described herein may be compatible with and/or provide some or all of the functionality of the systems and corresponding components described in one or more of the following U.S. patents and patent application publications assigned to CommVault Systems, Inc., each of which is hereby incorporated in its entirety by reference herein:
      • U.S. Pat. No. 7,035,880, entitled “Modular Backup and Retrieval System Used in Conjunction With a Storage Area Network”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 7,107,298, entitled “System And Method For Archiving Objects In An Information Store”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 7,246,207, entitled “System and Method for Dynamically Performing Storage Operations in a Computer Network”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 7,315,923, entitled “System And Method For Combining Data Streams In Pipelined Storage Operations In A Storage Network”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, entitled “Hierarchical Systems and Methods for Providing a Unified View of Storage Information”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 7,395,282, entitled “Hierarchical Backup and Retrieval System”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 7,529,782, entitled “System and Methods for Performing a Snapshot and for Restoring Data”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 7,617,262, entitled “System and Methods for Monitoring Application Data in a Data Replication System”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 7,747,579, entitled “Metabase for Facilitating Data Classification”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 8,156,086, entitled “Systems And Methods For Stored Data Verification”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 8,170,995, entitled “Method and System for Offline Indexing of Content and Classifying Stored Data”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 8,229,954, entitled “Managing Copies Of Data”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 8,230,195, entitled “System And Method For Performing Auxiliary Storage Operations”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 8,285,681, entitled “Data Object Store and Server for a Cloud Storage Environment, Including Data Deduplication and Data Management Across Multiple Cloud Storage Sites”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 8,307,177, entitled “Systems And Methods For Management Of Virtualization Data”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 8,364,652, entitled “Content-Aligned, Block-Based Deduplication”;
      • U.S. Pat. No. 8,578,120, entitled “Block-Level Single Instancing”;
      • U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2006/0224846, entitled “System and Method to Support Single Instance Storage Operations”;
      • U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2009/0319534, entitled “Application-Aware and Remote Single Instance Data Management”;
      • U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2012/0150818, entitled “Client-Side Repository in a Networked Deduplicated Storage System”; and
      • U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2012/0150826, entitled “Distributed Deduplicated Storage System”.
  • The information management system 100 can include a variety of different computing devices. For instance, as will be described in greater detail herein, the information management system 100 can include one or more client computing devices 102 and secondary storage computing devices 106.
  • Computing devices can include, without limitation, one or more: workstations, personal computers, desktop computers, or other types of generally fixed computing systems such as mainframe computers and minicomputers. Other computing devices can include mobile or portable computing devices, such as one or more laptops, tablet computers, personal data assistants, mobile phones (such as smartphones), and other mobile or portable computing devices such as embedded computers, set top boxes, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable computers, etc. Computing devices can include servers, such as mail servers, file servers, database servers, and web servers.
  • In some cases, a computing device includes virtualized and/or cloud computing resources. For instance, one or more virtual machines may be provided to the organization by a third-party cloud service vendor. Or, in some embodiments, computing devices can include one or more virtual machine(s) running on a physical host computing device (or “host machine”) operated by the organization. As one example, the organization may use one virtual machine as a database server and another virtual machine as a mail server, both virtual machines operating on the same host machine.
  • A virtual machine includes an operating system and associated virtual resources, and is hosted simultaneously with another operating system on a physical host computer (or host machine). A hypervisor (typically software, and also known in the art as a virtual machine monitor or a virtual machine manager or “VMM”) sits between the virtual machine and the hardware of the physical host machine. One example of hypervisor as virtualization software is ESX Server, by VMware, Inc. of Palo Alto, Calif.; other examples include Microsoft Virtual Server and Microsoft Windows Server Hyper-V, both by Microsoft Corporation of Redmond, Wash., and Sun xVM by Oracle America Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif. In some embodiments, the hypervisor may be firmware or hardware or a combination of software and/or firmware and/or hardware.
  • The hypervisor provides to each virtual operating system virtual resources, such as a virtual processor, virtual memory, a virtual network device, and a virtual disk. Each virtual machine has one or more virtual disks. The hypervisor typically stores the data of virtual disks in files on the file system of the physical host machine, called virtual machine disk files (in the case of VMware virtual servers) or virtual hard disk image files (in the case of Microsoft virtual servers). For example, VMware's ESX Server provides the Virtual Machine File System (VMFS) for the storage of virtual machine disk files. A virtual machine reads data from and writes data to its virtual disk much the same way that an actual physical machine reads data from and writes data to an actual disk.
  • Examples of techniques for implementing information management techniques in a cloud computing environment are described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,285,681, which is incorporated by reference herein. Examples of techniques for implementing information management techniques in a virtualized computing environment are described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,307,177, also incorporated by reference herein.
  • The information management system 100 can also include a variety of storage devices, including primary storage devices 104 and secondary storage devices 108, for example. Storage devices can generally be of any suitable type including, without limitation, disk drives, hard-disk arrays, semiconductor memory (e.g., solid state storage devices), network attached storage (NAS) devices, tape libraries or other magnetic, non-tape storage devices, optical media storage devices, DNA/RNA-based memory technology, combinations of the same, and the like. In some embodiments, storage devices can form part of a distributed file system. In some cases, storage devices are provided in a cloud (e.g., a private cloud or one operated by a third-party vendor). A storage device in some cases comprises a disk array or portion thereof.
  • The illustrated information management system 100 includes one or more client computing device 102 having at least one application 110 executing thereon, and one or more primary storage devices 104 storing primary data 112. The client computing device(s) 102 and the primary storage devices 104 may generally be referred to in some cases as a primary storage subsystem 117. A computing device in an information management system 100 that has a data agent 142 installed and operating on it is generally referred to as a client computing device 102 (or, in the context of a component of the information management system 100 simply as a “client”).
  • Depending on the context, the term “information management system” can refer to generally all of the illustrated hardware and software components. Or, in other instances, the term may refer to only a subset of the illustrated components.
  • For instance, in some cases, the information management system 100 generally refers to a combination of specialized components used to protect, move, manage, manipulate, analyze, and/or process data and metadata generated by the client computing devices 102. However, the information management system 100 in some cases does not include the underlying components that generate and/or store the primary data 112, such as the client computing devices 102 themselves, the applications 110 and operating system operating on the client computing devices 102, and the primary storage devices 104. As an example, “information management system” may sometimes refer to one or more of the following components and corresponding data structures: storage managers, data agents, and media agents. These components will be described in further detail below.
  • Client Computing Devices
  • There are typically a variety of sources in an organization that produce data to be protected and managed. As just one illustrative example, in a corporate environment such data sources can be employee workstations and company servers such as a mail server, a web server, a database server, a transaction server, or the like. In the information management system 100, the data generation sources include the one or more client computing devices 102.
  • The client computing devices 102 may include any of the types of computing devices described above, without limitation, and in some cases the client computing devices 102 are associated with one or more users and/or corresponding user accounts, of employees or other individuals.
  • The information management system 100 generally addresses and handles the data management and protection needs for the data generated by the client computing devices 102. However, the use of this term does not imply that the client computing devices 102 cannot be “servers” in other respects. For instance, a particular client computing device 102 may act as a server with respect to other devices, such as other client computing devices 102. As just a few examples, the client computing devices 102 can include mail servers, file servers, database servers, and web servers.
  • Each client computing device 102 may have one or more applications 110 (e.g., software applications) executing thereon which generate and manipulate the data that is to be protected from loss and managed. The applications 110 generally facilitate the operations of an organization (or multiple affiliated organizations), and can include, without limitation, mail server applications (e.g., Microsoft Exchange Server), file server applications, mail client applications (e.g., Microsoft Exchange Client), database applications (e.g., SQL, Oracle, SAP, Lotus Notes Database), word processing applications (e.g., Microsoft Word), spreadsheet applications, financial applications, presentation applications, graphics and/or video applications, browser applications, mobile applications, entertainment applications, and so on.
  • The client computing devices 102 can have at least one operating system (e.g., Microsoft Windows, Mac OS X, iOS, IBM z/OS, Linux, other Unix-based operating systems, etc.) installed thereon, which may support or host one or more file systems and other applications 110.
  • The client computing devices 102 and other components in information management system 100 can be connected to one another via one or more communication pathways 114. For example, a first communication pathway 114 may connect (or communicatively couple) client computing device 102 and secondary storage computing device 106; a second communication pathway 114 may connect storage manager 140 and client computing device 102; and a third communication pathway 114 may connect storage manager 140 and secondary storage computing device 106, etc. (see, e.g., FIG. 1A and FIG. 1C). The communication pathways 114 can include one or more networks or other connection types including one or more of the following, without limitation: the Internet, a wide area network (WAN), a local area network (LAN), a Storage Area Network (SAN), a Fibre Channel connection, a Small Computer System Interface (SCSI) connection, a virtual private network (VPN), a token ring or TCP/IP based network, an intranet network, a point-to-point link, a cellular network, a wireless data transmission system, a two-way cable system, an interactive kiosk network, a satellite network, a broadband network, a baseband network, a neural network, a mesh network, an ad hoc network, other appropriate wired, wireless, or partially wired/wireless computer or telecommunications networks, combinations of the same or the like. The communication pathways 114 in some cases may also include application programming interfaces (APIs) including, e.g., cloud service provider APIs, virtual machine management APIs, and hosted service provider APIs. The underlying infrastructure of communication paths 114 may be wired and/or wireless, analog and/or digital, or any combination thereof; and the facilities used may be private, public, third-party provided, or any combination thereof, without limitation.
  • Primary Data and Exemplary Primary Storage Devices
  • Primary data 112 according to some embodiments is production data or other “live” data generated by the operating system and/or applications 110 operating on a client computing device 102. The primary data 112 is generally stored on the primary storage device(s) 104 and is organized via a file system supported by the client computing device 102. For instance, the client computing device(s) 102 and corresponding applications 110 may create, access, modify, write, delete, and otherwise use primary data 112. In some cases, some or all of the primary data 112 can be stored in cloud storage resources (e.g., primary storage device 104 may be a cloud-based resource).
  • Primary data 112 is generally in the native format of the source application 110. According to certain aspects, primary data 112 is an initial or first (e.g., created before any other copies or before at least one other copy) stored copy of data generated by the source application 110. Primary data 112 in some cases is created substantially directly from data generated by the corresponding source applications 110.
  • The primary storage devices 104 storing the primary data 112 may be relatively fast and/or expensive technology (e.g., a disk drive, a hard-disk array, solid state memory, etc.). In addition, primary data 112 may be highly changeable and/or may be intended for relatively short term retention (e.g., hours, days, or weeks).
  • According to some embodiments, the client computing device 102 can access primary data 112 from the primary storage device 104 by making conventional file system calls via the operating system. Primary data 112 may include structured data (e.g., database files), unstructured data (e.g., documents), and/or semi-structured data. Some specific examples are described below with respect to FIG. 1B.
  • It can be useful in performing certain tasks to organize the primary data 112 into units of different granularities. In general, primary data 112 can include files, directories, file system volumes, data blocks, extents, or any other hierarchies or organizations of data objects. As used herein, a “data object” can refer to both (1) any file that is currently addressable by a file system or that was previously addressable by the file system (e.g., an archive file) and (2) a subset of such a file (e.g., a data block).
  • As will be described in further detail, it can also be useful in performing certain functions of the information management system 100 to access and modify metadata within the primary data 112. Metadata generally includes information about data objects or characteristics associated with the data objects. For simplicity herein, it is to be understood that, unless expressly stated otherwise, any reference to primary data 112 generally also includes its associated metadata, but references to the metadata do not include the primary data.
  • Metadata can include, without limitation, one or more of the following: the data owner (e.g., the client or user that generates the data), the last modified time (e.g., the time of the most recent modification of the data object), a data object name (e.g., a file name), a data object size (e.g., a number of bytes of data), information about the content (e.g., an indication as to the existence of a particular search term), user-supplied tags, to/from information for email (e.g., an email sender, recipient, etc.), creation date, file type (e.g., format or application type), last accessed time, application type (e.g., type of application that generated the data object), location/network (e.g., a current, past or future location of the data object and network pathways to/from the data object), geographic location (e.g., GPS coordinates), frequency of change (e.g., a period in which the data object is modified), business unit (e.g., a group or department that generates, manages or is otherwise associated with the data object), aging information (e.g., a schedule, such as a time period, in which the data object is migrated to secondary or long term storage), boot sectors, partition layouts, file location within a file folder directory structure, user permissions, owners, groups, access control lists [ACLs]), system metadata (e.g., registry information), combinations of the same or other similar information related to the data object.
  • In addition to metadata generated by or related to file systems and operating systems, some of the applications 110 and/or other components of the information management system 100 maintain indices of metadata for data objects, e.g., metadata associated with individual email messages. Thus, each data object may be associated with corresponding metadata. The use of metadata to perform classification and other functions is described in greater detail below.
  • Each of the client computing devices 102 are generally associated with and/or in communication with one or more of the primary storage devices 104 storing corresponding primary data 112. A client computing device 102 may be considered to be “associated with” or “in communication with” a primary storage device 104 if it is capable of one or more of: routing and/or storing data (e.g., primary data 112) to the particular primary storage device 104, coordinating the routing and/or storing of data to the particular primary storage device 104, retrieving data from the particular primary storage device 104, coordinating the retrieval of data from the particular primary storage device 104, and modifying and/or deleting data retrieved from the particular primary storage device 104.
  • The primary storage devices 104 can include any of the different types of storage devices described above, or some other kind of suitable storage device. The primary storage devices 104 may have relatively fast I/O times and/or are relatively expensive in comparison to the secondary storage devices 108. For example, the information management system 100 may generally regularly access data and metadata stored on primary storage devices 104, whereas data and metadata stored on the secondary storage devices 108 is accessed relatively less frequently.
  • Primary storage device 104 may be dedicated or shared. In some cases, each primary storage device 104 is dedicated to an associated client computing device 102. For instance, a primary storage device 104 in one embodiment is a local disk drive of a corresponding client computing device 102. In other cases, one or more primary storage devices 104 can be shared by multiple client computing devices 102, e.g., via a network such as in a cloud storage implementation. As one example, a primary storage device 104 can be a disk array shared by a group of client computing devices 102, such as one of the following types of disk arrays: EMC Clariion, EMC Symmetrix, EMC Celerra, Dell EqualLogic, IBM XIV, NetApp FAS, HP EVA, and HP 3PAR.
  • The information management system 100 may also include hosted services (not shown), which may be hosted in some cases by an entity other than the organization that employs the other components of the information management system 100. For instance, the hosted services may be provided by various online service providers to the organization. Such service providers can provide services including social networking services, hosted email services, or hosted productivity applications or other hosted applications). Hosted services may include software-as-a-service (SaaS), platform-as-a-service (PaaS), application service providers (ASPs), cloud services, or other mechanisms for delivering functionality via a network. As it provides services to users, each hosted service may generate additional data and metadata under management of the information management system 100, e.g., as primary data 112. In some cases, the hosted services may be accessed using one of the applications 110. As an example, a hosted mail service may be accessed via browser running on a client computing device 102. The hosted services may be implemented in a variety of computing environments. In some cases, they are implemented in an environment having a similar arrangement to the information management system 100, where various physical and logical components are distributed over a network.
  • Secondary Copies and Exemplary Secondary Storage Devices
  • The primary data 112 stored on the primary storage devices 104 may be compromised in some cases, such as when an employee deliberately or accidentally deletes or overwrites primary data 112 during their normal course of work. Or the primary storage devices 104 can be damaged, lost, or otherwise corrupted. For recovery and/or regulatory compliance purposes, it is therefore useful to generate copies of the primary data 112. Accordingly, the information management system 100 includes one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 and one or more secondary storage devices 108 configured to create and store one or more secondary copies 116 of the primary data 112 and associated metadata. The secondary storage computing devices 106 and the secondary storage devices 108 may sometimes be referred to as a secondary storage subsystem 118.
  • Creation of secondary copies 116 can help in search and analysis efforts and meet other information management goals, such as: restoring data and/or metadata if an original version (e.g., of primary data 112) is lost (e.g., by deletion, corruption, or disaster); allowing point-in-time recovery; complying with regulatory data retention and electronic discovery (e-discovery) requirements; reducing utilized storage capacity; facilitating organization and search of data; improving user access to data files across multiple computing devices and/or hosted services; and implementing data retention policies.
  • The client computing devices 102 access or receive primary data 112 and communicate the data, e.g., over one or more communication pathways 114, for storage in the secondary storage device(s) 108.
  • A secondary copy 116 can comprise a separate stored copy of application data that is derived from one or more earlier-created, stored copies (e.g., derived from primary data 112 or another secondary copy 116). Secondary copies 116 can include point-in-time data, and may be intended for relatively long-term retention (e.g., weeks, months or years), before some or all of the data is moved to other storage or is discarded.
  • In some cases, a secondary copy 116 is a copy of application data created and stored subsequent to at least one other stored instance (e.g., subsequent to corresponding primary data 112 or to another secondary copy 116), in a different storage device than at least one previous stored copy, and/or remotely from at least one previous stored copy. In some other cases, secondary copies can be stored in the same storage device as primary data 112 and/or other previously stored copies. For example, in one embodiment a disk array capable of performing hardware snapshots stores primary data 112 and creates and stores hardware snapshots of the primary data 112 as secondary copies 116. Secondary copies 116 may be stored in relatively slow and/or low cost storage (e.g., magnetic tape). A secondary copy 116 may be stored in a backup or archive format, or in some other format different than the native source application format or other primary data format.
  • In some cases, secondary copies 116 are indexed so users can browse and restore at another point in time. After creation of a secondary copy 116 representative of certain primary data 112, a pointer or other location indicia (e.g., a stub) may be placed in primary data 112, or be otherwise associated with primary data 112 to indicate the current location on the secondary storage device(s) 108 of secondary copy 116.
  • Since an instance of a data object or metadata in primary data 112 may change over time as it is modified by an application 110 (or hosted service or the operating system), the information management system 100 may create and manage multiple secondary copies 116 of a particular data object or metadata, each representing the state of the data object in primary data 112 at a particular point in time. Moreover, since an instance of a data object in primary data 112 may eventually be deleted from the primary storage device 104 and the file system, the information management system 100 may continue to manage point-in-time representations of that data object, even though the instance in primary data 112 no longer exists.
  • For virtualized computing devices the operating system and other applications 110 of the client computing device(s) 102 may execute within or under the management of virtualization software (e.g., a VMM), and the primary storage device(s) 104 may comprise a virtual disk created on a physical storage device. The information management system 100 may create secondary copies 116 of the files or other data objects in a virtual disk file and/or secondary copies 116 of the entire virtual disk file itself (e.g., of an entire .vmdk file).
  • Secondary copies 116 may be distinguished from corresponding primary data 112 in a variety of ways, some of which will now be described. First, as discussed, secondary copies 116 can be stored in a different format (e.g., backup, archive, or other non-native format) than primary data 112. For this or other reasons, secondary copies 116 may not be directly useable by the applications 110 of the client computing device 102, e.g., via standard system calls or otherwise without modification, processing, or other intervention by the information management system 100.
  • Secondary copies 116 are also in some embodiments stored on a secondary storage device 108 that is inaccessible to the applications 110 running on the client computing devices 102 (and/or hosted services). Some secondary copies 116 may be “offline copies,” in that they are not readily available (e.g., not mounted to tape or disk). Offline copies can include copies of data that the information management system 100 can access without human intervention (e.g., tapes within an automated tape library, but not yet mounted in a drive), and copies that the information management system 100 can access only with at least some human intervention (e.g., tapes located at an offsite storage site).
  • The Use of Intermediate Devices for Creating Secondary Copies
  • Creating secondary copies can be a challenging task. For instance, there can be hundreds or thousands of client computing devices 102 continually generating large volumes of primary data 112 to be protected. Also, there can be significant overhead involved in the creation of secondary copies 116. Moreover, secondary storage devices 108 may be special purpose components, and interacting with them can require specialized intelligence.
  • In some cases, the client computing devices 102 interact directly with the secondary storage device 108 to create the secondary copies 116. However, in view of the factors described above, this approach can negatively impact the ability of the client computing devices 102 to serve the applications 110 and produce primary data 112. Further, the client computing devices 102 may not be optimized for interaction with the secondary storage devices 108.
  • Thus, in some embodiments, the information management system 100 includes one or more software and/or hardware components which generally act as intermediaries between the client computing devices 102 and the secondary storage devices 108. In addition to off-loading certain responsibilities from the client computing devices 102, these intermediate components can provide other benefits. For instance, as discussed further below with respect to FIG. 1D, distributing some of the work involved in creating secondary copies 116 can enhance scalability.
  • The intermediate components can include one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 as shown in FIG. 1A and/or one or more media agents, which can be software modules operating on corresponding secondary storage computing devices 106 (or other appropriate computing devices). Media agents are discussed below (e.g., with respect to FIGS. 1C-1E).
  • The secondary storage computing device(s) 106 can comprise any of the computing devices described above, without limitation. In some cases, the secondary storage computing device(s) 106 include specialized hardware and/or software componentry for interacting with the secondary storage devices 108.
  • To create a secondary copy 116 involving the copying of data from the primary storage subsystem 117 to the secondary storage subsystem 118, the client computing device 102 in some embodiments communicates the primary data 112 to be copied (or a processed version thereof) to the designated secondary storage computing device 106, via the communication pathway 114. The secondary storage computing device 106 in turn conveys the received data (or a processed version thereof) to the secondary storage device 108. In some such configurations, the communication pathway 114 between the client computing device 102 and the secondary storage computing device 106 comprises a portion of a LAN, WAN or SAN. In other cases, at least some client computing devices 102 communicate directly with the secondary storage devices 108 (e.g., via Fibre Channel or SCSI connections). In some other cases, one or more secondary copies 116 are created from existing secondary copies, such as in the case of an auxiliary copy operation, described in greater detail below.
  • Exemplary Primary Data and an Exemplary Secondary Copy
  • FIG. 1B is a detailed view showing some specific examples of primary data stored on the primary storage device(s) 104 and secondary copy data stored on the secondary storage device(s) 108, with other components in the system removed for the purposes of illustration. Stored on the primary storage device(s) 104 are primary data objects including word processing documents 119A-B, spreadsheets 120, presentation documents 122, video files 124, image files 126, email mailboxes 128 (and corresponding email messages 129A-C), html/xml or other types of markup language files 130, databases 132 and corresponding tables or other data structures 133A-133C).
  • Some or all primary data objects are associated with corresponding metadata (e.g., “Meta1-11”), which may include file system metadata and/or application specific metadata. Stored on the secondary storage device(s) 108 are secondary copy data objects 134A-C which may include copies of or otherwise represent corresponding primary data objects and metadata.
  • As shown, the secondary copy data objects 134A-C can individually represent more than one primary data object. For example, secondary copy data object 134A represents three separate primary data objects 133C, 122, and 129C (represented as 133C′, 122′, and 129C′, respectively, and accompanied by the corresponding metadata Meta11, Meta3, and Meta8, respectively). Moreover, as indicated by the prime mark (′), a secondary copy object may store a representation of a primary data object and/or metadata differently than the original format, e.g., in a compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, or other modified format. Likewise, secondary data object 134B represents primary data objects 120, 133B, and 119A as 120′, 133B′, and 119A′, respectively and accompanied by corresponding metadata Meta2, Meta10, and Meta1, respectively. Also, secondary data object 134C represents primary data objects 133A, 119B, and 129A as 133A′, 119B′, and 129A′, respectively, accompanied by corresponding metadata Meta9, Meta5, and Meta6, respectively.
  • Exemplary Information Management System Architecture
  • The information management system 100 can incorporate a variety of different hardware and software components, which can in turn be organized with respect to one another in many different configurations, depending on the embodiment. There are critical design choices involved in specifying the functional responsibilities of the components and the role of each component in the information management system 100. For instance, as will be discussed, such design choices can impact performance as well as the adaptability of the information management system 100 to data growth or other changing circumstances.
  • FIG. 1C shows an information management system 100 designed according to these considerations and which includes: storage manager 140, a centralized storage and/or information manager that is configured to perform certain control functions, one or more data agents 142 executing on the client computing device(s) 102 configured to process primary data 112, and one or more media agents 144 executing on the one or more secondary storage computing devices 106 for performing tasks involving the secondary storage devices 108. While distributing functionality amongst multiple computing devices can have certain advantages, in other contexts it can be beneficial to consolidate functionality on the same computing device. As such, in various other embodiments, one or more of the components shown in FIG. 1C as being implemented on separate computing devices are implemented on the same computing device. In one configuration, a storage manager 140, one or more data agents 142, and one or more media agents 144 are all implemented on the same computing device. In another embodiment, one or more data agents 142 and one or more media agents 144 are implemented on the same computing device, while the storage manager 140 is implemented on a separate computing device, etc. without limitation.
  • Storage Manager
  • As noted, the number of components in the information management system 100 and the amount of data under management can be quite large. Managing the components and data is therefore a significant task, and a task that can grow in an often unpredictable fashion as the quantity of components and data scale to meet the needs of the organization. For these and other reasons, according to certain embodiments, responsibility for controlling the information management system 100, or at least a significant portion of that responsibility, is allocated to the storage manager 140. By distributing control functionality in this manner, the storage manager 140 can be adapted independently according to changing circumstances. Moreover, a computing device for hosting the storage manager 140 can be selected to best suit the functions of the storage manager 140. These and other advantages are described in further detail below with respect to FIG. 1D.
  • The storage manager 140 may be a software module or other application, which, in some embodiments operates in conjunction with one or more associated data structures, e.g., a dedicated database (e.g., management database 146). In some embodiments, storage manager 140 is a computing device comprising circuitry for executing computer instructions and performs the functions described herein. The storage manager generally initiates, performs, coordinates and/or controls storage and other information management operations performed by the information management system 100, e.g., to protect and control the primary data 112 and secondary copies 116 of data and metadata. In general, storage manager 100 may be said to manage information management system 100, which includes managing the constituent components, e.g., data agents and media agents, etc.
  • As shown by the dashed arrowed lines 114 in FIG. 1C, the storage manager 140 may communicate with and/or control some or all elements of the information management system 100, such as the data agents 142 and media agents 144. Thus, in certain embodiments, control information originates from the storage manager 140 and status reporting is transmitted to storage manager 140 by the various managed components, whereas payload data and payload metadata is generally communicated between the data agents 142 and the media agents 144 (or otherwise between the client computing device(s) 102 and the secondary storage computing device(s) 106), e.g., at the direction of and under the management of the storage manager 140. Control information can generally include parameters and instructions for carrying out information management operations, such as, without limitation, instructions to perform a task associated with an operation, timing information specifying when to initiate a task associated with an operation, data path information specifying what components to communicate with or access in carrying out an operation, and the like. Payload data, on the other hand, can include the actual data involved in the storage operation, such as content data written to a secondary storage device 108 in a secondary copy operation. Payload metadata can include any of the types of metadata described herein, and may be written to a storage device along with the payload content data (e.g., in the form of a header).
  • In other embodiments, some information management operations are controlled by other components in the information management system 100 (e.g., the media agent(s) 144 or data agent(s) 142), instead of or in combination with the storage manager 140.
  • According to certain embodiments, the storage manager 140 provides one or more of the following functions:
      • initiating execution of secondary copy operations;
      • managing secondary storage devices 108 and inventory/capacity of the same;
      • reporting, searching, and/or classification of data in the information management system 100;
      • allocating secondary storage devices 108 for secondary storage operations;
      • monitoring completion of and providing status reporting related to secondary storage operations;
      • tracking age information relating to secondary copies 116, secondary storage devices 108, and comparing the age information against retention guidelines;
      • tracking movement of data within the information management system 100;
      • tracking logical associations between components in the information management system 100;
      • protecting metadata associated with the information management system 100; and
      • implementing operations management functionality.
  • The storage manager 140 may maintain a database 146 (or “storage manager database 146” or “management database 146”) of management-related data and information management policies 148. The database 146 may include a management index 150 (or “index 150”) or other data structure that stores logical associations between components of the system, user preferences and/or profiles (e.g., preferences regarding encryption, compression, or deduplication of primary or secondary copy data, preferences regarding the scheduling, type, or other aspects of primary or secondary copy or other operations, mappings of particular information management users or user accounts to certain computing devices or other components, etc.), management tasks, media containerization, or other useful data. For example, the storage manager 140 may use the index 150 to track logical associations between media agents 144 and secondary storage devices 108 and/or movement of data from primary storage devices 104 to secondary storage devices 108. For instance, the index 150 may store data associating a client computing device 102 with a particular media agent 144 and/or secondary storage device 108, as specified in an information management policy 148 (e.g., a storage policy, which is defined in more detail below).
  • Administrators and other people may be able to configure and initiate certain information management operations on an individual basis. But while this may be acceptable for some recovery operations or other relatively less frequent tasks, it is often not workable for implementing on-going organization-wide data protection and management. Thus, the information management system 100 may utilize information management policies 148 for specifying and executing information management operations (e.g., on an automated basis). Generally, an information management policy 148 can include a data structure or other information source that specifies a set of parameters (e.g., criteria and rules) associated with storage or other information management operations.
  • The storage manager database 146 may maintain the information management policies 148 and associated data, although the information management policies 148 can be stored in any appropriate location. For instance, an information management policy 148 such as a storage policy may be stored as metadata in a media agent database 152 or in a secondary storage device 108 (e.g., as an archive copy) for use in restore operations or other information management operations, depending on the embodiment. Information management policies 148 are described further below.
  • According to certain embodiments, the storage manager database 146 comprises a relational database (e.g., an SQL database) for tracking metadata, such as metadata associated with secondary copy operations (e.g., what client computing devices 102 and corresponding data were protected). This and other metadata may additionally be stored in other locations, such as at the secondary storage computing devices 106 or on the secondary storage devices 108, allowing data recovery without the use of the storage manager 140 in some cases.
  • As shown, the storage manager 140 may include a jobs agent 156, a user interface 158, and a management agent 154, all of which may be implemented as interconnected software modules or application programs.
  • The jobs agent 156 in some embodiments initiates, controls, and/or monitors the status of some or all storage or other information management operations previously performed, currently being performed, or scheduled to be performed by the information management system 100. For instance, the jobs agent 156 may access information management policies 148 to determine when and how to initiate and control secondary copy and other information management operations, as will be discussed further.
  • The user interface 158 may include information processing and display software, such as a graphical user interface (“GUI”), an application program interface (“API”), or other interactive interface(s) through which users and system processes can retrieve information about the status of information management operations (e.g., storage operations) or issue instructions to the information management system 100 and its constituent components. Via the user interface 158, users may optionally issue instructions to the components in the information management system 100 regarding performance of storage and recovery operations. For example, a user may modify a schedule concerning the number of pending secondary copy operations. As another example, a user may employ the GUI to view the status of pending storage operations or to monitor the status of certain components in the information management system 100 (e.g., the amount of capacity left in a storage device).
  • An “information management cell” (or “storage operation cell” or “cell”) may generally include a logical and/or physical grouping of a combination of hardware and software components associated with performing information management operations on electronic data, typically one storage manager 140 and at least one client computing device 102 (comprising data agent(s) 142) and at least one media agent 144. For instance, the components shown in FIG. 1C may together form an information management cell. Multiple cells may be organized hierarchically. With this configuration, cells may inherit properties from hierarchically superior cells or be controlled by other cells in the hierarchy (automatically or otherwise). Alternatively, in some embodiments, cells may inherit or otherwise be associated with information management policies, preferences, information management metrics, or other properties or characteristics according to their relative position in a hierarchy of cells. Cells may also be delineated and/or organized hierarchically according to function, geography, architectural considerations, or other factors useful or desirable in performing information management operations. A first cell may represent a geographic segment of an enterprise, such as a Chicago office, and a second cell may represent a different geographic segment, such as a New York office. Other cells may represent departments within a particular office. Where delineated by function, a first cell may perform one or more first types of information management operations (e.g., one or more first types of secondary or other copies), and a second cell may perform one or more second types of information management operations (e.g., one or more second types of secondary or other copies).
  • The storage manager 140 may also track information that permits it to select, designate, or otherwise identify content indices, deduplication databases, or similar databases or resources or data sets within its information management cell (or another cell) to be searched in response to certain queries. Such queries may be entered by the user via interaction with the user interface 158. In general, the management agent 154 allows multiple information management cells to communicate with one another. For example, the information management system 100 in some cases may be one information management cell of a network of multiple cells adjacent to one another or otherwise logically related in a WAN or LAN. With this arrangement, the cells may be connected to one another through respective management agents 154.
  • For instance, the management agent 154 can provide the storage manager 140 with the ability to communicate with other components within the information management system 100 (and/or other cells within a larger information management system) via network protocols and application programming interfaces (“APIs”) including, e.g., HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, REST, virtualization software APIs, cloud service provider APIs, and hosted service provider APIs. Inter-cell communication and hierarchy is described in greater detail in e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,747,579 and 7,343,453, which are incorporated by reference herein.
  • Data Agents
  • As discussed, a variety of different types of applications 110 can operate on a given client computing device 102, including operating systems, database applications, e-mail applications, and virtual machines, just to name a few. And, as part of the process of creating and restoring secondary copies 116, the client computing devices 102 may be tasked with processing and preparing the primary data 112 from these various different applications 110. Moreover, the nature of the processing/preparation can differ across clients and application types, e.g., due to inherent structural and formatting differences among applications 110.
  • The one or more data agent(s) 142 are therefore advantageously configured in some embodiments to assist in the performance of information management operations based on the type of data that is being protected, at a client-specific and/or application-specific level.
  • The data agent 142 may be a software module or component that is generally responsible for managing, initiating, or otherwise assisting in the performance of information management operations in information management system 100, generally as directed by storage manager 140. For instance, the data agent 142 may take part in performing data storage operations such as the copying, archiving, migrating, and/or replicating of primary data 112 stored in the primary storage device(s) 104. The data agent 142 may receive control information from the storage manager 140, such as commands to transfer copies of data objects, metadata, and other payload data to the media agents 144.
  • In some embodiments, a data agent 142 may be distributed between the client computing device 102 and storage manager 140 (and any other intermediate components) or may be deployed from a remote location or its functions approximated by a remote process that performs some or all of the functions of data agent 142. In addition, a data agent 142 may perform some functions provided by a media agent 144, or may perform other functions such as encryption and deduplication.
  • As indicated, each data agent 142 may be specialized for a particular application 110, and the system can employ multiple application-specific data agents 142, each of which may perform information management operations (e.g., perform backup, migration, and data recovery) associated with a different application 110. For instance, different individual data agents 142 may be designed to handle Microsoft Exchange data, Lotus Notes data, Microsoft Windows file system data, Microsoft Active Directory Objects data, SQL Server data, SharePoint data, Oracle database data, SAP database data, virtual machines and/or associated data, and other types of data.
  • A file system data agent, for example, may handle data files and/or other file system information. If a client computing device 102 has two or more types of data, a specialized data agent 142 may be used for each data type to copy, archive, migrate, and restore the client computing device 102 data. For example, to backup, migrate, and/or restore all of the data on a Microsoft Exchange server, the client computing device 102 may use a Microsoft Exchange Mailbox data agent 142 to back up the Exchange mailboxes, a Microsoft Exchange Database data agent 142 to back up the Exchange databases, a Microsoft Exchange Public Folder data agent 142 to back up the Exchange Public Folders, and a Microsoft Windows File System data agent 142 to back up the file system of the client computing device 102. In such embodiments, these specialized data agents 142 may be treated as four separate data agents 142 even though they operate on the same client computing device 102.
  • Other embodiments may employ one or more generic data agents 142 that can handle and process data from two or more different applications 110, or that can handle and process multiple data types, instead of or in addition to using specialized data agents 142. For example, one generic data agent 142 may be used to back up, migrate and restore Microsoft Exchange Mailbox data and Microsoft Exchange Database data while another generic data agent may handle Microsoft Exchange Public Folder data and Microsoft Windows File System data.
  • Each data agent 142 may be configured to access data and/or metadata stored in the primary storage device(s) 104 associated with the data agent 142 and process the data as appropriate. For example, during a secondary copy operation, the data agent 142 may arrange or assemble the data and metadata into one or more files having a certain format (e.g., a particular backup or archive format) before transferring the file(s) to a media agent 144 or other component. The file(s) may include a list of files or other metadata. Each data agent 142 can also assist in restoring data or metadata to primary storage devices 104 from a secondary copy 116. For instance, the data agent 142 may operate in conjunction with the storage manager 140 and one or more of the media agents 144 to restore data from secondary storage device(s) 108.
  • Media Agents
  • As indicated above with respect to FIG. 1A, off-loading certain responsibilities from the client computing devices 102 to intermediate components such as the media agent(s) 144 can provide a number of benefits including improved client computing device 102 operation, faster secondary copy operation performance, and enhanced scalability. In one specific example which will be discussed below in further detail, the media agent 144 can act as a local cache of copied data and/or metadata that it has stored to the secondary storage device(s) 108, providing improved restore capabilities.
  • Generally speaking, a media agent 144 may be implemented as a software module that manages, coordinates, and facilitates the transmission of data, as directed by the storage manager 140, between a client computing device 102 and one or more secondary storage devices 108. Whereas the storage manager 140 controls the operation of the information management system 100, the media agent 144 generally provides a portal to secondary storage devices 108. For instance, other components in the system interact with the media agents 144 to gain access to data stored on the secondary storage devices 108, whether it be for the purposes of reading, writing, modifying, or deleting data. Moreover, as will be described further, media agents 144 can generate and store information relating to characteristics of the stored data and/or metadata, or can generate and store other types of information that generally provides insight into the contents of the secondary storage devices 108.
  • Media agents 144 can comprise separate nodes in the information management system 100 (e.g., nodes that are separate from the client computing devices 102, storage manager 140, and/or secondary storage devices 108). In general, a node within the information management system 100 can be a logically and/or physically separate component, and in some cases is a component that is individually addressable or otherwise identifiable. In addition, each media agent 144 may operate on a dedicated secondary storage computing device 106 in some cases, while in other embodiments a plurality of media agents 144 operate on the same secondary storage computing device 106.
  • A media agent 144 (and corresponding media agent database 152) may be considered to be “associated with” a particular secondary storage device 108 if that media agent 144 is capable of one or more of: routing and/or storing data to the particular secondary storage device 108, coordinating the routing and/or storing of data to the particular secondary storage device 108, retrieving data from the particular secondary storage device 108, coordinating the retrieval of data from a particular secondary storage device 108, and modifying and/or deleting data retrieved from the particular secondary storage device 108.
  • While media agent(s) 144 are generally associated with one or more secondary storage devices 108, one or more media agents 144 in certain embodiments are physically separate from the secondary storage devices 108. For instance, the media agents 144 may operate on secondary storage computing devices 106 having different housings or packages than the secondary storage devices 108. In one example, a media agent 144 operates on a first server computer and is in communication with a secondary storage device(s) 108 operating in a separate, rack-mounted RAID-based system.
  • Where the information management system 100 includes multiple media agents 144 (see, e.g., FIG. 1D), a first media agent 144 may provide failover functionality for a second, failed media agent 144. In addition, media agents 144 can be dynamically selected for storage operations to provide load balancing. Failover and load balancing are described in greater detail below.
  • In operation, a media agent 144 associated with a particular secondary storage device 108 may instruct the secondary storage device 108 to perform an information management operation. For instance, a media agent 144 may instruct a tape library to use a robotic arm or other retrieval means to load or eject a certain storage media, and to subsequently archive, migrate, or retrieve data to or from that media, e.g., for the purpose of restoring the data to a client computing device 102. As another example, a secondary storage device 108 may include an array of hard disk drives or solid state drives organized in a RAID configuration, and the media agent 144 may forward a logical unit number (LUN) and other appropriate information to the array, which uses the received information to execute the desired storage operation. The media agent 144 may communicate with a secondary storage device 108 via a suitable communications link, such as a SCSI or Fiber Channel link.
  • As shown, each media agent 144 may maintain an associated media agent database 152. The media agent database 152 may be stored in a disk or other storage device (not shown) that is local to the secondary storage computing device 106 on which the media agent 144 operates. In other cases, the media agent database 152 is stored remotely from the secondary storage computing device 106.
  • The media agent database 152 can include, among other things, an index 153 (see, e.g., FIG. 1C), which comprises information generated during secondary copy operations and other storage or information management operations. The index 153 provides a media agent 144 or other component with a fast and efficient mechanism for locating secondary copies 116 or other data stored in the secondary storage devices 108. In some cases, the index 153 does not form a part of and is instead separate from the media agent database 152.
  • A media agent index 153 or other data structure associated with the particular media agent 144 may include information about the stored data. For instance, for each secondary copy 116, the index 153 may include metadata such as a list of the data objects (e.g., files/subdirectories, database objects, mailbox objects, etc.), a path to the secondary copy 116 on the corresponding secondary storage device 108, location information indicating where the data objects are stored in the secondary storage device 108, when the data objects were created or modified, etc. Thus, the index 153 includes metadata associated with the secondary copies 116 that is readily available for use without having to be first retrieved from the secondary storage device 108. In yet further embodiments, some or all of the information in index 153 may instead or additionally be stored along with the secondary copies of data in a secondary storage device 108. In some embodiments, the secondary storage devices 108 can include sufficient information to perform a “bare metal restore”, where the operating system of a failed client computing device 102 or other restore target is automatically rebuilt as part of a restore operation.
  • Because the index 153 maintained in the media agent database 152 may operate as a cache, it can also be referred to as “an index cache.” In such cases, information stored in the index cache 153 typically comprises data that reflects certain particulars about storage operations that have occurred relatively recently. After some triggering event, such as after a certain period of time elapses, or the index cache 153 reaches a particular size, the index cache 153 may be copied or migrated to a secondary storage device(s) 108. This information may need to be retrieved and uploaded back into the index cache 153 or otherwise restored to a media agent 144 to facilitate retrieval of data from the secondary storage device(s) 108. In some embodiments, the cached information may include format or containerization information related to archives or other files stored on the storage device(s) 108. In this manner, the index cache 153 allows for accelerated restores.
  • In some alternative embodiments the media agent 144 generally acts as a coordinator or facilitator of storage operations between client computing devices 102 and corresponding secondary storage devices 108, but does not actually write the data to the secondary storage device 108. For instance, the storage manager 140 (or the media agent 144) may instruct a client computing device 102 and secondary storage device 108 to communicate with one another directly. In such a case the client computing device 102 transmits the data directly or via one or more intermediary components to the secondary storage device 108 according to the received instructions, and vice versa. In some such cases, the media agent 144 may still receive, process, and/or maintain metadata related to the storage operations. Moreover, in these embodiments, the payload data can flow through the media agent 144 for the purposes of populating the index cache 153 maintained in the media agent database 152, but not for writing to the secondary storage device 108.
  • The media agent 144 and/or other components such as the storage manager 140 may in some cases incorporate additional functionality, such as data classification, content indexing, deduplication, encryption, compression, and the like. Further details regarding these and other functions are described below.
  • Distributed, Scalable Architecture
  • As described, certain functions of the information management system 100 can be distributed amongst various physical and/or logical components in the system. For instance, one or more of the storage manager 140, data agents 142, and media agents 144 may operate on computing devices that are physically separate from one another. This architecture can provide a number of benefits.
  • For instance, hardware and software design choices for each distributed component can be targeted to suit its particular function. The secondary computing devices 106 on which the media agents 144 operate can be tailored for interaction with associated secondary storage devices 108 and provide fast index cache operation, among other specific tasks. Similarly, the client computing device(s) 102 can be selected to effectively service the applications 110 thereon, in order to efficiently produce and store primary data 112.
  • Moreover, in some cases, one or more of the individual components in the information management system 100 can be distributed to multiple, separate computing devices. As one example, for large file systems where the amount of data stored in the management database 146 is relatively large, the database 146 may be migrated to or otherwise reside on a specialized database server (e.g., an SQL server) separate from a server that implements the other functions of the storage manager 140. This distributed configuration can provide added protection because the database 146 can be protected with standard database utilities (e.g., SQL log shipping or database replication) independent from other functions of the storage manager 140. The database 146 can be efficiently replicated to a remote site for use in the event of a disaster or other data loss at the primary site. Or the database 146 can be replicated to another computing device within the same site, such as to a higher performance machine in the event that a storage manager host device can no longer service the needs of a growing information management system 100.
  • The distributed architecture also provides both scalability and efficient component utilization. FIG. 1D shows an embodiment of the information management system 100 including a plurality of client computing devices 102 and associated data agents 142 as well as a plurality of secondary storage computing devices 106 and associated media agents 144.
  • Additional components can be added or subtracted based on the evolving needs of the information management system 100. For instance, depending on where bottlenecks are identified, administrators can add additional client computing devices 102, secondary storage computing devices 106 (and corresponding media agents 144), and/or secondary storage devices 108. Moreover, where multiple fungible components are available, load balancing can be implemented to dynamically address identified bottlenecks. As an example, the storage manager 140 may dynamically select which media agents 144 and/or secondary storage devices 108 to use for storage operations based on a processing load analysis of the media agents 144 and/or secondary storage devices 108, respectively.
  • Moreover, each client computing device 102 in some embodiments can communicate with, among other components, any of the media agents 144, e.g., as directed by the storage manager 140. And each media agent 144 may be able to communicate with, among other components, any of the secondary storage devices 108, e.g., as directed by the storage manager 140. Thus, operations can be routed to the secondary storage devices 108 in a dynamic and highly flexible manner, to provide load balancing, failover, and the like. Further examples of scalable systems capable of dynamic storage operations, and of systems capable of performing load balancing and fail over are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,246,207, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • In alternative configurations, certain components are not distributed and may instead reside and execute on the same computing device. For example, in some embodiments, one or more data agents 142 and the storage manager 140 operate on the same client computing device 102. In another embodiment, one or more data agents 142 and one or more media agents 144 operate on a single computing device.
  • Exemplary Types of Information Management Operations
  • In order to protect and leverage stored data, the information management system 100 can be configured to perform a variety of information management operations. As will be described, these operations can generally include secondary copy and other data movement operations, processing and data manipulation operations, analysis, reporting, and management operations. The operations described herein may be performed on any type of computing device, e.g., between two computers connected via a LAN, to a mobile client telecommunications device connected to a server via a WLAN, to any manner of client computing device coupled to a cloud storage target, etc., without limitation.
  • Data Movement Operations
  • Data movement operations according to certain embodiments are generally operations that involve the copying or migration of data (e.g., payload data) between different locations in the information management system 100 in an original/native and/or one or more different formats. For example, data movement operations can include operations in which stored data is copied, migrated, or otherwise transferred from one or more first storage devices to one or more second storage devices, such as from primary storage device(s) 104 to secondary storage device(s) 108, from secondary storage device(s) 108 to different secondary storage device(s) 108, from secondary storage devices 108 to primary storage devices 104, or from primary storage device(s) 104 to different primary storage device(s) 104.
  • Data movement operations can include by way of example, backup operations, archive operations, information lifecycle management operations such as hierarchical storage management operations, replication operations (e.g., continuous data replication operations), snapshot operations, deduplication or single-instancing operations, auxiliary copy operations, and the like. As will be discussed, some of these operations involve the copying, migration or other movement of data, without actually creating multiple, distinct copies. Nonetheless, some or all of these operations are referred to as “copy” operations for simplicity.
  • Backup Operations
  • A backup operation creates a copy of a version of data (e.g., one or more files or other data units) in primary data 112 at a particular point in time. Each subsequent backup copy may be maintained independently of the first. Further, a backup copy in some embodiments is generally stored in a form that is different than the native format, e.g., a backup format. This can be in contrast to the version in primary data 112 from which the backup copy is derived, and which may instead be stored in a native format of the source application(s) 110. In various cases, backup copies can be stored in a format in which the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the original application format. For example, a backup copy may be stored in a backup format that facilitates compression and/or efficient long-term storage.
  • Backup copies can have relatively long retention periods as compared to primary data 112, and may be stored on media with slower retrieval times than primary data 112 and certain other types of secondary copies 116. On the other hand, backups may have relatively shorter retention periods than some other types of secondary copies 116, such as archive copies (described below). Backups may sometimes be stored at on offsite location.
  • Backup operations can include full backups, differential backups, incremental backups, “synthetic full” backups, and/or creating a “reference copy.” A full backup (or “standard full backup”) in some embodiments is generally a complete image of the data to be protected. However, because full backup copies can consume a relatively large amount of storage, it can be useful to use a full backup copy as a baseline and only store changes relative to the full backup copy for subsequent backup copies.
  • For instance, a differential backup operation (or cumulative incremental backup operation) tracks and stores changes that have occurred since the last full backup. Differential backups can grow quickly in size, but can provide relatively efficient restore times because a restore can be completed in some cases using only the full backup copy and the latest differential copy.
  • An incremental backup operation generally tracks and stores changes since the most recent backup copy of any type, which can greatly reduce storage utilization. In some cases, however, restore times can be relatively long in comparison to full or differential backups because completing a restore operation may involve accessing a full backup in addition to multiple incremental backups.
  • Synthetic full backups generally consolidate data without directly backing up data from the client computing device. A synthetic full backup is created from the most recent full backup (i.e., standard or synthetic) and subsequent incremental and/or differential backups. The resulting synthetic full backup is identical to what would have been created had the last backup for the subclient been a standard full backup. Unlike standard full, incremental, and differential backups, a synthetic full backup does not actually transfer data from a client computer to the backup media, because it operates as a backup consolidator. A synthetic full backup extracts the index data of each participating subclient. Using this index data and the previously backed up user data images, it builds new full backup images, one for each subclient. The new backup images consolidate the index and user data stored in the related incremental, differential, and previous full backups, in some embodiments creating an archive file at the subclient level.
  • Any of the above types of backup operations can be at the volume-level, file-level, or block-level. Volume level backup operations generally involve the copying of a data volume (e.g., a logical disk or partition) as a whole. In a file-level backup, the information management system 100 may generally track changes to individual files, and includes copies of files in the backup copy. In the case of a block-level backup, files are broken into constituent blocks, and changes are tracked at the block-level. Upon restore, the information management system 100 reassembles the blocks into files in a transparent fashion.
  • Far less data may actually be transferred and copied to the secondary storage devices 108 during a file-level copy than a volume-level copy. Likewise, a block-level copy may involve the transfer of less data than a file-level copy, resulting in faster execution times. However, restoring a relatively higher-granularity copy can result in longer restore times. For instance, when restoring a block-level copy, the process of locating constituent blocks can sometimes result in longer restore times as compared to file-level backups. Similar to backup operations, the other types of secondary copy operations described herein can also be implemented at either the volume-level, file-level, or block-level.
  • For example, in some embodiments, a reference copy may comprise copy(ies) of selected objects from backed up data, typically to help organize data by keeping contextual information from multiple sources together, and/or help retain specific data for a longer period of time, such as for legal hold needs. A reference copy generally maintains data integrity, and when the data is restored, it may be viewed in the same format as the source data. In some embodiments, a reference copy is based on a specialized client, individual subclient and associated information management policies (e.g., storage policy, retention policy, etc.) that are administered within information management system 100.
  • Archive Operations
  • Because backup operations generally involve maintaining a version of the copied data in primary data 112 and also maintaining backup copies in secondary storage device(s) 108, they can consume significant storage capacity. To help reduce storage consumption, an archive operation according to certain embodiments creates a secondary copy 116 by both copying and removing source data. Or, seen another way, archive operations can involve moving some or all of the source data to the archive destination. Thus, data satisfying criteria for removal (e.g., data of a threshold age or size) may be removed from source storage. The source data may be primary data 112 or a secondary copy 116, depending on the situation. As with backup copies, archive copies can be stored in a format in which the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the format of the original application or source copy. In addition, archive copies may be retained for relatively long periods of time (e.g., years) and, in some cases, are never deleted. Archive copies are generally retained for longer periods of time than backup copies, for example. In certain embodiments, archive copies may be made and kept for extended periods in order to meet compliance regulations.
  • Moreover, when primary data 112 is archived, in some cases the corresponding primary data 112 or a portion thereof is deleted when creating the archive copy. Thus, archiving can serve the purpose of freeing up space in the primary storage device(s) 104 and easing the demand on computational resources on client computing device 102. Similarly, when a secondary copy 116 is archived, the secondary copy 116 may be deleted, and an archive copy can therefore serve the purpose of freeing up space in secondary storage device(s) 108. In contrast, source copies often remain intact when creating backup copies. Examples of compatible data archiving operations are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,107,298, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • Snapshot Operations
  • Snapshot operations can provide a relatively lightweight, efficient mechanism for protecting data. From an end-user viewpoint, a snapshot may be thought of as an “instant” image of the primary data 112 at a given point in time, and may include state and/or status information relative to an application that creates/manages the primary data. In one embodiment, a snapshot may generally capture the directory structure of an object in primary data 112 such as a file or volume or other data set at a particular moment in time and may also preserve file attributes and contents. A snapshot in some cases is created relatively quickly, e.g., substantially instantly, using a minimum amount of file space, but may still function as a conventional file system backup.
  • A “hardware snapshot” (or “hardware-based snapshot”) operation can be a snapshot operation where a target storage device (e.g., a primary storage device 104 or a secondary storage device 108) performs the snapshot operation in a self-contained fashion, substantially independently, using hardware, firmware and/or software operating on the storage device itself. For instance, the storage device may be capable of performing snapshot operations upon request, generally without intervention or oversight from any of the other components in the information management system 100. In this manner, hardware snapshots can off-load other components of information management system 100 from processing involved in snapshot creation and management.
  • A “software snapshot” (or “software-based snapshot”) operation, on the other hand, can be a snapshot operation in which one or more other components in information management system 100 (e.g., client computing devices 102, data agents 142, etc.) implement a software layer that manages the snapshot operation via interaction with the target storage device. For instance, the component executing the snapshot management software layer may derive a set of pointers and/or data that represents the snapshot. The snapshot management software layer may then transmit the same to the target storage device, along with appropriate instructions for writing the snapshot.
  • Some types of snapshots do not actually create another physical copy of all the data as it existed at the particular point in time, but may simply create pointers that are able to map files and directories to specific memory locations (e.g., to specific disk blocks) where the data resides, as it existed at the particular point in time. For example, a snapshot copy may include a set of pointers derived from the file system or from an application. In some other cases, the snapshot may be created at the block-level, such that creation of the snapshot occurs without awareness of the file system. Each pointer points to a respective stored data block, so that collectively, the set of pointers reflect the storage location and state of the data object (e.g., file(s) or volume(s) or data set(s)) at a particular point in time when the snapshot copy was created.
  • An initial snapshot may use only a small amount of disk space needed to record a mapping or other data structure representing or otherwise tracking the blocks that correspond to the current state of the file system. Additional disk space is usually required only when files and directories are modified later on. Furthermore, when files are modified, typically only the pointers which map to blocks are copied, not the blocks themselves. In some embodiments, for example in the case of “copy-on-write” snapshots, when a block changes in primary storage, the block is copied to secondary storage or cached in primary storage before the block is overwritten in primary storage, and the pointer to that block changed to reflect the new location of that block. The snapshot mapping of file system data may also be updated to reflect the changed block(s) at that particular point in time. In some other cases, a snapshot includes a full physical copy of all or substantially all of the data represented by the snapshot. Further examples of snapshot operations are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,529,782, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • A snapshot copy in many cases can be made quickly and without significantly impacting primary computing resources because large amounts of data need not be copied or moved. In some embodiments, a snapshot may exist as a virtual file system, parallel to the actual file system. Users in some cases gain read-only access to the record of files and directories of the snapshot. By electing to restore primary data 112 from a snapshot taken at a given point in time, users may also return the current file system to the state of the file system that existed when the snapshot was taken.
  • Replication Operations
  • Another type of secondary copy operation is a replication operation. Some types of secondary copies 116 are used to periodically capture images of primary data 112 at particular points in time (e.g., backups, archives, and snapshots). However, it can also be useful for recovery purposes to protect primary data 112 in a more continuous fashion, by replicating the primary data 112 substantially as changes occur. In some cases a replication copy can be a mirror copy, for instance, where changes made to primary data 112 are mirrored or substantially immediately copied to another location (e.g., to secondary storage device(s) 108). By copying each write operation to the replication copy, two storage systems are kept synchronized or substantially synchronized so that they are virtually identical at approximately the same time. Where entire disk volumes are mirrored, however, mirroring can require significant amount of storage space and utilizes a large amount of processing resources.
  • According to some embodiments storage operations are performed on replicated data that represents a recoverable state, or “known good state” of a particular application running on the source system. For instance, in certain embodiments, known good replication copies may be viewed as copies of primary data 112. This feature allows the system to directly access, copy, restore, backup or otherwise manipulate the replication copies as if the data were the “live” primary data 112. This can reduce access time, storage utilization, and impact on source applications 110, among other benefits. Based on known good state information, the information management system 100 can replicate sections of application data that represent a recoverable state rather than rote copying of blocks of data. Examples of compatible replication operations (e.g., continuous data replication) are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,617,262, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • Deduplication/Single-Instancing Operations
  • Another type of data movement operation is deduplication or single-instance storage, which is useful to reduce the amount of non-primary data. For instance, some or all of the above-described secondary storage operations can involve deduplication in some fashion. New data is read, broken down into portions (e.g., sub-file level blocks, files, etc.) of a selected granularity, compared with blocks that are already in secondary storage, and only the new blocks are stored. Blocks that already exist are represented as pointers to the already stored data.
  • In order to streamline the comparison process, the information management system 100 may calculate and/or store signatures (e.g., hashes or cryptographically unique IDs) corresponding to the individual data blocks in a database and compare the signatures instead of comparing entire data blocks. In some cases, only a single instance of each element is stored, and deduplication operations may therefore be referred to interchangeably as “single-instancing” operations. Depending on the implementation, however, deduplication or single-instancing operations can store more than one instance of certain data blocks, but nonetheless significantly reduce data redundancy. Depending on the embodiment, deduplication blocks can be of fixed or variable length. Using variable length blocks can provide enhanced deduplication by responding to changes in the data stream, but can involve complex processing. In some cases, the information management system 100 utilizes a technique for dynamically aligning deduplication blocks (e.g., fixed-length blocks) based on changing content in the data stream, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,364,652, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • The information management system 100 can perform deduplication in a variety of manners at a variety of locations in the information management system 100. For instance, in some embodiments, the information management system 100 implements “target-side” deduplication by deduplicating data (e.g., secondary copies 116) stored in the secondary storage devices 108. In some such cases, the media agents 144 are generally configured to manage the deduplication process. For instance, one or more of the media agents 144 maintain a corresponding deduplication database that stores deduplication information (e.g., datablock signatures). Examples of such a configuration are provided in U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2012/0150826, which is incorporated by reference herein. Instead of or in combination with “target-side” deduplication, deduplication can also be performed on the “source-side” (or “client-side”), e.g., to reduce the amount of traffic between the media agents 144 and the client computing device(s) 102 and/or reduce redundant data stored in the primary storage devices 104. According to various implementations, one or more of the storage devices of the target-side and/or source-side of an operation can be cloud-based storage devices. Thus, the target-side and/or source-side deduplication can be cloud-based deduplication. In particular, as discussed previously, the storage manager 140 may communicate with other components within the information management system 100 via network protocols and cloud service provider APIs to facilitate cloud-based deduplication/single instancing. Examples of such deduplication techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2012/0150818, which is incorporated by reference herein. Some other compatible deduplication/single instancing techniques are described in U.S. Pat. Pub. Nos. 2006/0224846 and 2009/0319534, which are incorporated by reference herein.
  • Information Lifecycle Management and Hierarchical Storage Management Operations
  • In some embodiments, files and other data over their lifetime move from more expensive, quick access storage to less expensive, slower access storage. Operations associated with moving data through various tiers of storage are sometimes referred to as information lifecycle management (ILM) operations.
  • One type of ILM operation is a hierarchical storage management (HSM) operation. A HSM operation is generally an operation for automatically moving data between classes of storage devices, such as between high-cost and low-cost storage devices. For instance, an HSM operation may involve movement of data from primary storage devices 104 to secondary storage devices 108, or between tiers of secondary storage devices 108. With each tier, the storage devices may be progressively relatively cheaper, have relatively slower access/restore times, etc. For example, movement of data between tiers may occur as data becomes less important over time.
  • In some embodiments, an HSM operation is similar to an archive operation in that creating an HSM copy may (though not always) involve deleting some of the source data, e.g., according to one or more criteria related to the source data. For example, an HSM copy may include data from primary data 112 or a secondary copy 116 that is larger than a given size threshold or older than a given age threshold and that is stored in a backup format.
  • Often, and unlike some types of archive copies, HSM data that is removed or aged from the source is replaced by a logical reference pointer or stub. The reference pointer or stub can be stored in the primary storage device 104 (or other source storage device, such as a secondary storage device 108) to replace the deleted source data and to point to or otherwise indicate the new location in a secondary storage device 108.
  • According to one example, files are generally moved between higher and lower cost storage depending on how often the files are accessed. When a user requests access to the HSM data that has been removed or migrated, the information management system 100 uses the stub to locate the data and may make recovery of the data appear transparent, even though the HSM data may be stored at a location different from other source data. In this manner, the data appears to the user (e.g., in file system browsing windows and the like) as if it still resides in the source location (e.g., in a primary storage device 104). The stub may also include some metadata associated with the corresponding data, so that a file system and/or application can provide some information about the data object and/or a limited-functionality version (e.g., a preview) of the data object.
  • An HSM copy may be stored in a format other than the native application format (e.g., where the data is compressed, encrypted, deduplicated, and/or otherwise modified from the original native application format). In some cases, copies which involve the removal of data from source storage and the maintenance of stub or other logical reference information on source storage may be referred to generally as “on-line archive copies”. On the other hand, copies which involve the removal of data from source storage without the maintenance of stub or other logical reference information on source storage may be referred to as “off-line archive copies”. Examples of HSM and ILM techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • Auxiliary Copy and Disaster Recovery Operations
  • An auxiliary copy is generally a copy operation in which a copy is created of an existing secondary copy 116. For instance, an initial secondary copy 116 may be generated using or otherwise be derived from primary data 112 (or other data residing in the secondary storage subsystem 118), whereas an auxiliary copy is generated from the initial secondary copy 116. Auxiliary copies can be used to create additional standby copies of data and may reside on different secondary storage devices 108 than the initial secondary copies 116. Thus, auxiliary copies can be used for recovery purposes if initial secondary copies 116 become unavailable. Exemplary compatible auxiliary copy techniques are described in further detail in U.S. Pat. No. 8,230,195, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • The information management system 100 may also perform disaster recovery operations that make or retain disaster recovery copies, often as secondary, high-availability disk copies. The information management system 100 may create secondary disk copies and store the copies at disaster recovery locations using auxiliary copy or replication operations, such as continuous data replication technologies. Depending on the particular data protection goals, disaster recovery locations can be remote from the client computing devices 102 and primary storage devices 104, remote from some or all of the secondary storage devices 108, or both.
  • Data Analysis, Reporting, and Management Operations
  • Data analysis, reporting, and management operations can be different than data movement operations in that they do not necessarily involve the copying, migration or other transfer of data (e.g., primary data 112 or secondary copies 116) between different locations in the system. For instance, data analysis operations may involve processing (e.g., offline processing) or modification of already stored primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116. However, in some embodiments data analysis operations are performed in conjunction with data movement operations. Some data analysis operations include content indexing operations and classification operations which can be useful in leveraging the data under management to provide enhanced search and other features. Other data analysis operations such as compression and encryption can provide data reduction and security benefits, respectively.
  • Classification Operations/Content Indexing
  • In some embodiments, the information management system 100 analyzes and indexes characteristics, content, and metadata associated with the primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116. The content indexing can be used to identify files or other data objects having pre-defined content (e.g., user-defined keywords or phrases, other keywords/phrases that are not defined by a user, etc.), and/or metadata (e.g., email metadata such as “to”, “from”, “cc”, “bcc”, attachment name, received time, etc.).
  • The information management system 100 generally organizes and catalogues the results in a content index, which may be stored within the media agent database 152, for example. The content index can also include the storage locations of (or pointer references to) the indexed data in the primary data 112 or secondary copies 116, as appropriate. The results may also be stored, in the form of a content index database or otherwise, elsewhere in the information management system 100 (e.g., in the primary storage devices 104, or in the secondary storage device 108). Such index data provides the storage manager 140 or another component with an efficient mechanism for locating primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 of data objects that match particular criteria.
  • For instance, search criteria can be specified by a user through user interface 158 of the storage manager 140. In some cases, the information management system 100 analyzes data and/or metadata in secondary copies 116 to create an “off-line” content index, without significantly impacting the performance of the client computing devices 102. Depending on the embodiment, the system can also implement “on-line” content indexing, e.g., of primary data 112. Examples of compatible content indexing techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 8,170,995, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • One or more components can be configured to scan data and/or associated metadata for classification purposes to populate a database (or other data structure) of information, which can be referred to as a “data classification database” or a “metabase”. Depending on the embodiment, the data classification database(s) can be organized in a variety of different ways, including centralization, logical sub-divisions, and/or physical sub-divisions. For instance, one or more centralized data classification databases may be associated with different subsystems or tiers within the information management system 100. As an example, there may be a first centralized metabase associated with the primary storage subsystem 117 and a second centralized metabase associated with the secondary storage subsystem 118. In other cases, there may be one or more metabases associated with individual components, e.g., client computing devices 102 and/or media agents 144. In some embodiments, a data classification database (metabase) may reside as one or more data structures within management database 146, or may be otherwise associated with storage manager 140.
  • In some cases, the metabase(s) may be included in separate database(s) and/or on separate storage device(s) from primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116, such that operations related to the metabase do not significantly impact performance on other components in the information management system 100. In other cases, the metabase(s) may be stored along with primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116. Files or other data objects can be associated with identifiers (e.g., tag entries, etc.) in the media agent 144 (or other indices) to facilitate searches of stored data objects. Among a number of other benefits, the metabase can also allow efficient, automatic identification of files or other data objects to associate with secondary copy or other information management operations (e.g., in lieu of scanning an entire file system). Examples of compatible metabases and data classification operations are provided in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,229,954 and 7,747,579, which are incorporated by reference herein.
  • Encryption Operations
  • The information management system 100 in some cases is configured to process data (e.g., files or other data objects, secondary copies 116, etc.), according to an appropriate encryption algorithm (e.g., Blowfish, Advanced Encryption Standard [AES], Triple Data Encryption Standard [3-DES], etc.) to limit access and provide data security in the information management system 100. The information management system 100 in some cases encrypts the data at the client level, such that the client computing devices 102 (e.g., the data agents 142) encrypt the data prior to forwarding the data to other components, e.g., before sending the data to media agents 144 during a secondary copy operation. In such cases, the client computing device 102 may maintain or have access to an encryption key or passphrase for decrypting the data upon restore. Encryption can also occur when creating copies of secondary copies, e.g., when creating auxiliary copies or archive copies. In yet further embodiments, the secondary storage devices 108 can implement built-in, high performance hardware encryption.
  • Management and Reporting Operations
  • Certain embodiments leverage the integrated, ubiquitous nature of the information management system 100 to provide useful system-wide management and reporting functions. Examples of some compatible management and reporting techniques are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • Operations management can generally include monitoring and managing the health and performance of information management system 100 by, without limitation, performing error tracking, generating granular storage/performance metrics (e.g., job success/failure information, deduplication efficiency, etc.), generating storage modeling and costing information, and the like. As an example, a storage manager 140 or other component in the information management system 100 may analyze traffic patterns and suggest and/or automatically route data via a particular route to minimize congestion. In some embodiments, the system can generate predictions relating to storage operations or storage operation information. Such predictions, which may be based on a trending analysis, may predict various network operations or resource usage, such as network traffic levels, storage media use, use of bandwidth of communication links, use of media agent components, etc. Further examples of traffic analysis, trend analysis, prediction generation, and the like are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • In some configurations, a master storage manager 140 may track the status of storage operation cells in a hierarchy, such as the status of jobs, system components, system resources, and other items, by communicating with storage managers 140 (or other components) in the respective storage operation cells. Moreover, the master storage manager 140 may track the status of its associated storage operation cells and information management operations by receiving periodic status updates from the storage managers 140 (or other components) in the respective cells regarding jobs, system components, system resources, and other items. In some embodiments, a master storage manager 140 may store status information and other information regarding its associated storage operation cells and other system information in its index 150 (or other location).
  • The master storage manager 140 or other component may also determine whether certain storage-related criteria or other criteria are satisfied, and perform an action or trigger event (e.g., data migration) in response to the criteria being satisfied, such as where a storage threshold is met for a particular volume, or where inadequate protection exists for certain data. For instance, in some embodiments, data from one or more storage operation cells is used to dynamically and automatically mitigate recognized risks, and/or to advise users of risks or suggest actions to mitigate these risks. For example, an information management policy may specify certain requirements (e.g., that a storage device should maintain a certain amount of free space, that secondary copies should occur at a particular interval, that data should be aged and migrated to other storage after a particular period, that data on a secondary volume should always have a certain level of availability and be restorable within a given time period, that data on a secondary volume may be mirrored or otherwise migrated to a specified number of other volumes, etc.). If a risk condition or other criterion is triggered, the system may notify the user of these conditions and may suggest (or automatically implement) an action to mitigate or otherwise address the risk. For example, the system may indicate that data from a primary copy 112 should be migrated to a secondary storage device 108 to free space on the primary storage device 104. Examples of the use of risk factors and other triggering criteria are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • In some embodiments, the system 100 may also determine whether a metric or other indication satisfies particular storage criteria and, if so, perform an action. For example, as previously described, a storage policy or other definition might indicate that a storage manager 140 should initiate a particular action if a storage metric or other indication drops below or otherwise fails to satisfy specified criteria such as a threshold of data protection. Examples of such metrics are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • In some embodiments, risk factors may be quantified into certain measurable service or risk levels for ease of comprehension. For example, certain applications and associated data may be considered to be more important by an enterprise than other data and services. Financial compliance data, for example, may be of greater importance than marketing materials, etc. Network administrators may assign priority values or “weights” to certain data and/or applications, corresponding to the relative importance. The level of compliance of storage operations specified for these applications may also be assigned a certain value. Thus, the health, impact, and overall importance of a service may be determined, such as by measuring the compliance value and calculating the product of the priority value and the compliance value to determine the “service level” and comparing it to certain operational thresholds to determine whether it is acceptable. Further examples of the service level determination are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • The system 100 may additionally calculate data costing and data availability associated with information management operation cells according to an embodiment of the invention. For instance, data received from the cell may be used in conjunction with hardware-related information and other information about system elements to determine the cost of storage and/or the availability of particular data in the system. Exemplary information generated could include how fast a particular department is using up available storage space, how long data would take to recover over a particular system pathway from a particular secondary storage device, costs over time, etc. Moreover, in some embodiments, such information may be used to determine or predict the overall cost associated with the storage of certain information. The cost associated with hosting a certain application may be based, at least in part, on the type of media on which the data resides, for example. Storage devices may be assigned to a particular cost categories, for example. Further examples of costing techniques are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • Any of the above types of information (e.g., information related to trending, predictions, job, cell or component status, risk, service level, costing, etc.) can generally be provided to users via the user interface 158 in a single, integrated view or console (not shown). The console may support a reporting capability that allows for the generation of a variety of reports, which may be tailored to a particular aspect of information management. Report types may include: scheduling, event management, media management and data aging. Available reports may also include backup history, data aging history, auxiliary copy history, job history, library and drive, media in library, restore history, and storage policy, etc., without limitation. Such reports may be specified and created at a certain point in time as a system analysis, forecasting, or provisioning tool. Integrated reports may also be generated that illustrate storage and performance metrics, risks and storage costing information. Moreover, users may create their own reports based on specific needs.
  • The integrated user interface 158 can include an option to show a “virtual view” of the system that graphically depicts the various components in the system using appropriate icons. As one example, the user interface 158 may provide a graphical depiction of one or more primary storage devices 104, the secondary storage devices 108, data agents 142 and/or media agents 144, and their relationship to one another in the information management system 100. The operations management functionality can facilitate planning and decision-making. For example, in some embodiments, a user may view the status of some or all jobs as well as the status of each component of the information management system 100. Users may then plan and make decisions based on this data. For instance, a user may view high-level information regarding storage operations for the information management system 100, such as job status, component status, resource status (e.g., communication pathways, etc.), and other information. The user may also drill down or use other means to obtain more detailed information regarding a particular component, job, or the like. Further examples of some reporting techniques and associated interfaces providing an integrated view of an information management system are provided in U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,453, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • The information management system 100 can also be configured to perform system-wide e-discovery operations in some embodiments. In general, e-discovery operations provide a unified collection and search capability for data in the system, such as data stored in the secondary storage devices 108 (e.g., backups, archives, or other secondary copies 116). For example, the information management system 100 may construct and maintain a virtual repository for data stored in the information management system 100 that is integrated across source applications 110, different storage device types, etc. According to some embodiments, e-discovery utilizes other techniques described herein, such as data classification and/or content indexing.
  • Information Management Policies
  • As indicated previously, an information management policy 148 can include a data structure or other information source that specifies a set of parameters (e.g., criteria and rules) associated with secondary copy and/or other information management operations.
  • One type of information management policy 148 is a storage policy. According to certain embodiments, a storage policy generally comprises a data structure or other information source that defines (or includes information sufficient to determine) a set of preferences or other criteria for performing information management operations. Storage policies can include one or more of the following items: (1) what data will be associated with the storage policy; (2) a destination to which the data will be stored; (3) datapath information specifying how the data will be communicated to the destination; (4) the type of storage operation to be performed; and (5) retention information specifying how long the data will be retained at the destination (see, e.g., FIG. 1E).
  • As an illustrative example, data associated with a storage policy can be logically organized into groups. In some cases, these logical groupings can be referred to as “sub-clients”. A sub-client may represent static or dynamic associations of portions of a data volume. Sub-clients may represent mutually exclusive portions. Thus, in certain embodiments, a portion of data may be given a label and the association is stored as a static entity in an index, database or other storage location. Sub-clients may also be used as an effective administrative scheme of organizing data according to data type, department within the enterprise, storage preferences, or the like. Depending on the configuration, sub-clients can correspond to files, folders, virtual machines, databases, etc. In one exemplary scenario, an administrator may find it preferable to separate e-mail data from financial data using two different sub-clients.
  • A storage policy can define where data is stored by specifying a target or destination storage device (or group of storage devices). For instance, where the secondary storage device 108 includes a group of disk libraries, the storage policy may specify a particular disk library for storing the sub-clients associated with the policy. As another example, where the secondary storage devices 108 include one or more tape libraries, the storage policy may specify a particular tape library for storing the sub-clients associated with the storage policy, and may also specify a drive pool and a tape pool defining a group of tape drives and a group of tapes, respectively, for use in storing the sub-client data. While information in the storage policy can be statically assigned in some cases, some or all of the information in the storage policy can also be dynamically determined based on criteria, which can be set forth in the storage policy. For instance, based on such criteria, a particular destination storage device(s) (or other parameter of the storage policy) may be determined based on characteristics associated with the data involved in a particular storage operation, device availability (e.g., availability of a secondary storage device 108 or a media agent 144), network status and conditions (e.g., identified bottlenecks), user credentials, and the like).
  • Datapath information can also be included in the storage policy. For instance, the storage policy may specify network pathways and components to utilize when moving the data to the destination storage device(s). In some embodiments, the storage policy specifies one or more media agents 144 for conveying data associated with the storage policy between the source (e.g., one or more host client computing devices 102) and destination (e.g., a particular target secondary storage device 108).
  • A storage policy can also specify the type(s) of operations associated with the storage policy, such as a backup, archive, snapshot, auxiliary copy, or the like. Retention information can specify how long the data will be kept, depending on organizational needs (e.g., a number of days, months, years, etc.)
  • Another type of information management policy 148 is a scheduling policy, which specifies when and how often to perform operations. Scheduling parameters may specify with what frequency (e.g., hourly, weekly, daily, event-based, etc.) or under what triggering conditions secondary copy or other information management operations will take place. Scheduling policies in some cases are associated with particular components, such as particular logical groupings of data associated with a storage policy (e.g., a sub-client), client computing device 102, and the like. In one configuration, a separate scheduling policy is maintained for particular logical groupings of data on a client computing device 102. The scheduling policy specifies that those logical groupings are to be moved to secondary storage devices 108 every hour according to storage policies associated with the respective sub-clients.
  • When adding a new client computing device 102, administrators can manually configure information management policies 148 and/or other settings, e.g., via the user interface 158. However, this can be an involved process resulting in delays, and it may be desirable to begin data protection operations quickly, without awaiting human intervention. Thus, in some embodiments, the information management system 100 automatically applies a default configuration to client computing device 102. As one example, when one or more data agent(s) 142 are installed on one or more client computing devices 102, the installation script may register the client computing device 102 with the storage manager 140, which in turn applies the default configuration to the new client computing device 102. In this manner, data protection operations can begin substantially immediately. The default configuration can include a default storage policy, for example, and can specify any appropriate information sufficient to begin data protection operations. This can include a type of data protection operation, scheduling information, a target secondary storage device 108, data path information (e.g., a particular media agent 144), and the like.
  • Other types of information management policies 148 are possible, including one or more audit (or security) policies. An audit policy is a set of preferences, rules and/or criteria that protect sensitive data in the information management system 100. For example, an audit policy may define “sensitive objects” as files or objects that contain particular keywords (e.g., “confidential,” or “privileged”) and/or are associated with particular keywords (e.g., in metadata) or particular flags (e.g., in metadata identifying a document or email as personal, confidential, etc.). An audit policy may further specify rules for handling sensitive objects. As an example, an audit policy may require that a reviewer approve the transfer of any sensitive objects to a cloud storage site, and that if approval is denied for a particular sensitive object, the sensitive object should be transferred to a local primary storage device 104 instead. To facilitate this approval, the audit policy may further specify how a secondary storage computing device 106 or other system component should notify a reviewer that a sensitive object is slated for transfer.
  • Another type of information management policy 148 is a provisioning policy. A provisioning policy can include a set of preferences, priorities, rules, and/or criteria that specify how client computing devices 102 (or groups thereof) may utilize system resources, such as available storage on cloud storage and/or network bandwidth. A provisioning policy specifies, for example, data quotas for particular client computing devices 102 (e.g., a number of gigabytes that can be stored monthly, quarterly or annually). The storage manager 140 or other components may enforce the provisioning policy. For instance, the media agents 144 may enforce the policy when transferring data to secondary storage devices 108. If a client computing device 102 exceeds a quota, a budget for the client computing device 102 (or associated department) is adjusted accordingly or an alert may trigger.
  • While the above types of information management policies 148 have been described as separate policies, one or more of these can be generally combined into a single information management policy 148. For instance, a storage policy may also include or otherwise be associated with one or more scheduling, audit, or provisioning policies or operational parameters thereof. Moreover, while storage policies are typically associated with moving and storing data, other policies may be associated with other types of information management operations. The following is a non-exhaustive list of items the information management policies 148 may specify:
      • schedules or other timing information, e.g., specifying when and/or how often to perform information management operations;
      • the type of copy 116 (e.g., type of secondary copy) and/or copy format (e.g., snapshot, backup, archive, HSM, etc.);
      • a location or a class or quality of storage for storing secondary copies 116 (e.g., one or more particular secondary storage devices 108);
      • preferences regarding whether and how to encrypt, compress, deduplicate, or otherwise modify or transform secondary copies 116;
      • which system components and/or network pathways (e.g., preferred media agents 144) should be used to perform secondary storage operations;
      • resource allocation among different computing devices or other system components used in performing information management operations (e.g., bandwidth allocation, available storage capacity, etc.);
      • whether and how to synchronize or otherwise distribute files or other data objects across multiple computing devices or hosted services; and
      • retention information specifying the length of time primary data 112 and/or secondary copies 116 should be retained, e.g., in a particular class or tier of storage devices, or within the information management system 100.
  • Policies can additionally specify or depend on a variety of historical or current criteria that may be used to determine which rules to apply to a particular data object, system component, or information management operation, such as:
      • frequency with which primary data 112 or a secondary copy 116 of a data object or metadata has been or is predicted to be used, accessed, or modified;
      • time-related factors (e.g., aging information such as time since the creation or modification of a data object);
      • deduplication information (e.g., hashes, data blocks, deduplication block size, deduplication efficiency or other metrics);
      • an estimated or historic usage or cost associated with different components (e.g., with secondary storage devices 108);
      • the identity of users, applications 110, client computing devices 102 and/or other computing devices that created, accessed, modified, or otherwise utilized primary data 112 or secondary copies 116;
      • a relative sensitivity (e.g., confidentiality, importance) of a data object, e.g., as determined by its content and/or metadata;
      • the current or historical storage capacity of various storage devices;
      • the current or historical network capacity of network pathways connecting various components within the storage operation cell;
      • access control lists or other security information; and
      • the content of a particular data object (e.g., its textual content) or of metadata associated with the data object.
    Exemplary Storage Policy and Secondary Storage Operations
  • FIG. 1E includes a data flow diagram depicting performance of storage operations by an embodiment of an information management system 100, according to an exemplary storage policy 148A. The information management system 100 includes a storage manger 140, a client computing device 102 having a file system data agent 142A and an email data agent 142B operating thereon, a primary storage device 104, two media agents 144A, 144B, and two secondary storage devices 108A, 108B: a disk library 108A and a tape library 108B. As shown, the primary storage device 104 includes primary data 112A, which is associated with a logical grouping of data associated with a file system, and primary data 112B, which is associated with a logical grouping of data associated with email. Although for simplicity the logical grouping of data associated with the file system is referred to as a file system sub-client, and the logical grouping of data associated with the email is referred to as an email sub-client, the techniques described with respect to FIG. 1E can be utilized in conjunction with data that is organized in a variety of other manners.
  • As indicated by the dashed box, the second media agent 144B and the tape library 108B are “off-site”, and may therefore be remotely located from the other components in the information management system 100 (e.g., in a different city, office building, etc.). Indeed, “off-site” may refer to a magnetic tape located in storage, which must be manually retrieved and loaded into a tape drive to be read. In this manner, information stored on the tape library 108B may provide protection in the event of a disaster or other failure.
  • The file system sub-client and its associated primary data 112A in certain embodiments generally comprise information generated by the file system and/or operating system of the client computing device 102, and can include, for example, file system data (e.g., regular files, file tables, mount points, etc.), operating system data (e.g., registries, event logs, etc.), and the like. The e-mail sub-client, on the other hand, and its associated primary data 112B, include data generated by an e-mail application operating on the client computing device 102, and can include mailbox information, folder information, emails, attachments, associated database information, and the like. As described above, the sub-clients can be logical containers, and the data included in the corresponding primary data 112A, 112B may or may not be stored contiguously.
  • The exemplary storage policy 148A includes backup copy preferences (or rule set) 160, disaster recovery copy preferences rule set 162, and compliance copy preferences or rule set 164. The backup copy rule set 160 specifies that it is associated with a file system sub-client 166 and an email sub-client 168. Each of these sub-clients 166, 168 are associated with the particular client computing device 102. The backup copy rule set 160 further specifies that the backup operation will be written to the disk library 108A, and designates a particular media agent 144A to convey the data to the disk library 108A. Finally, the backup copy rule set 160 specifies that backup copies created according to the rule set 160 are scheduled to be generated on an hourly basis and to be retained for 30 days. In some other embodiments, scheduling information is not included in the storage policy 148A, and is instead specified by a separate scheduling policy.
  • The disaster recovery copy rule set 162 is associated with the same two sub-clients 166, 168. However, the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 is associated with the tape library 108B, unlike the backup copy rule set 160. Moreover, the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 specifies that a different media agent, namely 144B, will be used to convey the data to the tape library 108B. As indicated, disaster recovery copies created according to the rule set 162 will be retained for 60 days, and will be generated on a daily basis. Disaster recovery copies generated according to the disaster recovery copy rule set 162 can provide protection in the event of a disaster or other catastrophic data loss that would affect the backup copy 116A maintained on the disk library 108A.
  • The compliance copy rule set 164 is only associated with the email sub-client 168, and not the file system sub-client 166. Compliance copies generated according to the compliance copy rule set 164 will therefore not include primary data 112A from the file system sub-client 166. For instance, the organization may be under an obligation to store and maintain copies of email data for a particular period of time (e.g., 10 years) to comply with state or federal regulations, while similar regulations do not apply to the file system data. The compliance copy rule set 164 is associated with the same tape library 108B and media agent 144B as the disaster recovery copy rule set 162, although a different storage device or media agent could be used in other embodiments. Finally, the compliance copy rule set 164 specifies that copies generated under the compliance copy rule set 164 will be retained for 10 years, and will be generated on a quarterly basis.
  • At step 1, the storage manager 140 initiates a backup operation according to the backup copy rule set 160. For instance, a scheduling service running on the storage manager 140 accesses scheduling information from the backup copy rule set 160 or a separate scheduling policy associated with the client computing device 102, and initiates a backup copy operation on an hourly basis. Thus, at the scheduled time slot the storage manager 140 sends instructions to the client computing device 102 (i.e., to both data agent 142A and data agent 142B) to begin the backup operation.
  • At step 2, the file system data agent 142A and the email data agent 142B operating on the client computing device 102 respond to the instructions received from the storage manager 140 by accessing and processing the primary data 112A, 112B involved in the copy operation, which can be found in primary storage device 104. Because the operation is a backup copy operation, the data agent(s) 142A, 142B may format the data into a backup format or otherwise process the data.
  • At step 3, the client computing device 102 communicates the retrieved, processed data to the first media agent 144A, as directed by the storage manager 140, according to the backup copy rule set 160. In some other embodiments, the information management system 100 may implement a load-balancing, availability-based, or other appropriate algorithm to select from the available set of media agents 144A, 144B. Regardless of the manner the media agent 144A is selected, the storage manager 140 may further keep a record in the storage manager database 146 of the association between the selected media agent 144A and the client computing device 102 and/or between the selected media agent 144A and the backup copy 116A.
  • The target media agent 144A receives the data from the client computing device 102, and at step 4 conveys the data to the disk library 108A to create the backup copy 116A, again at the direction of the storage manager 140 and according to the backup copy rule set 160. The secondary storage device 108A can be selected in other ways. For instance, the media agent 144A may have a dedicated association with a particular secondary storage device(s), or the storage manager 140 or media agent 144A may select from a plurality of secondary storage devices, e.g., according to availability, using one of the techniques described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,246,207, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • The media agent 144A can also update its index 153 to include data and/or metadata related to the backup copy 116A, such as information indicating where the backup copy 116A resides on the disk library 108A, data and metadata for cache retrieval, etc. The storage manager 140 may similarly update its index 150 to include information relating to the storage operation, such as information relating to the type of storage operation, a physical location associated with one or more copies created by the storage operation, the time the storage operation was performed, status information relating to the storage operation, the components involved in the storage operation, and the like. In some cases, the storage manager 140 may update its index 150 to include some or all of the information stored in the index 153 of the media agent 144A. After the 30 day retention period expires, the storage manager 140 instructs the media agent 144A to delete the backup copy 116A from the disk library 108A. Indexes 150 and/or 153 are updated accordingly.
  • At step 5, the storage manager 140 initiates the creation of a disaster recovery copy 1166 according to the disaster recovery copy rule set 162.
  • At step 6, illustratively based on the instructions received from the storage manager 140 at step 5, the specified media agent 144B retrieves the most recent backup copy 116A from the disk library 108A.
  • At step 7, again at the direction of the storage manager 140 and as specified in the disaster recovery copy rule set 162, the media agent 144B uses the retrieved data to create a disaster recovery copy 116B on the tape library 108B. In some cases, the disaster recovery copy 1166 is a direct, mirror copy of the backup copy 116A, and remains in the backup format. In other embodiments, the disaster recovery copy 1166 may be generated in some other manner, such as by using the primary data 112A, 112B from the primary storage device 104 as source data. The disaster recovery copy operation is initiated once a day and the disaster recovery copies 116B are deleted after 60 days; indexes are updated accordingly when/after each information management operation is executed/completed.
  • At step 8, the storage manager 140 initiates the creation of a compliance copy 116C, according to the compliance copy rule set 164. For instance, the storage manager 140 instructs the media agent 144B to create the compliance copy 116C on the tape library 108B at step 9, as specified in the compliance copy rule set 164. In the example, the compliance copy 116C is generated using the disaster recovery copy 116B. In other embodiments, the compliance copy 116C is instead generated using either the primary data 112B corresponding to the email sub-client or using the backup copy 116A from the disk library 108A as source data. As specified, in the illustrated example, compliance copies 116C are created quarterly, and are deleted after ten years, and indexes are kept up-to-date accordingly.
  • While not shown in FIG. 1E, at some later point in time, a restore operation can be initiated involving one or more of the secondary copies 116A, 116B, 116C. As one example, a user may manually initiate a restore of the backup copy 116A by interacting with the user interface 158 of the storage manager 140. The storage manager 140 then accesses data in its index 150 (and/or the respective storage policy 148A) associated with the selected backup copy 116A to identify the appropriate media agent 144A and/or secondary storage device 108A.
  • In other cases, a media agent may be selected for use in the restore operation based on a load balancing algorithm, an availability based algorithm, or other criteria. The selected media agent 144A retrieves the data from the disk library 108A. For instance, the media agent 144A may access its index 153 to identify a location of the backup copy 116A on the disk library 108A, or may access location information residing on the disk 108A itself.
  • When the backup copy 116A was recently created or accessed, the media agent 144A accesses a cached version of the backup copy 116A residing in the index 153, without having to access the disk library 108A for some or all of the data. Once it has retrieved the backup copy 116A, the media agent 144A communicates the data to the source client computing device 102. Upon receipt, the file system data agent 142A and the email data agent 142B may unpackage (e.g., restore from a backup format to the native application format) the data in the backup copy 116A and restore the unpackaged data to the primary storage device 104.
  • Exemplary Applications of Storage Policies
  • The storage manager 140 may permit a user to specify aspects of the storage policy 148A. For example, the storage policy can be modified to include information governance policies to define how data should be managed in order to comply with a certain regulation or business objective. The various policies may be stored, for example, in the management database 146. An information governance policy may comprise a classification policy, which is described herein. An information governance policy may align with one or more compliance tasks that are imposed by regulations or business requirements. Examples of information governance policies might include a Sarbanes-Oxley policy, a HIPAA policy, an electronic discovery (E-Discovery) policy, and so on.
  • Information governance policies allow administrators to obtain different perspectives on all of an organization's online and offline data, without the need for a dedicated data silo created solely for each different viewpoint. As described previously, the data storage systems herein build a centralized index that reflects the contents of a distributed data set that spans numerous clients and storage devices, including both primary and secondary copies, and online and offline copies. An organization may apply multiple information governance policies in a top-down manner over that unified data set and indexing schema in order to permit an organization to view and manipulate the single data set through different lenses, each of which is adapted to a particular compliance or business goal. Thus, for example, by applying an E-discovery policy and a Sarbanes-Oxley policy, two different groups of users in an organization can conduct two very different analyses of the same underlying physical set of data copies, which may be distributed throughout the organization and information management system.
  • A classification policy defines a taxonomy of classification terms or tags relevant to a compliance task and/or business objective. A classification policy may also associate a defined tag with a classification rule. A classification rule defines a particular combination of criteria, such as users who have created, accessed or modified a document or data object; file or application types; content or metadata keywords; clients or storage locations; dates of data creation and/or access; review status or other status within a workflow (e.g., reviewed or un-reviewed); modification times or types of modifications; and/or any other data attributes in any combination, without limitation. A classification rule may also be defined using other classification tags in the taxonomy. The various criteria used to define a classification rule may be combined in any suitable fashion, for example, via Boolean operators, to define a complex classification rule. As an example, an E-discovery classification policy might define a classification tag “privileged” that is associated with documents or data objects that (1) were created or modified by legal department staff, or (2) were sent to or received from outside counsel via email, or (3) contain one of the following keywords: “privileged” or “attorney” or “counsel”, or other like terms.
  • One specific type of classification tag, which may be added to an index at the time of indexing, is an entity tag. An entity tag may be, for example, any content that matches a defined data mask format. Examples of entity tags might include, e.g., social security numbers (e.g., any numerical content matching the formatting mask XXX-XXX-XXXX) credit card numbers (e.g., content having a 13-16 digit string of numbers), SKU numbers, product numbers, etc.
  • A user may define a classification policy by indicating criteria, parameters or descriptors of the policy via a graphical user interface, such as a form or page with fields to be filled in, pull-down menus or entries allowing one or more of several options to be selected, buttons, sliders, hypertext links or other known user interface tools for receiving user input, etc. For example, a user may define certain entity tags, such as a particular product number or project ID code that is relevant in the organization. In some implementations, the classification policy can be implemented using cloud-based techniques. For example, the storage devices may be cloud storage devices, and the storage manager 140 may execute cloud service provider API over a network to classify data stored on cloud storage devices.
  • Exemplary Secondary Copy Formatting
  • The formatting and structure of secondary copies 116 can vary, depending on the embodiment. In some cases, secondary copies 116 are formatted as a series of logical data units or “chunks” (e.g., 512 MB, 1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB, or 8 GB chunks). This can facilitate efficient communication and writing to secondary storage devices 108, e.g., according to resource availability. For example, a single secondary copy 116 may be written on a chunk-by-chunk basis to a single secondary storage device 108 or across multiple secondary storage devices 108. In some cases, users can select different chunk sizes, e.g., to improve throughput to tape storage devices.
  • Generally, each chunk can include a header and a payload. The payload can include files (or other data units) or subsets thereof included in the chunk, whereas the chunk header generally includes metadata relating to the chunk, some or all of which may be derived from the payload. For example, during a secondary copy operation, the media agent 144, storage manager 140, or other component may divide the associated files into chunks and generate headers for each chunk by processing the constituent files. The headers can include a variety of information such as file identifier(s), volume(s), offset(s), or other information associated with the payload data items, a chunk sequence number, etc. Importantly, in addition to being stored with the secondary copy 116 on the secondary storage device 108, the chunk headers can also be stored to the index 153 of the associated media agent(s) 144 and/or the index 150. This is useful in some cases for providing faster processing of secondary copies 116 during restores or other operations. In some cases, once a chunk is successfully transferred to a secondary storage device 108, the secondary storage device 108 returns an indication of receipt, e.g., to the media agent 144 and/or storage manager 140, which may update their respective indexes 153, 150 accordingly. During restore, chunks may be processed (e.g., by the media agent 144) according to the information in the chunk header to reassemble the files.
  • Data can also be communicated within the information management system 100 in data channels that connect the client computing devices 102 to the secondary storage devices 108. These data channels can be referred to as “data streams”, and multiple data streams can be employed to parallelize an information management operation, improving data transfer rate, among providing other advantages. Example data formatting techniques including techniques involving data streaming, chunking, and the use of other data structures in creating copies (e.g., secondary copies) are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,315,923 and 8,156,086, and 8,578,120, each of which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • FIGS. 1F and 1G are diagrams of example data streams 170 and 171, respectively, which may be employed for performing data storage operations. Referring to FIG. 1F, the data agent 142 forms the data stream 170 from the data associated with a client computing device 102 (e.g., primary data 112). The data stream 170 is composed of multiple pairs of stream header 172 and stream data (or stream payload) 174. The data streams 170 and 171 shown in the illustrated example are for a single-instanced storage operation, and a stream payload 174 therefore may include both single-instance (“SI”) data and/or non-SI data. A stream header 172 includes metadata about the stream payload 174. This metadata may include, for example, a length of the stream payload 174, an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is encrypted, an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is compressed, an archive file identifier (ID), an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is single instanceable, and an indication of whether the stream payload 174 is a start of a block of data.
  • Referring to FIG. 1G, the data stream 171 has the stream header 172 and stream payload 174 aligned into multiple data blocks. In this example, the data blocks are of size 64 KB. The first two stream header 172 and stream payload 174 pairs comprise a first data block of size 64 KB. The first stream header 172 indicates that the length of the succeeding stream payload 174 is 63 KB and that it is the start of a data block. The next stream header 172 indicates that the succeeding stream payload 174 has a length of 1 KB and that it is not the start of a new data block. Immediately following stream payload 174 is a pair comprising an identifier header 176 and identifier data 178. The identifier header 176 includes an indication that the succeeding identifier data 178 includes the identifier for the immediately previous data block. The identifier data 178 includes the identifier that the data agent 142 generated for the data block. The data stream 171 also includes other stream header 172 and stream payload 174 pairs, which may be for SI data and/or for non-SI data.
  • FIG. 1H is a diagram illustrating the data structures 180 that may be used to store blocks of SI data and non-SI data on the storage device (e.g., secondary storage device 108). According to certain embodiments, the data structures 180 do not form part of a native file system of the storage device. The data structures 180 include one or more volume folders 182, one or more chunk folders 184/185 within the volume folder 182, and multiple files within the chunk folder 184. Each chunk folder 184/185 includes a metadata file 186/187, a metadata index file 188/189, one or more container files 190/191/193, and a container index file 192/194. The metadata file 186/187 stores non-SI data blocks as well as links to SI data blocks stored in container files. The metadata index file 188/189 stores an index to the data in the metadata file 186/187. The container files 190/191/193 store SI data blocks. The container index file 192/194 stores an index to the container files 190/191/193. Among other things, the container index file 192/194 stores an indication of whether a corresponding block in a container file 190/191/193 is referred to by a link in a metadata file 186/187. For example, data block B2 in the container file 190 is referred to by a link in the metadata file 187 in the chunk folder 185. Accordingly, the corresponding index entry in the container index file 192 indicates that the data block B2 in the container file 190 is referred to. As another example, data block B1 in the container file 191 is referred to by a link in the metadata file 187, and so the corresponding index entry in the container index file 192 indicates that this data block is referred to.
  • As an example, the data structures 180 illustrated in FIG. 1H may have been created as a result of two storage operations involving two client computing devices 102. For example, a first storage operation on a first client computing device 102 could result in the creation of the first chunk folder 184, and a second storage operation on a second client computing device 102 could result in the creation of the second chunk folder 185. The container files 190/191 in the first chunk folder 184 would contain the blocks of SI data of the first client computing device 102. If the two client computing devices 102 have substantially similar data, the second storage operation on the data of the second client computing device 102 would result in the media agent 144 storing primarily links to the data blocks of the first client computing device 102 that are already stored in the container files 190/191. Accordingly, while a first storage operation may result in storing nearly all of the data subject to the storage operation, subsequent storage operations involving similar data may result in substantial data storage space savings, because links to already stored data blocks can be stored instead of additional instances of data blocks.
  • If the operating system of the secondary storage computing device 106 on which the media agent 144 operates supports sparse files, then when the media agent 144 creates container files 190/191/193, it can create them as sparse files. A sparse file is type of file that may include empty space (e.g., a sparse file may have real data within it, such as at the beginning of the file and/or at the end of the file, but may also have empty space in it that is not storing actual data, such as a contiguous range of bytes all having a value of zero). Having the container files 190/191/193 be sparse files allows the media agent 144 to free up space in the container files 190/191/193 when blocks of data in the container files 190/191/193 no longer need to be stored on the storage devices. In some examples, the media agent 144 creates a new container file 190/191/193 when a container file 190/191/193 either includes 100 blocks of data or when the size of the container file 190 exceeds 50 MB. In other examples, the media agent 144 creates a new container file 190/191/193 when a container file 190/191/193 satisfies other criteria (e.g., it contains from approximately 100 to approximately 1000 blocks or when its size exceeds approximately 50 MB to 1 GB).
  • In some cases, a file on which a storage operation is performed may comprise a large number of data blocks. For example, a 100 MB file may comprise 400 data blocks of size 256 KB. If such a file is to be stored, its data blocks may span more than one container file, or even more than one chunk folder. As another example, a database file of 20 GB may comprise over 40,000 data blocks of size 512 KB. If such a database file is to be stored, its data blocks will likely span multiple container files, multiple chunk folders, and potentially multiple volume folders. Restoring such files may require accessing multiple container files, chunk folders, and/or volume folders to obtain the requisite data blocks.
  • System Overview
  • The systems and methods described with respect to FIGS. 1A-1H can be used for implementing volume or virtual machine level backup and virtual machine file placeholder generation. In some embodiments, an image-level backup manager is a software module that forms a part of or resides on the storage manager 140 or, alternatively, the media agents 144. The image-level backup manager can additionally be a software module executing on one or more of the client computing devices 102. In some embodiments, the image-level backup manager may be implemented as a part of the data agent 142. Volume or virtual machine level backup and virtual machine file placeholder generation will be discussed in more detail with respect to FIGS. 2-5.
  • Exemplary Information Management System for Implementing Volume or Virtual Machine (VM) Level Backup and VM File Placeholder Generation
  • FIG. 2 is a data flow diagram illustrative of the interaction between the various components of an exemplary information management system 200 configured to implement volume or virtual machine level backup and virtual machine file placeholder generation, according to certain embodiments. As illustrated, the exemplary information management system 200 includes a storage manager 210, one or more clients 220, one or more information stores or primary storage devices 230, one or more image-level backup managers 250, one or more media agents 270, one or more media agent indexes 275, and one or more secondary storage devices 280. A client 220 can include a hypervisor 227 and one or more virtual machines (VMs) 225 configured to execute on the hypervisor 227. A VM 225 may include one or more data agents 240 installed on the VM 225. A VM 225 can also include one or more applications 260 installed on the VM 225. A data agent 240 may be associated with one or more applications 260, depending on the embodiment. The data associated with the VMs 225 may be stored in the information store 230. The system 200 and corresponding components of FIG. 2 may be similar to or the same as the system 100 and similarly named (but not necessarily numbered) components of FIG. 1D.
  • Moreover, depending on the embodiment, the system 200 of FIG. 2 may additionally include any of the other components shown in FIG. 1D that are not specifically shown in FIG. 2. The system 200 may include one or more of each component. All components of the system 200 can be in direct communication with each other or communicate indirectly via the client 220, the storage manager 210, the media agent 270, or the like. In certain embodiments, some of the components in FIG. 2 shown as separate components can reside on a single computing device, or vice versa. For example, the image-level backup manager 250 can be on the storage manager 210, the media agent 270, or on a separate computing device.
  • The term virtualization in the computing arts can refer to the creation of a virtual instance of an entity (e.g., a hardware platform, operating system, storage device or network resource, etc.) that behaves like a physical instance. For instance, a virtual machine can be a software representation of a physical machine. Enterprises may use virtualization for a variety of purposes, such as to reduce the number of physical servers or other computers by instantiating multiple virtual machines on a single physical host computer. In this manner, virtualization can be used to centralize administrative tasks while improving scalability and workloads, and can be an important tool for maximizing hardware utilization. Using virtualization techniques, many (e.g., hundreds or thousands) of virtual machines can be instantiated on a single host device. The host device can contain significant amounts of memory and computing power in order to execute the virtual machines, which can be referred to as “clients” or “guests.” Although each virtual client can be logically viewed as a stand-alone device, in actuality the virtual client machines can share underlying hardware with the other virtual machines residing on the host.
  • Often, resources allocated to virtual machines may be underused or unused, and low usage VMs and associated data may be archived to make more underused or unused resources available. In some cases, a VM may be used frequently, but some of the data associated with the VM (e.g., files) may not be used frequently. In such cases, it may be desirable to back up or archive the low usage data of the VM to secondary storage and remove it from primary storage. VMs generally share resources, such as hardware and/or storage, and may be backed up by performing an image-level backup or a volume-level backup. For example, a volume in primary storage can include data associated with multiple VMs, and the volume can be backed up to secondary storage (e.g., periodically). The system 200 may refer to the volume-level backup copy and related metadata to determine which VM data is low usage. Then, the system 200 can remove the low usage VM data from primary storage since it has been backed up to secondary storage. In this manner, the system 200 can free up underutilized and/or unutilized resources, such as storage space, which can lead to a more efficient use of resources.
  • With further reference to FIG. 2, the interaction between the various components of the exemplary information management system will now be described in greater detail with respect to data flow steps indicated by the numbered arrows.
  • At data flow step 1, the system 200 performs a backup, for example, at the direction of the storage manager 210. Backup may run according to a schedule, at user request, based on certain events, etc. A schedule may be based on the passage of a pre-determined amount of time, such as on a regular basis (e.g., after a particular time interval, such as a certain number of hours or days), or on an intermittent basis. Backup may also be event-based and may be triggered by certain events. Backup can be implemented as one or more storage policies, and the storage manager 210 may manage such storage policies.
  • The backup may be an image-level backup. For example, the backup can be of a volume 233 or a logical unit number (LUN) 231 in the information store 230. Depending on the embodiment, the information store 230 can include one or more LUNs 231 and/or one or more volumes 233. A LUN 231 may refer to a number used to identify a logical unit, which may be a device addressed by the SCSI protocol or other protocols that encapsulate SCSI (e.g., Fibre Channel or Internet Small Computer System Interface (iSCSI)). A LUN 231 may be used with any device which supports read/write operations, such as a logical disk (e.g., on SAN), tape drive, etc. A LUN 231 may include one or more volumes 233. In some embodiments, a volume 233 may include one or more LUNs 231. For instance, a volume 233 may consist of multiple LUNs 231.
  • In certain embodiments, the information store 230 may include one or more LUNs 231 (e.g., hardware disks or spindles), each of which can store one or more volumes (e.g., production data associated with a client 220). A LUN 231 may comprise an externally addressable entity within a target device that implements an SCSI device model. Each of the client volumes may be a component of a storage stack, which may include file systems, volume managers, device drivers, storage devices, and/or other components that operate together to provide access to the storage. Client volumes and backup images stored therein may be used for backup operations, snapshot operations, restore operations, etc.
  • The information store 230 can include data associated with one or more VMs 225. For example, multiple VMs 225 can share a LUN 231 or a volume 233 in the information store 230. In order to back up data associated with such VMs 225, a snapshot may be taken of the LUN 231 or the volume 233. In the example of FIG. 1, the client 220 includes VM 1 225 a, VM 2 225 b, and VM 3 225 c. The information store 230 includes a LUN 231 that includes a volume 233. The volume 233 contains VM 1 data 235 a, VM 2 data 235 b, and VM 3 data 235 c. Data associated with a VM 225 may be referred to as VM data. VM data 235 may include data associated with one or more file systems and/or one or more applications 260. In order to back up data associated with VM 1 225 a, VM2 225 b, and VM3 225 c, the system 200 can obtain a snapshot of the volume 233 or the LUN 231 which contains VM 1 data 235 a, VM 2 data 235 b, and VM 3 data 235 c. In some embodiments, the snapshot of the volume 233 or the LUN 231 can be mounted to a different server, and the system 200 can perform a backup from the mounted snapshot.
  • A snapshot may refer to the state of a system at a particular point in time. A snapshot may be a read-only copy of data frozen at a point in time. The snapshot can be an actual copy of the state of a system or may include a set of pointers to the data. Snapshots can be created efficiently; the time it takes to create a snapshot does not increase with the size of the data. In some cases, after the initial snapshot is taken of a data set, subsequent snapshots use pointers to reference the initial snapshot and copy only changed data. Pointer-based snapshots may require much less disk space than full copy snapshots. The snapshot may be a hardware-based snapshot. For example, the information store 230 may be a storage array that is capable of obtaining a hardware snapshot. In such case, the storage array can also store the snapshot.
  • In certain embodiments, the backup can be of a particular VM 225. Instead of or in addition to performing a volume-level backup, the system 200 may perform a VM-level backup for individual VMs 225. For example, the system 200 can perform a backup for VM 1 225 a, perform a backup for VM 2 225 b, perform a backup for VM 3 225 c, etc. When performing a VM-level backup of VM 1 225 a, the system 200 can back up VM 1 data 235 a in the information store 230. VM data 235 may be stored as one or more files relating to the memory, hard disk drive, BIOS state, etc. of the VM 225. Any descriptions or details relating to volume-level backup may also be applicable to VM-level backup.
  • Volume-level or VM-level backup can have several advantages over file-level backup. Volume-level or VM-level backup may be faster than file-level backup. For instance, files can become fragmented over time, and file-level backup could take more time than volume-level backup. With respect to VMs 225, volume-level or VM-level backup may not be as intrusive as file-level backup since volume-level or VM-level backup does not need to use the CPU and/or memory allocated for the VMs 225. For example, for file-level backup, the system 200 may have to install an application (e.g., binary file, executable file, etc.) within the VM 225 to perform a backup of files associated with the VM 225, but for volume-level or VM-level backup, the system 200 can obtain an image of the entire volume 233 or VM 225 without having to go inside the VM 225. Moreover, volume-level or VM-level backup can back up only the changed data since the last backup (e.g., incremental backup), which can reduce the amount of resources used in performing a backup. For instance, in backing up a database, even small changes can trigger a backup of the entire database. On the other hand, the volume-level backup of a database can identify the changes from the last volume-level backup and back up only the changes.
  • When performing a volume-level or VM-level backup for the information store 230 storing data associated with VMs 225, the system 200 may identify changed blocks. The hypervisor 227 may provide an API to identify changed blocks for VMs 225. The system 200 can query the hypervisor 227 in order to obtain the changed blocks. In other embodiments, the system 200 can include a driver which marks used blocks in the volume 233 (e.g., as dirty) to identify potential changed blocks for incremental backup. For example, the driver can mark changed blocks since the last full backup. The driver may reside on the client 220 or another component of the system 200, depending on the embodiment. In one embodiment, the driver can execute on the hypervisor 227. In certain embodiments, the system 200 may perform a signature comparison on the volume 233 to identify changed blocks.
  • The backup copy of a volume 233 or VM data 235 can be stored in one or more storage devices 280 in secondary storage. In the example of FIG. 2, VM 1 data 235 a in the information store 230 includes file F1 237 a and file F2 237 b. VM 2 data 235 b in the information store 230 includes file F3 237 c and file F4 237 d. VM 3 data 235 c in the information store 230 includes file F5 237 e. During a backup operation, the backup copy of the volume 233 or VM data 235 may be created and stored in the storage devices 280. In the example of FIG. 2, Storage Device 1 280 a includes a backup copy 281 of the LUN 231 in the information store 230 or a backup copy 283 of the volume 233 in the information store 230. The backup copy 283 of the volume 233 may also be referred to as the volume backup copy 283. The volume backup copy 283 includes VM 1 data 285 a, VM 2 data 285 b, and VM 3 data 285 c, which correspond respectively to VM 1 data 235 a, VM 2 data 235 b, and VM 3 data 235 c residing in the information store 230. VM data 285 in secondary storage may be referred to as VM data backup copy 285. VM 1 data backup copy 285 a includes file F1 287 a and file F2 287 b, which correspond respectively to file F1 237 a and file F2 237 b in the information store 230. VM 2 data 285 b includes file F3 287 c and file F4 287 d, which correspond respectively to file F3 237 c and file F4 237 d in the information store 230. VM 3 data 285 c includes file F5 287 e, which corresponds to file F5 237 e in the information store 230. A VM file 287 in secondary storage may be referred to as VM file backup copy 287 or secondary copy of VM file 287.
  • From volume-level or VM-level backup, as explained above, the system 200 can obtain an image of an entire volume 233 or VM 225 at a point in time. The image of the volume 233 or VM 225 can be based on a full backup and any subsequent incremental backups. For instance, if there are one or more incremental backups since a full backup, the system 200 can impose the images into a consolidated disk image. The system 200 can determine which files 287 are included in the image of the volume 233 or the VM 225. The system 200 may create metadata relating to the files 287 included in the image of the volume 233 or the VM 225. For example, one or more media agents 270 can create the metadata and store it in one or more indexes 275 associated with the media agents 270. The metadata can include information relating to various files 287, such as file name, file creation time, file modified time, file access time, file size, etc.
  • While described with respect to a backup copy operation and/or a snapshot operation for the purposes of illustration, the techniques described herein are compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, replication, migration, archiving and the like. A description of these and other storage operations compatible with embodiments described herein is provided above.
  • At data flow step 2, the image-level backup manager 250 determines which VM files 237 can be removed within a virtual machine 225 based on the backup of the data 235 associated with the virtual machine 225. The image-level backup manager 250 can refer to the backup copies of the files 287 in secondary storage and/or related metadata. Since the backup is used to determine which files 237 in the information store 230 may be removed, the analysis can be performed offline, for example, without having to access the VM data 235 in the information store 230, and the information store 230 can remain available for other uses.
  • The image-level backup manager 250 can access the metadata associated with the backup in order to identify which VM files 237 are not frequently used or not used. After the image-level backup manager 250 determines which VM files 287 are included in volume-level backup image 283 or the VM level backup image 285, the image-level backup manager 250 can access the metadata associated with the VM files 287. Types of metadata that the image-level backup manager 250 may refer to can include file creation time, file modified time, file access time, file size, file extension, application associated with the file, user associated with the file, etc. The image-level backup manager 250 can access the metadata associated with the backup copy of the VM file 287 in the image-level backup to determine whether the corresponding VM file 237 in the information store 230 can be removed. For example, the image-level backup manager 250 may refer to the file modified time or file access time to check how long the file has been idle. If a file 287 has not been used for several months, the file 287 may be a candidate for removal from primary storage. The image-level backup manager 250 may check whether a file 287 has been accessed within a specific period of time. If the file 287 has not been accessed at all or fewer times than a threshold value, the file 287 may be noted as a candidate to be removed.
  • The determination of whether a VM file 237 can be removed can be based on various factors, such as the types of metadata listed above, and various combinations of factors. The image-level backup manager 250 may also access the backup copies of the VM files 287 to determine whether the VM files 237 can be removed from the information store 230. For example, additional metadata may be stored with the volume-level backup image 283 or the VM-level backup image 285, and the image-level backup manager 250 may want to refer to such metadata.
  • The image-level backup manager 250 may allow the user (e.g., system administrator) to create custom rules or filters relating to which VM files 237 may or may not be removed. Criteria for rules can include file size, dates associated with the file 237, user associated with the file 237, file extension, file type, file application, etc. For example, the user may specify that files greater than certain size, files older than certain date, files belonging to certain users, etc. can be removed. Or the user may also specify that certain type of files, certain type of extensions, etc. may not be removed (e.g., due to compliance reasons). The user can define filters that can exclude particular files from being removed from the information store 230, such as files having certain extensions or relating to certain subject matters (e.g., tax, audit, etc.). The rules and/or filters may be specified on the basis of each VM 255, a group of VMs 225, a volume 233, multiple volumes 233, a LUN 231, multiple LUNs 231, an information store 230, a group of information stores 230, the entire system 200, etc.
  • The image-level backup manager 250 can create a list of VM files 237 that are eligible candidates for removal from the information store 230. The list may identify the VM files 237 in the primary storage or the information store 230 based on the metadata of their corresponding VM file backup copies 287. In some embodiments, the list may be a list of the VM file backup copies 287, and the image-level backup manager 250 may determine at the time of removing from the information store 230 which VM files 237 correspond to the VM file backup copies 287 in the list. The list may include various types of information for identifying the VM files 237 in the information store 230 and removing the VM files 237. For example, the list can include the file name, the file path in the information store 230, the VM 225 associated with the file 237, the LUN 231 or volume 233 associated with the VM 225, etc. The list may also include information for generating a placeholder for a removed VM file 237. For instance, the list can include the archive ID, the offset, etc. for a candidate file in the list. Details relating to the VM file placeholder are further explained below.
  • At data flow step 3, the image-level backup manager 250 removes unused or infrequently used files 237 from the virtual machine 225 from the information store 230. The image-level backup manager 250 may refer to the list of eligible candidate files generated at data flow step 2. If any of the VM files 237 identified at data flow step 2 (e.g., those included in the list of eligible candidate files) have been changed in the information store 230, the image-level backup manager 250 may not want to remove these files 237 since most up-to-date copies might not exist in secondary storage. Accordingly, the image-level backup manager 250 can check prior to removing any identified file 237 from the information store 230 whether there have been any changes to the file 237 since the time of the last backup. For example, the image-level backup manager 250 may check if the modified time of the file 237 is after the time the backup was initiated or performed. Or the image-level backup manager 250 can compare the modified time of the VM file 237 and the modified time of the VM file secondary copy 287; for instance, in some embodiments, the list may also include the modified time of the VM file secondary copy 287. The image-level backup manager 250 can check any appropriate metadata and/or information associated with the file 237 to determine whether the file 237 has been changed. If there have been no changes, the image-level backup manager 250 can delete the file 237 from the information store 230 and replace it with a VM file placeholder. If there have been changes, the image-level backup manager 250 may not delete the file 237 from the information store 230. The image-level backup manager 250 may identify such a file 237 as a candidate for deletion after a subsequent backup is performed.
  • At data flow step 4, the image-level backup manager 250 generates placeholders for the removed files. Such file placeholders may be referred to as the “VM file placeholders.” A VM file placeholder (not shown) may include minimum information used to retrieve the corresponding VM file backup copy 287 from the storage devices 280. For example, the VM file placeholder can include the archive ID and the offset for the VM file backup copy 287. The archive ID can refer to a unique ID for the VM file backup copy 287 in the storage devices 280. In one embodiment, the archive ID is a Globally Unique Identifier (GUID). The offset may refer to offset information for the VM file backup copy 287 within the media storing the VM file backup copy 287 (e.g., tape, disk, etc.). The VM file backup copy 287 may be stored in one or more chunks, as explained above, and the VM file placeholder may also identify which chunk(s) the VM file backup copy 287 is stored in. VM file placeholders may be stored in the information store 230 in the same volume 233 or LUN 231 as the VM data 235. Certain details relating to VM file placeholders are further explained in connection with FIG. 3 below.
  • The removed files can be accessed through their respective VM file placeholders. For instance, the removed files can still appear in the list of files 237 associated with a VM 225, and when the user selects a removed file, the system 200 can access the VM file placeholder for the file and restore the VM file backup copy 287 from secondary storage. Over the course of time, backup copies of VM files 287 may be moved to other locations in secondary storage, or additional or different types of backup copies of VM files 287 may be created. In one example, the initial backup copy of a VM file 287 may be stored on disk storage, but the backup copy 287 may be moved to a tape at a later point in time. Although the location and/or type of the backup copy 287 has changed, the archive ID can track the new location in secondary storage, and the VM file placeholder can still be used to access and restore the VM file backup copy 287 from secondary storage. In another example, an auxiliary backup copy of a VM file 287 may be created on a tape. The same archive ID can be used to identify the original backup copy and the auxiliary backup copy, so the VM file placeholder will still be able to gain access to either the original backup copy or the auxiliary backup copy of the VM file 287, or both.
  • In this way, infrequently used VM files 237 can be moved to secondary storage without appearing to be unavailable and can be restored in a seamless manner. Accordingly, the system 200 can reduce the amount of idle resources that are allocated to VMs 225 but not frequently used. Restoring a removed VM file from secondary storage is explained in further detail below, for example, in connection with FIG. 3.
  • Volume-level (or VM-level backup) and VM file placeholder generation will now be explained with reference to a specific, illustrative example relating to FIG. 2. VM 1 data 235 a is stored in a volume 233 in the information store 230. VM 1 data 235 a includes file F1 237 a and file F2 237 b. VM 1 data 235 a is backed up as a part of a backup of the volume 233. For example, the system 200 obtains a snapshot of the volume 233. In some embodiments, VM 1 data 235 a is backed up through VM-level backup. The snapshot of the volume 233 can copied to the storage devices 280. In the example of FIG. 2, the snapshot is stored in Storage Device 1 280 a. The backup copy of the volume 283 includes a backup copy of VM 1 data 285 a, along with the backup copies of VM 2 data 285 b and VM 3 data 285 c. The backup copy of VM 1 data 285 a includes backup copies of file F1 287 a and file F2 287 b. To facilitate discussion, backup copies of VM files 287 or VM file backup copies 287 may be referred to as VM file 287 in the descriptions.
  • The system 200 can determine which VM files 287 are included in the backup copy of the volume 283 and generate metadata relating to the VM files 287. For example, the system 200 can create the metadata as it is copying the snapshot of the volume 233 to the storage devices 280. One or more media agents 270 can copy the snapshot data to the secondary storage devices 280. Or the system 200 can create the metadata after the snapshot is stored in the storage devices 280. In the case of a hardware snapshot, the storage device 280 itself may obtain the snapshot and store it within the same storage device 280. In such case, the system 200 can analyze the hardware-based snapshot to generate the metadata relating to the VM files 287 included in the snapshot. The metadata relating to the VM files 287 can be stored in one or more media agent indexes 275.
  • The image-level backup manager 250 can refer to the metadata for the VM files 287 associated with the VM 1 225 a to determine whether the corresponding VM files 237 can be removed from the information store 230. For VM 1 225 a, the image-level backup manager 250 looks up the metadata for file F1 287 a and the metadata for file F2 287 b. Under the criteria for removing VM files 237 from the information store 230, any VM files 237 for VM 1 225 a that are older than 90 days and have not been accessed within 60 days can be removed from the information store 230. Such criteria may be defined as a rule, as explained above. From the metadata for file F1 287 a, the image-level backup manager 250 determines that file F1 287 a has been created 120 days ago, but has not been accessed in 100 days. Accordingly, the image-level backup manager 250 flags file F1 287 a as a candidate for removal from the information store 230 and includes it in the list of VM files 237 that can be removed. The list can identify information relating to file F1 237 a corresponding to file F1 287 a, such as the file path of the file F1 237 a within the volume 233.
  • Based on the list of eligible files for removal, the image-level backup manager 250 identifies that file F1 237 a can be removed from the information store 230. However, the image-level backup manager 250 first checks to make sure that file F1 237 a has not been changed since the last backup. File F1 237 a has not been accessed or modified since the last backup, and the image-level backup manager 250 removes file F1 237 a from the information store 230. The image-level backup manager 250 creates a VM file placeholder for the removed file F1 237 a. The VM file placeholder includes information that can be used to restore file F1 237 a from the storage devices 280. In a similar manner, the image-level backup manager 250 may identify that file F4 237 d associated with VM 2 225 b can be removed from the information store 230. For example, the rule for VM 2 may indicate that any files exceeding the size of 1 MB can be removed. The image-level backup manager 250 can remove file F4 237 d and create a VM file placeholder for file F4 237 d.
  • In this manner, using image-level backup to determine which VM files 237 to remove from primary storage can save resources and time. Image-level backup, such as volume-level or VM-level backup, can be faster, for example, compared to file-level backup. For instance, a snapshot of the entire volume 233 or VM 225 can be obtained, and only changes since the last backup can be backed up. The system 200 also does not need to install any application within the VM 225 to perform file-level backup. In addition, by using the image-level backup, the system 200 does not need to access each VM 225 in order to determine which VM files 235 can be removed from the primary storage. The system 200 can include a large number of VMs 225, and using the backup and related metadata, the analysis can be performed automatically (e.g., based on rules, filters, etc.). Using the backup can also allow the analysis to be performed offline without accessing the primary storage itself. By removing infrequently or unused VM files 237 from the primary storage, the system 200 can save disk space in the primary storage and use resources more efficiently.
  • FIG. 3 is a data flow diagram illustrative of the interaction between the various components of an exemplary information management system 300 configured to implement restore of archived virtual machine files, according to certain embodiments. As illustrated, the exemplary information management system 300 includes a storage manager 310, one or more clients 320, one or more information stores or primary storage devices 330, one or more image-level backup managers 350, one or more media agents 370, one or more media agent indexes 375, and one or more secondary storage devices 380. A client 320 can include a hypervisor 337 and one or more virtual machines (VMs) 325 configured to execute on the hypervisor 337. A VM 325 may include one or more data agents 340 installed on the VM 325. A VM 325 can also include one or more applications 360 installed on the VM 325. A data agent 340 may be associated with one or more applications 360, depending on the embodiment. The data associated with the VMs 325 may be stored in the information store 330. The system 300 and corresponding components of FIG. 3 may be similar to or the same as the system 100, 200 and similarly named (but not necessarily numbered) components of FIGS. 1D and 2.
  • Moreover, depending on the embodiment, the system 300 of FIG. 3 may additionally include any of the other components shown in FIGS. 1D and 2 that are not specifically shown in FIG. 3. The system 300 may include one or more of each component. All components of the system 300 can be in direct communication with each other or communicate indirectly via the client 320, the storage manager 310, the media agent 370, or the like. In certain embodiments, some of the components in FIG. 3 shown as separate components can reside on a single computing device, or vice versa. For example, the image-level backup manager 350 can be on the storage manager 310, the media agent 370, or on a separate computing device.
  • With further reference to FIG. 3, the interaction between the various components of the exemplary information management system will now be described in greater detail with respect to data flow steps indicated by the numbered arrows.
  • At data flow step 1, the user accesses the VM file placeholder 339 for a removed file of a virtual machine 325. The user may access the VM file placeholder 339 through the VM 325 associated with the VM file. For example, the VM file placeholder 339 a for removed file F1 associated with VM 1 325 a may be accessed by interacting with VM 1 325 a. The VM file that has been removed from the information store 330 may still appear to be available in the information store 330. For instance, the user may see a removed VM file in the list of files in the information store 330. When the user selects the removed VM file, the user may be selecting the VM file placeholder 339 for the file. As explained above, a VM file placeholder 339 may include information about restoring the backup copy of the VM file 387 in secondary storage. Such information may include a reference to the VM file backup copy 387 in secondary storage (e.g., the location of the VM file). For instance, the VM file placeholder 339 can include the archive ID for the backup copy of the VM file 387 as well as the offset for the backup copy 387. Using the VM file placeholder 339, the image-level backup manager 350 can quickly access and restore the backup copy of the VM file 387 from secondary storage.
  • At data flow step 2, the client 320 requests restore of the removed VM file. The image-level backup manager 350 may receive the request from the client 320. If the image-level backup manager 350 is on a different computing device from the storage manager 310, the image-level backup manager 350 may send the restore request to the storage manager 310. In the example of FIG. 3, the removed VM file that is selected for restore can be file F1 associated with VM 1 325 a. The VM file placeholder 339 a for file F1 is shown as residing in the information store 330 (in dashed lines). The VM file placeholder 339 may be stored in the same volume 333 or LUN 331 as the other data of the VM 325 to which the removed VM file belongs. In the example of FIG. 3, the VM file placeholder 339 a for file F1 is stored with the rest of VM 1 data 335 a.
  • At data flow step 3, the removed file of the virtual machine 325 is restored to the information store 330. The storage manager 310 can instruct one or more media agents 370 to restore the backup copy of the VM file 387. The storage manager 310 can determine which media agent(s) 370 to instruct based on the storage device 380 that stores the backup copy of the VM file 387. The backup copy of the VM file 387 may be restored to the same volume 333 or LUN 331 that includes the VM data 335. The VM file placeholder 339 may be deleted after the backup copy of the VM file 387 is restored. In the example of FIG. 3, the backup copy of file F1 387 a can be restored from Storage Device 1 380 a to the volume 333 in the information store 330 that includes VM 1 data 335 a. After the backup copy 387 a is restored, the VM file placeholder 339 a for file F1 may or may not be deleted, depending on the embodiment.
  • Because a removed VM file can appear to be available when it is stored in secondary storage and while it is being restored (e.g., through the VM file placeholder 339), the restore of the VM file may appear to be “seamless” to the user. For example, the user may not be aware that the VM file selected by the user is in secondary storage and is being restored from secondary storage. Such user experience may be possible because the VM file can be restored quickly. “Seamless virtual machine file recall” may refer to the continuous availability of removed VM files while they are in secondary storage and while they are being restored.
  • FIG. 4 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine 400 for performing volume or virtual machine level backup and generating virtual machine file placeholders. The routine 400 is described with respect to the system 200 of FIG. 2. However, one or more of the steps of routine 400 may be implemented by other information management systems, such as those described in greater detail above with reference to FIG. 1D. The routine 400 can be implemented by any one, or a combination of, a client, a storage manager, a data agent, an image-level backup manager, a media agent, and the like. Moreover, further details regarding certain aspects of at least some of steps of the routine 400 are described in greater detail above with reference to FIG. 2. Although described in relation to backup operations for the purposes of illustration, the process of FIG. 4 can be compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, migration, snapshots, replication operations, and the like.
  • At block 401, the system 200 creates a backup copy of data associated with one or more VMs 235 (or VM data 235) in primary storage. Primary storage can include the information store 230 shown in FIG. 2. The VM data 235 for one or more VMs 225 can be included in a volume 233 that resides at least in part on the information store 230. The VM data 235 for each VM 225 can include one or more files 237. The backup copy of the VM data 285 can include secondary copies of the one or more files 287. The system 200 can create a backup copy 283 of the volume 233 in order to create a backup copy of the VM data 285. The backup copy 283 of the volume 233 can be a snapshot of the volume 233. In one embodiment, the snapshot of the volume 233 can be a hardware snapshot.
  • In certain embodiments, the system 200 can identify changed blocks in the volume 233 since the last backup, and back up only the changed blocks. In one embodiment, the hypervisor 227 with which the VMs 225 are associated can identify the changed blocks within a VM 225 (e.g., through an API). The system 200 can query the hypervisor 227 to identify the changed blocks for VMs 225. In another embodiment, a driver can mark used blocks in the volume 233 to identify the changed blocks. Used blocks can be potential candidates for a backup. In yet another embodiment, the system 200 can perform a signature comparison on the volume 233 to identify the changed blocks.
  • At block 402, the image-level backup manager 250 analyzes the backup copy to determine which VM files 237 are eligible to be removed. Generally, files 237 that have not been used frequently or have not been used at all can be eligible for removal. The image-level backup manager 250 can analyze metadata associated with the secondary copies of the one or more files 287. The metadata can include one or more of: file creation time, file access time, file modification time, file size, file extension, user associated with a file, or application associated with a file. The image-level backup manager 250 can determine whether one or more files 237 have not been accessed within a period of time or have been accessed fewer times than a threshold value within the period of time. Criteria for determining which files 237 are eligible to be removed may be defined as one or more rules or filters.
  • At block 403, the image-level backup manager 250 removes eligible VM files 237 from primary storage. The image-level backup manager 250 can determine whether an eligible file 237 has been changed since the backup copy of the VM data 285 was created. At block 404, the image-level backup manager 250 generates placeholders for removed VM files. A file placeholder can include a unique identifier associated with the secondary copy of a removed file 287 and an offset associated with the secondary copy of the removed file 287. The system 200 may restore the secondary copy of a removed file 287 to primary storage in response to an access of the corresponding file placeholder.
  • The routine 400 can include fewer, more, or different blocks than those illustrated in FIG. 4 without departing from the spirit and scope of the description. Moreover, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art and others that some or all of the functions described in this disclosure may be embodied in software executed by one or more processors of the disclosed components and mobile communication devices. The software may be persistently stored in any type of non-volatile and/or non-transitory storage.
  • FIG. 5 is a flow diagram illustrative of one embodiment of a routine 500 for restoring an archived virtual machine file by accessing a virtual machine file placeholder. The routine 500 is described with respect to the system 300 of FIG. 3. However, one or more of the steps of routine 500 may be implemented by other information management systems, such as those described in greater detail above with reference to FIGS. 1D and 2. The routine 500 can be implemented by any one, or a combination of, a client, a storage manager, a data agent, an image-level backup manager, a media agent, and the like. Moreover, further details regarding certain aspects of at least some of steps of the routine 500 are described in greater detail above with reference to FIG. 3. Although described in relation to backup operations for the purposes of illustration, the process of FIG. 5 can be compatible with other types of storage operations, such as, for example, migration, snapshots, replication operations, and the like.
  • At block 501, the user accesses a placeholder 339 for an archived VM file 387. A file placeholder 339 can include information for restoring the secondary copy of the removed VM file 387. As explained above, the file placeholder 339 can include a unique identifier and/or an offset associated with the secondary copy of the removed file 387.
  • At block 502, the image-level backup manager 350 receives a request to restore the archived VM file 387. The image-level backup manager 350 can forward the request to the storage manager 310, and the storage manager 310 can instruct one or more appropriate media agents 370 to restore the secondary copy of the removed VM file 387. The image-level backup manager 350, storage manager 310, and/or media agents 370 can refer to the archive ID and the offset in the file placeholder 339 in order to locate the secondary copy 387. If more than one backup copy exists for the removed VM file, the system 300 can identify at least one backup copy to restore from using the archive ID.
  • At block 503, one or more media agents 370 restore the archived VM file 387 to primary storage. Primary storage can include the information store 330 shown in FIG. 3. After the secondary copy 387 of the removed VM file is restored, the user can access and use the restored VM file. The file placeholder 339 for the restored VM file can be removed from primary storage. In some embodiments, the file placeholder 339 is not deleted and can be updated to reflect that the VM file now exists in primary storage. If the VM file is removed again in a subsequent backup, the image-level backup manager 350 can update the file placeholder 339 with the information for restoring the new backup copy of the VM file.
  • The routine 500 can include fewer, more, or different blocks than those illustrated in FIG. 5 without departing from the spirit and scope of the description. Moreover, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art and others that some or all of the functions described in this disclosure may be embodied in software executed by one or more processors of the disclosed components and mobile communication devices. The software may be persistently stored in any type of non-volatile and/or non-transitory storage.
  • TERMINOLOGY
  • Conditional language, such as, among others, “can,” “could,” “might,” or “may,” unless specifically stated otherwise, or otherwise understood within the context as used, is generally intended to convey that certain embodiments include, while other embodiments do not include, certain features, elements and/or steps. Thus, such conditional language is not generally intended to imply that features, elements and/or steps are in any way required for one or more embodiments or that one or more embodiments necessarily include logic for deciding, with or without user input or prompting, whether these features, elements and/or steps are included or are to be performed in any particular embodiment.
  • Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, throughout the description and the claims, the words “comprise,” “comprising,” and the like are to be construed in an inclusive sense, as opposed to an exclusive or exhaustive sense; that is to say, in the sense of “including, but not limited to.” As used herein, the terms “connected,” “coupled,” or any variant thereof means any connection or coupling, either direct or indirect, between two or more elements; the coupling or connection between the elements can be physical, logical, or a combination thereof. Additionally, the words “herein,” “above,” “below,” and words of similar import, when used in this application, refer to this application as a whole and not to any particular portions of this application. Where the context permits, words in the above Detailed Description using the singular or plural number may also include the plural or singular number respectively. The word “or” in reference to a list of two or more items, covers all of the following interpretations of the word: any one of the items in the list, all of the items in the list, and any combination of the items in the list. Likewise the term “and/or” in reference to a list of two or more items, covers all of the following interpretations of the word: any one of the items in the list, all of the items in the list, and any combination of the items in the list.
  • Depending on the embodiment, certain operations, acts, events, or functions of any of the algorithms described herein can be performed in a different sequence, can be added, merged, or left out altogether (e.g., not all are necessary for the practice of the algorithms). Moreover, in certain embodiments, operations, acts, functions, or events can be performed concurrently, e.g., through multi-threaded processing, interrupt processing, or multiple processors or processor cores or on other parallel architectures, rather than sequentially.
  • Systems and modules described herein may comprise software, firmware, hardware, or any combination(s) of software, firmware, or hardware suitable for the purposes described herein. Software and other modules may reside and execute on servers, workstations, personal computers, computerized tablets, PDAs, and other computing devices suitable for the purposes described herein. Software and other modules may be accessible via local memory, via a network, via a browser, or via other means suitable for the purposes described herein. Data structures described herein may comprise computer files, variables, programming arrays, programming structures, or any electronic information storage schemes or methods, or any combinations thereof, suitable for the purposes described herein. User interface elements described herein may comprise elements from graphical user interfaces, interactive voice response, command line interfaces, and other suitable interfaces.
  • Further, the processing of the various components of the illustrated systems can be distributed across multiple machines, networks, and other computing resources. In addition, two or more components of a system can be combined into fewer components. Various components of the illustrated systems can be implemented in one or more virtual machines, rather than in dedicated computer hardware systems and/or computing devices. Likewise, the data repositories shown can represent physical and/or logical data storage, including, for example, storage area networks or other distributed storage systems. Moreover, in some embodiments the connections between the components shown represent possible paths of data flow, rather than actual connections between hardware. While some examples of possible connections are shown, any of the subset of the components shown can communicate with any other subset of components in various implementations.
  • Embodiments are also described above with reference to flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems) and computer program products. Each block of the flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams, and combinations of blocks in the flow chart illustrations and/or block diagrams, may be implemented by computer program instructions. Such instructions may be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, specially-equipped computer (e.g., comprising a high-performance database server, a graphics subsystem, etc.) or other programmable data processing apparatus to produce a machine, such that the instructions, which execute via the processor(s) of the computer or other programmable data processing apparatus, create means for implementing the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks.
  • These computer program instructions may also be stored in a non-transitory computer-readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including instruction means which implement the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks. The computer program instructions may also be loaded onto a computing device or other programmable data processing apparatus to cause a series of operations to be performed on the computing device or other programmable apparatus to produce a computer implemented process such that the instructions which execute on the computer or other programmable apparatus provide steps for implementing the acts specified in the flow chart and/or block diagram block or blocks.
  • Any patents and applications and other references noted above, including any that may be listed in accompanying filing papers, are incorporated herein by reference. Aspects of the invention can be modified, if necessary, to employ the systems, functions, and concepts of the various references described above to provide yet further implementations of the invention.
  • These and other changes can be made to the invention in light of the above Detailed Description. While the above description describes certain examples of the invention, and describes the best mode contemplated, no matter how detailed the above appears in text, the invention can be practiced in many ways. Details of the system may vary considerably in its specific implementation, while still being encompassed by the invention disclosed herein. As noted above, particular terminology used when describing certain features or aspects of the invention should not be taken to imply that the terminology is being redefined herein to be restricted to any specific characteristics, features, or aspects of the invention with which that terminology is associated. In general, the terms used in the following claims should not be construed to limit the invention to the specific examples disclosed in the specification, unless the above Detailed Description section explicitly defines such terms. Accordingly, the actual scope of the invention encompasses not only the disclosed examples, but also all equivalent ways of practicing or implementing the invention under the claims.
  • To reduce the number of claims, certain aspects of the invention are presented below in certain claim forms, but the applicant contemplates the various aspects of the invention in any number of claim forms. For example, while only one aspect of the invention is recited as a means-plus-function claim under 35 U.S.C sec. 112(f) (AIA), other aspects may likewise be embodied as a means-plus-function claim, or in other forms, such as being embodied in a computer-readable medium. Any claims intended to be treated under 35 U.S.C. §112(f) will begin with the words “means for”, but use of the term “for” in any other context is not intended to invoke treatment under 35 U.S.C. §112(f). Accordingly, the applicant reserves the right to pursue additional claims after filing this application, in either this application or in a continuing application.

Claims (20)

What is claimed is:
1. A method of removing files associated with a virtual machine, the method comprising:
creating a backup copy of data associated with a virtual machine (VM) on one or more secondary storage devices, wherein the data associated with the VM resides on a primary storage device and comprises a plurality of files associated with the VM, and wherein the backup copy comprises corresponding secondary copies of the plurality of files;
analyzing, using computer hardware, metadata associated with the secondary copies of the plurality of files associated with the VM to determine which of the plurality files are eligible to be removed from the primary storage device; and
in response determining that one or more files of the plurality of files are eligible to be removed from the primary storage device,
for respective file of the one or more files:
determining, using computer hardware, whether the respective file has been changed since a first time at which the backup copy of the data associated with the VM was created;
in response to determining that the respective file has not changed since the first time, removing the respective file; and
adding a file placeholder for the removed file on the primary storage device.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein:
the data associated with the VM is included in a volume that resides at least in part on the primary storage device; and
said creating a backup copy of data associated with the VM comprises creating a backup copy of the volume.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein the backup copy of the volume is a snapshot of the volume.
4. The method of claim 3, wherein the snapshot is a hardware snapshot.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the metadata comprises one or more of: file creation time, file access time, file modification time, file size, file extension, user associated with a file, or application associated with a file.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein said analyzing metadata associated with the secondary copies of the plurality of files associated with the VM comprises determining which of the plurality of files have not been accessed within a period of time.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein said analyzing metadata associated with the secondary copies of the plurality of files associated with the VM comprises determining which of the plurality of files have been accessed fewer times than a threshold value within a period of time.
8. The method of claim 1, wherein criteria for determining which of the plurality files are eligible to be removed are defined as one or more rules.
9. The method of claim 1, wherein said creating a backup copy of data associated with a VM comprises:
identifying changed blocks since a first time at which a previous backup copy of the data associated with the VM was created; and
copying only the changed blocks to the one or more secondary storage devices.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein a hypervisor associated with the VM identifies the changed blocks.
11. The method of claim 9, wherein a driver marks used blocks to identify the changed blocks.
12. The method of claim 9, wherein the changed blocks are identified by signature comparison.
13. The method of claim 1, wherein the file placeholder comprises a unique identifier associated with the secondary copy of the removed file and an offset associated with the secondary copy of the removed file.
14. The method of claim 1, further comprising, in response to an access of the file placeholder for a removed file, restoring the secondary copy of the removed file from the one or more secondary storage devices to a primary storage device.
15. An information management system configured to remove files associated with a virtual machine, the system comprising:
one or more computing devices comprising computer hardware, wherein the one or more computing devices:
create a backup copy of data associated with a virtual machine (VM) on one or more secondary storage devices, wherein the data associated with the VM resides on a primary storage device and comprises a plurality of files associated with the VM, and wherein the backup copy comprises corresponding secondary copies of the plurality of files;
analyze metadata associated with the secondary copies of the plurality of files associated with the VM to determine which of the plurality files are eligible to be removed from the primary storage device; and
in response determining that one or more files of the plurality of files are eligible to be removed from the primary storage device,
for respective file of the one or more files:
determine whether the respective file has been changed since a first time at which the backup copy of the data associated with the VM was created;
in response to determining that the respective file has not changed since the first time, remove the respective file; and
add a file placeholder for the removed file on the primary storage device.
16. The system of claim 15, wherein:
the data associated with the VM is included in a volume that resides at least in part on the primary storage device; and
the one or more computing devices, as part of the creation of the backup copy of the data associated with the VM, create a backup copy of the volume.
17. The system of claim 15, wherein the metadata comprises one or more of: file creation time, file access time, file modification time, file size, file extension, user associated with a file, or application associated with a file.
18. The system of claim 15 wherein the one or more computing devices, as part of the analysis of the metadata associated with the secondary copies of the plurality of files associated with the VM, determine which of the plurality of files have not been accessed within a period of time.
19. The system of claim 15, wherein the one or more computing devices, as part of the analysis of the metadata associated with the secondary copies of the plurality of files associated with the VM, determine which of the plurality of files have been accessed fewer times than a threshold value within a period of time.
20. The system of claim 15, wherein criteria for determining which of the plurality files are eligible to be removed are defined as one or more rules.
US14/333,328 2014-07-16 2014-07-16 Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files Abandoned US20160019317A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/333,328 US20160019317A1 (en) 2014-07-16 2014-07-16 Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files
US15/684,409 US10650057B2 (en) 2014-07-16 2017-08-23 Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files
US16/837,714 US11625439B2 (en) 2014-07-16 2020-04-01 Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/333,328 US20160019317A1 (en) 2014-07-16 2014-07-16 Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/684,409 Continuation US10650057B2 (en) 2014-07-16 2017-08-23 Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20160019317A1 true US20160019317A1 (en) 2016-01-21

Family

ID=55074776

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/333,328 Abandoned US20160019317A1 (en) 2014-07-16 2014-07-16 Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files
US15/684,409 Active 2034-10-28 US10650057B2 (en) 2014-07-16 2017-08-23 Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files
US16/837,714 Active 2035-07-19 US11625439B2 (en) 2014-07-16 2020-04-01 Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/684,409 Active 2034-10-28 US10650057B2 (en) 2014-07-16 2017-08-23 Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files
US16/837,714 Active 2035-07-19 US11625439B2 (en) 2014-07-16 2020-04-01 Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (3) US20160019317A1 (en)

Cited By (81)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160050257A1 (en) * 2014-08-13 2016-02-18 Shinydocs Corporation Interfacing with remote content management systems
US20160179416A1 (en) * 2014-12-23 2016-06-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. Secondary storage operation instruction tags in information management systems
US9417968B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2016-08-16 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficiently restoring execution of a backed up virtual machine based on coordination with virtual-machine-file-relocation operations
US9436555B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2016-09-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficient live-mount of a backed up virtual machine in a storage management system
US9489244B2 (en) 2013-01-14 2016-11-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Seamless virtual machine recall in a data storage system
US9495404B2 (en) 2013-01-11 2016-11-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods to process block-level backup for selective file restoration for virtual machines
US9684535B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-06-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Archiving virtual machines in a data storage system
US9703584B2 (en) 2013-01-08 2017-07-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual server agent load balancing
US9710465B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2017-07-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficiently restoring execution of a backed up virtual machine based on coordination with virtual-machine-file-relocation operations
US9740702B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-08-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods to identify unprotected virtual machines
US9823977B2 (en) 2014-11-20 2017-11-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual machine change block tracking
US9866634B1 (en) * 2014-09-26 2018-01-09 Western Digital Technologies, Inc. Managing and accessing data storage systems
US9939981B2 (en) 2013-09-12 2018-04-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. File manager integration with virtualization in an information management system with an enhanced storage manager, including user control and storage management of virtual machines
CN108282811A (en) * 2017-01-05 2018-07-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of data processing method and device
US20180285201A1 (en) * 2017-03-28 2018-10-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Backup operations for large databases using live synchronization
CN108984335A (en) * 2017-06-02 2018-12-11 伊姆西Ip控股有限责任公司 Backup and the method and system for restoring data
US10152251B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2018-12-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Targeted backup of virtual machine
US10162528B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2018-12-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Targeted snapshot based on virtual machine location
US10210048B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2019-02-19 Commvault Systems, Inc. Selective snapshot and backup copy operations for individual virtual machines in a shared storage
US10228962B2 (en) 2015-12-09 2019-03-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Live synchronization and management of virtual machines across computing and virtualization platforms and using live synchronization to support disaster recovery
US10241871B1 (en) * 2015-03-31 2019-03-26 Veritas Technologies Llc Fragmentation mitigation in synthetic full backups
US20190163372A1 (en) * 2017-11-30 2019-05-30 Veritas Technologies Llc Performing backup operations using replicas
US10311042B1 (en) 2015-08-31 2019-06-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Organically managing primary and secondary storage of a data object based on expiry timeframe supplied by a user of the data object
US10387073B2 (en) 2017-03-29 2019-08-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. External dynamic virtual machine synchronization
US10387266B2 (en) 2015-12-23 2019-08-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Application-level live synchronization across computing platforms including synchronizing co-resident applications to disparate standby destinations and selectively synchronizing some applications and not others
US10417102B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2019-09-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Heartbeat monitoring of virtual machines for initiating failover operations in a data storage management system, including virtual machine distribution logic
US10474542B2 (en) 2017-03-24 2019-11-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Time-based virtual machine reversion
US20200007620A1 (en) * 2018-07-02 2020-01-02 Accenture Global Solutions Limited Intelligent Backup and Recovery of Cloud Computing Environment
US10565067B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2020-02-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual server cloud file system for virtual machine backup from cloud operations
EP3640831A1 (en) * 2018-10-17 2020-04-22 Accenture Global Solutions Limited Container image vulnerability reduction
US10650057B2 (en) 2014-07-16 2020-05-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files
US10678758B2 (en) 2016-11-21 2020-06-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-platform virtual machine data and memory backup and replication
US10761869B2 (en) * 2017-06-26 2020-09-01 Wangsu Science & Technology Co., Ltd. Cloud platform construction method and cloud platform storing image files in storage backend cluster according to image file type
US10768971B2 (en) 2019-01-30 2020-09-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-hypervisor live mount of backed up virtual machine data
US10776209B2 (en) 2014-11-10 2020-09-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-platform virtual machine backup and replication
US10817208B2 (en) 2015-01-20 2020-10-27 Commvault Systems, Inc. Synchronizing selected portions of data in a storage management system
US10853185B1 (en) * 2017-09-27 2020-12-01 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Virtual machine image backup to exclude system page file
US10860401B2 (en) 2014-02-27 2020-12-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Work flow management for an information management system
US10872069B2 (en) 2019-01-22 2020-12-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. File indexing for virtual machine backups in a data storage management system
US10877928B2 (en) 2018-03-07 2020-12-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up virtual machine backup operations
US10996974B2 (en) 2019-01-30 2021-05-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-hypervisor live mount of backed up virtual machine data, including management of cache storage for virtual machine data
US11016696B2 (en) 2018-09-14 2021-05-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Redundant distributed data storage system
US11030054B2 (en) 2019-01-25 2021-06-08 International Business Machines Corporation Methods and systems for data backup based on data classification
US11068351B2 (en) * 2018-11-19 2021-07-20 International Business Machines Corporation Data consistency when switching from primary to backup data storage
US11093448B2 (en) 2019-01-25 2021-08-17 International Business Machines Corporation Methods and systems for metadata tag inheritance for data tiering
US11100048B2 (en) 2019-01-25 2021-08-24 International Business Machines Corporation Methods and systems for metadata tag inheritance between multiple file systems within a storage system
US11113148B2 (en) 2019-01-25 2021-09-07 International Business Machines Corporation Methods and systems for metadata tag inheritance for data backup
US11113238B2 (en) 2019-01-25 2021-09-07 International Business Machines Corporation Methods and systems for metadata tag inheritance between multiple storage systems
US11176000B2 (en) 2019-01-25 2021-11-16 International Business Machines Corporation Methods and systems for custom metadata driven data protection and identification of data
US11210266B2 (en) 2019-01-25 2021-12-28 International Business Machines Corporation Methods and systems for natural language processing of metadata
US11244047B2 (en) * 2016-12-19 2022-02-08 Mcafee, Llc Intelligent backup and versioning
US11288236B2 (en) 2013-01-11 2022-03-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data synchronization management
US11321189B2 (en) 2014-04-02 2022-05-03 Commvault Systems, Inc. Information management by a media agent in the absence of communications with a storage manager
US11327663B2 (en) 2020-06-09 2022-05-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. Ensuring the integrity of data storage volumes used in block-level live synchronization operations in a data storage management system
US11334382B2 (en) * 2019-04-30 2022-05-17 Intel Corporation Technologies for batching requests in an edge infrastructure
US11347707B2 (en) 2019-01-22 2022-05-31 Commvault Systems, Inc. File indexing for virtual machine backups based on using live browse features
US11429492B2 (en) * 2018-04-27 2022-08-30 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Protecting and identifying virtual machines that have the same name in a multi-tenant distributed environment
US11436210B2 (en) 2008-09-05 2022-09-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Classification of virtualization data
US11442768B2 (en) 2020-03-12 2022-09-13 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-hypervisor live recovery of virtual machines
US11449394B2 (en) 2010-06-04 2022-09-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Failover systems and methods for performing backup operations, including heterogeneous indexing and load balancing of backup and indexing resources
US11467753B2 (en) 2020-02-14 2022-10-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. On-demand restore of virtual machine data
US11500669B2 (en) 2020-05-15 2022-11-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Live recovery of virtual machines in a public cloud computing environment
US11513922B2 (en) * 2019-08-14 2022-11-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for change block tracking for backing up changed data
US20220407915A1 (en) * 2021-06-18 2022-12-22 Vmware, Inc. Method and apparatus for deploying tenant deployable elements across public clouds based on harvested performance metrics
US11550680B2 (en) 2018-12-06 2023-01-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. Assigning backup resources in a data storage management system based on failover of partnered data storage resources
US11593228B2 (en) 2019-08-28 2023-02-28 Commvault Systems, Inc. Live browse cache enhacements for live browsing block-level backup copies of virtual machines and/or file systems
US11620193B2 (en) * 2016-12-15 2023-04-04 Palantir Technologies Inc. Incremental backup of computer data files
US11645175B2 (en) 2021-02-12 2023-05-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Automatic failover of a storage manager
US11656951B2 (en) 2020-10-28 2023-05-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data loss vulnerability detection
US11663099B2 (en) 2020-03-26 2023-05-30 Commvault Systems, Inc. Snapshot-based disaster recovery orchestration of virtual machine failover and failback operations
US11804988B2 (en) 2013-07-10 2023-10-31 Nicira, Inc. Method and system of overlay flow control
US11831414B2 (en) 2019-08-27 2023-11-28 Vmware, Inc. Providing recommendations for implementing virtual networks
US11855805B2 (en) 2017-10-02 2023-12-26 Vmware, Inc. Deploying firewall for virtual network defined over public cloud infrastructure
US11895194B2 (en) 2017-10-02 2024-02-06 VMware LLC Layer four optimization for a virtual network defined over public cloud
US11894949B2 (en) 2017-10-02 2024-02-06 VMware LLC Identifying multiple nodes in a virtual network defined over a set of public clouds to connect to an external SaaS provider
US11902086B2 (en) 2017-11-09 2024-02-13 Nicira, Inc. Method and system of a dynamic high-availability mode based on current wide area network connectivity
US11909815B2 (en) 2022-06-06 2024-02-20 VMware LLC Routing based on geolocation costs
US11914869B2 (en) 2019-01-25 2024-02-27 International Business Machines Corporation Methods and systems for encryption based on intelligent data classification
US11914477B2 (en) 2019-08-28 2024-02-27 Commvault Systems, Inc. Lightweight metadata handling for file indexing and live browse of backup copies
US11929903B2 (en) 2020-12-29 2024-03-12 VMware LLC Emulating packet flows to assess network links for SD-WAN
US11943146B2 (en) 2021-10-01 2024-03-26 VMware LLC Traffic prioritization in SD-WAN

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9461881B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2016-10-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Migration of existing computing systems to cloud computing sites or virtual machines
US9378035B2 (en) 2012-12-28 2016-06-28 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for repurposing virtual machines
US10264064B1 (en) * 2016-06-09 2019-04-16 Veritas Technologies Llc Systems and methods for performing data replication in distributed cluster environments
US10949308B2 (en) 2017-03-15 2021-03-16 Commvault Systems, Inc. Application aware backup of virtual machines
US10853195B2 (en) 2017-03-31 2020-12-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Granular restoration of virtual machine application data
CN109241004B (en) * 2018-09-26 2022-02-18 郑州云海信息技术有限公司 Metadata file size recovery method, system, device and readable storage medium
CN111625401B (en) * 2020-05-29 2023-03-21 浪潮电子信息产业股份有限公司 Data backup method and device based on cluster file system and readable storage medium

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20020069369A1 (en) * 2000-07-05 2002-06-06 Tremain Geoffrey Donald Method and apparatus for providing computer services
US20090228669A1 (en) * 2008-03-10 2009-09-10 Microsoft Corporation Storage Device Optimization Using File Characteristics
US20090300057A1 (en) * 2008-05-30 2009-12-03 Novell, Inc. System and method for efficiently building virtual appliances in a hosted environment
US7640406B1 (en) * 2006-10-03 2009-12-29 Emc Corporation Detecting and managing orphan files between primary and secondary data stores for content addressed storage
US20100011178A1 (en) * 2008-07-14 2010-01-14 Vizioncore, Inc. Systems and methods for performing backup operations of virtual machine files
US7685177B1 (en) * 2006-10-03 2010-03-23 Emc Corporation Detecting and managing orphan files between primary and secondary data stores
US20100306173A1 (en) * 2009-05-31 2010-12-02 Shahar Frank Handling temporary files of a virtual machine
US8037032B2 (en) * 2008-08-25 2011-10-11 Vmware, Inc. Managing backups using virtual machines
US8489676B1 (en) * 2010-06-30 2013-07-16 Symantec Corporation Technique for implementing seamless shortcuts in sharepoint
US20130232215A1 (en) * 2012-03-05 2013-09-05 Riverbed Technology, Inc. Virtualized data storage system architecture using prefetching agent

Family Cites Families (557)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4267568A (en) 1975-12-03 1981-05-12 System Development Corporation Information storage and retrieval system
US4084231A (en) 1975-12-18 1978-04-11 International Business Machines Corporation System for facilitating the copying back of data in disc and tape units of a memory hierarchial system
GB2035014B (en) 1978-11-06 1982-09-29 British Broadcasting Corp Cyclic redundancy data check encoding method and apparatus
US4417321A (en) 1981-05-18 1983-11-22 International Business Machines Corp. Qualifying and sorting file record data
US4641274A (en) 1982-12-03 1987-02-03 International Business Machines Corporation Method for communicating changes made to text form a text processor to a remote host
JPS59160899A (en) 1982-12-09 1984-09-11 セコイア・システムス・インコ−ポレ−テツド Memory backup system
US4686620A (en) 1984-07-26 1987-08-11 American Telephone And Telegraph Company, At&T Bell Laboratories Database backup method
GB8622010D0 (en) 1986-09-12 1986-10-22 Hewlett Packard Ltd File backup facility
US5193154A (en) 1987-07-10 1993-03-09 Hitachi, Ltd. Buffered peripheral system and method for backing up and retrieving data to and from backup memory device
US5005122A (en) 1987-09-08 1991-04-02 Digital Equipment Corporation Arrangement with cooperating management server node and network service node
JPH0743676B2 (en) 1988-03-11 1995-05-15 株式会社日立製作所 Back-up data dump control method and device
US4912637A (en) 1988-04-26 1990-03-27 Tandem Computers Incorporated Version management tool
US4995035A (en) 1988-10-31 1991-02-19 International Business Machines Corporation Centralized management in a computer network
US5093912A (en) 1989-06-26 1992-03-03 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamic resource pool expansion and contraction in multiprocessing environments
EP0405926B1 (en) 1989-06-30 1996-12-04 Digital Equipment Corporation Method and apparatus for managing a shadow set of storage media
US5454099A (en) 1989-07-25 1995-09-26 International Business Machines Corporation CPU implemented method for backing up modified data sets in non-volatile store for recovery in the event of CPU failure
US5133065A (en) 1989-07-27 1992-07-21 Personal Computer Peripherals Corporation Backup computer program for networks
US5321816A (en) 1989-10-10 1994-06-14 Unisys Corporation Local-remote apparatus with specialized image storage modules
US5504873A (en) 1989-11-01 1996-04-02 E-Systems, Inc. Mass data storage and retrieval system
US5276860A (en) 1989-12-19 1994-01-04 Epoch Systems, Inc. Digital data processor with improved backup storage
US5276867A (en) 1989-12-19 1994-01-04 Epoch Systems, Inc. Digital data storage system with improved data migration
JPH0410041A (en) 1990-04-27 1992-01-14 Toshiba Corp Data saving system
GB2246218B (en) 1990-07-18 1994-02-09 Stc Plc Distributed data processing systems
US5239647A (en) 1990-09-07 1993-08-24 International Business Machines Corporation Data storage hierarchy with shared storage level
US5544347A (en) 1990-09-24 1996-08-06 Emc Corporation Data storage system controlled remote data mirroring with respectively maintained data indices
US5301286A (en) 1991-01-02 1994-04-05 At&T Bell Laboratories Memory archiving indexing arrangement
US5212772A (en) 1991-02-11 1993-05-18 Gigatrend Incorporated System for storing data in backup tape device
US5287500A (en) 1991-06-03 1994-02-15 Digital Equipment Corporation System for allocating storage spaces based upon required and optional service attributes having assigned piorities
US5333315A (en) 1991-06-27 1994-07-26 Digital Equipment Corporation System of device independent file directories using a tag between the directories and file descriptors that migrate with the files
US5347653A (en) 1991-06-28 1994-09-13 Digital Equipment Corporation System for reconstructing prior versions of indexes using records indicating changes between successive versions of the indexes
US5410700A (en) 1991-09-04 1995-04-25 International Business Machines Corporation Computer system which supports asynchronous commitment of data
EP0541281B1 (en) 1991-11-04 1998-04-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Incremental-computer-file backup using signatures
US5241668A (en) 1992-04-20 1993-08-31 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for automated termination and resumption in a time zero backup copy process
US5263154A (en) 1992-04-20 1993-11-16 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for incremental time zero backup copying of data
US5241670A (en) 1992-04-20 1993-08-31 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for automated backup copy ordering in a time zero backup copy session
JP2551312B2 (en) 1992-12-28 1996-11-06 日本電気株式会社 Job step parallel execution method
JP3130536B2 (en) 1993-01-21 2001-01-31 アップル コンピューター インコーポレーテッド Apparatus and method for transferring and storing data from multiple networked computer storage devices
WO1994018634A1 (en) 1993-02-01 1994-08-18 Lsc, Inc. Archiving file system for data servers in a distributed network environment
US5664204A (en) 1993-03-22 1997-09-02 Lichen Wang Apparatus and method for supplying power and wake-up signal using host port's signal lines of opposite polarities
JPH0721135A (en) 1993-07-02 1995-01-24 Fujitsu Ltd Data processing system with duplex monitor function
US5642496A (en) 1993-09-23 1997-06-24 Kanfi; Arnon Method of making a backup copy of a memory over a plurality of copying sessions
US5544345A (en) 1993-11-08 1996-08-06 International Business Machines Corporation Coherence controls for store-multiple shared data coordinated by cache directory entries in a shared electronic storage
EP0728333A1 (en) 1993-11-09 1996-08-28 Arcada Software Data backup and restore system for a computer network
US5495607A (en) 1993-11-15 1996-02-27 Conner Peripherals, Inc. Network management system having virtual catalog overview of files distributively stored across network domain
US5873103A (en) * 1994-02-25 1999-02-16 Kodak Limited Data storage management for network interconnected processors using transferrable placeholders
US5491810A (en) 1994-03-01 1996-02-13 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for automated data storage system space allocation utilizing prioritized data set parameters
US5673381A (en) 1994-05-27 1997-09-30 Cheyenne Software International Sales Corp. System and parallel streaming and data stripping to back-up a network
US5638509A (en) 1994-06-10 1997-06-10 Exabyte Corporation Data storage and protection system
US5574906A (en) 1994-10-24 1996-11-12 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for reducing storage requirement in backup subsystems utilizing segmented compression and differencing
US5559957A (en) 1995-05-31 1996-09-24 Lucent Technologies Inc. File system for a data storage device having a power fail recovery mechanism for write/replace operations
US5699361A (en) 1995-07-18 1997-12-16 Industrial Technology Research Institute Multimedia channel formulation mechanism
US5813009A (en) 1995-07-28 1998-09-22 Univirtual Corp. Computer based records management system method
US5619644A (en) 1995-09-18 1997-04-08 International Business Machines Corporation Software directed microcode state save for distributed storage controller
US5819020A (en) 1995-10-16 1998-10-06 Network Specialists, Inc. Real time backup system
US5778395A (en) 1995-10-23 1998-07-07 Stac, Inc. System for backing up files from disk volumes on multiple nodes of a computer network
US5729743A (en) 1995-11-17 1998-03-17 Deltatech Research, Inc. Computer apparatus and method for merging system deltas
US5761677A (en) 1996-01-03 1998-06-02 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Computer system method and apparatus providing for various versions of a file without requiring data copy or log operations
KR970076238A (en) 1996-05-23 1997-12-12 포만 제프리 엘 Servers, methods and program products thereof for creating and managing multiple copies of client data files
US5901327A (en) 1996-05-28 1999-05-04 Emc Corporation Bundling of write data from channel commands in a command chain for transmission over a data link between data storage systems for remote data mirroring
US5812398A (en) 1996-06-10 1998-09-22 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Method and system for escrowed backup of hotelled world wide web sites
US6006227A (en) 1996-06-28 1999-12-21 Yale University Document stream operating system
US5835906A (en) 1996-07-01 1998-11-10 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Methods and apparatus for sharing stored data objects in a computer system
US5758359A (en) 1996-10-24 1998-05-26 Digital Equipment Corporation Method and apparatus for performing retroactive backups in a computer system
US5875478A (en) 1996-12-03 1999-02-23 Emc Corporation Computer backup using a file system, network, disk, tape and remote archiving repository media system
US6131095A (en) 1996-12-11 2000-10-10 Hewlett-Packard Company Method of accessing a target entity over a communications network
WO1998033113A1 (en) 1997-01-23 1998-07-30 Overland Data, Inc. Virtual media library
US6658526B2 (en) 1997-03-12 2003-12-02 Storage Technology Corporation Network attached virtual data storage subsystem
US5924102A (en) 1997-05-07 1999-07-13 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for managing critical files
US6094416A (en) 1997-05-09 2000-07-25 I/O Control Corporation Multi-tier architecture for control network
US5887134A (en) 1997-06-30 1999-03-23 Sun Microsystems System and method for preserving message order while employing both programmed I/O and DMA operations
EP0899662A1 (en) 1997-08-29 1999-03-03 Hewlett-Packard Company Backup and restore system for a computer network
DE69802294T2 (en) 1997-08-29 2002-05-16 Hewlett Packard Co SYSTEMS FOR DATA BACKUP AND RECOVERY
US5950205A (en) 1997-09-25 1999-09-07 Cisco Technology, Inc. Data transmission over the internet using a cache memory file system
US6275953B1 (en) 1997-09-26 2001-08-14 Emc Corporation Recovery from failure of a data processor in a network server
US6052735A (en) 1997-10-24 2000-04-18 Microsoft Corporation Electronic mail object synchronization between a desktop computer and mobile device
US6021415A (en) 1997-10-29 2000-02-01 International Business Machines Corporation Storage management system with file aggregation and space reclamation within aggregated files
US6418478B1 (en) 1997-10-30 2002-07-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Pipelined high speed data transfer mechanism
US6101585A (en) 1997-11-04 2000-08-08 Adaptec, Inc. Mechanism for incremental backup of on-line files
JPH11143754A (en) 1997-11-05 1999-05-28 Hitachi Ltd Version information and constitution information display method and device therefor, and computer readable recording medium for recording version information and constitution information display program
US6131190A (en) 1997-12-18 2000-10-10 Sidwell; Leland P. System for modifying JCL parameters to optimize data storage allocations
US6076148A (en) 1997-12-26 2000-06-13 Emc Corporation Mass storage subsystem and backup arrangement for digital data processing system which permits information to be backed up while host computer(s) continue(s) operating in connection with information stored on mass storage subsystem
US6154787A (en) 1998-01-21 2000-11-28 Unisys Corporation Grouping shared resources into one or more pools and automatically re-assigning shared resources from where they are not currently needed to where they are needed
US6260069B1 (en) 1998-02-10 2001-07-10 International Business Machines Corporation Direct data retrieval in a distributed computing system
EP0945800B1 (en) 1998-03-02 2003-07-16 Hewlett-Packard Company, A Delaware Corporation Data backup system
US6026414A (en) 1998-03-05 2000-02-15 International Business Machines Corporation System including a proxy client to backup files in a distributed computing environment
US6161111A (en) 1998-03-31 2000-12-12 Emc Corporation System and method for performing file-handling operations in a digital data processing system using an operating system-independent file map
US6167402A (en) 1998-04-27 2000-12-26 Sun Microsystems, Inc. High performance message store
US6397242B1 (en) 1998-05-15 2002-05-28 Vmware, Inc. Virtualization system including a virtual machine monitor for a computer with a segmented architecture
US6421711B1 (en) 1998-06-29 2002-07-16 Emc Corporation Virtual ports for data transferring of a data storage system
US6269431B1 (en) 1998-08-13 2001-07-31 Emc Corporation Virtual storage and block level direct access of secondary storage for recovery of backup data
GB2341249A (en) 1998-08-17 2000-03-08 Connected Place Limited A method of generating a difference file defining differences between an updated file and a base file
US6487561B1 (en) 1998-12-31 2002-11-26 Emc Corporation Apparatus and methods for copying, backing up, and restoring data using a backup segment size larger than the storage block size
US6212512B1 (en) 1999-01-06 2001-04-03 Hewlett-Packard Company Integration of a database into file management software for protecting, tracking and retrieving data
US7428212B2 (en) 1999-01-15 2008-09-23 Cisco Technology, Inc. Best effort technique for virtual path restoration
US6324581B1 (en) 1999-03-03 2001-11-27 Emc Corporation File server system using file system storage, data movers, and an exchange of meta data among data movers for file locking and direct access to shared file systems
US6389432B1 (en) 1999-04-05 2002-05-14 Auspex Systems, Inc. Intelligent virtual volume access
US6519679B2 (en) 1999-06-11 2003-02-11 Dell Usa, L.P. Policy based storage configuration
US7035880B1 (en) 1999-07-14 2006-04-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Modular backup and retrieval system used in conjunction with a storage area network
US7395282B1 (en) 1999-07-15 2008-07-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Hierarchical backup and retrieval system
US6538669B1 (en) 1999-07-15 2003-03-25 Dell Products L.P. Graphical user interface for configuration of a storage system
US7389311B1 (en) 1999-07-15 2008-06-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Modular backup and retrieval system
US6820214B1 (en) 1999-07-26 2004-11-16 Microsoft Corporation Automated system recovery via backup and restoration of system state
US6343324B1 (en) 1999-09-13 2002-01-29 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for controlling access share storage devices in a network environment by configuring host-to-volume mapping data structures in the controller memory for granting and denying access to the devices
US6564228B1 (en) 2000-01-14 2003-05-13 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Method of enabling heterogeneous platforms to utilize a universal file system in a storage area network
US6721767B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2004-04-13 Commvault Systems, Inc. Application specific rollback in a computer system
US6760723B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2004-07-06 Commvault Systems Inc. Storage management across multiple time zones
US7003641B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2006-02-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Logical view with granular access to exchange data managed by a modular data and storage management system
US6542972B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2003-04-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Logical view and access to physical storage in modular data and storage management system
US6658436B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2003-12-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. Logical view and access to data managed by a modular data and storage management system
US6581076B1 (en) 2000-03-29 2003-06-17 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for efficient file archiving and dearchiving in a DMD system
US6356801B1 (en) 2000-05-19 2002-03-12 International Business Machines Corporation High availability work queuing in an automated data storage library
US6330642B1 (en) 2000-06-29 2001-12-11 Bull Hn Informatin Systems Inc. Three interconnected raid disk controller data processing system architecture
US7822967B2 (en) 2000-09-27 2010-10-26 Huron Ip Llc Apparatus, architecture, and method for integrated modular server system providing dynamically power-managed and work-load managed network devices
JP2002215597A (en) 2001-01-15 2002-08-02 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Multiprocessor device
US7076270B2 (en) 2001-02-28 2006-07-11 Dell Products L.P. Docking station for wireless communication device
US7756835B2 (en) 2001-03-23 2010-07-13 Bea Systems, Inc. Database and operating system independent copying/archiving of a web base application
WO2002093958A1 (en) 2001-05-14 2002-11-21 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson Method for protecting against overload in a mobile communication network
US20020194511A1 (en) 2001-06-18 2002-12-19 Swoboda Gary L. Apparatus and method for central processing unit power measurement in a digital signal processor
US6721851B2 (en) 2001-08-07 2004-04-13 Veritas Operating Corporation System and method for preventing sector slipping in a storage area network
JP2005505039A (en) 2001-09-28 2005-02-17 コムヴォールト・システムズ・インコーポレーテッド Apparatus and method for archiving objects in an information storage device
CN100461156C (en) 2001-11-09 2009-02-11 无锡永中科技有限公司 Integrated data processing system
US7751628B1 (en) 2001-12-26 2010-07-06 Reisman Richard R Method and apparatus for progressively deleting media objects from storage
US6990603B2 (en) 2002-01-02 2006-01-24 Exanet Inc. Method and apparatus for securing volatile data in power failure in systems having redundancy
US7577722B1 (en) 2002-04-05 2009-08-18 Vmware, Inc. Provisioning of computer systems using virtual machines
JP2003316522A (en) 2002-04-26 2003-11-07 Hitachi Ltd Computer system and method for controlling the same system
US7107385B2 (en) 2002-08-09 2006-09-12 Network Appliance, Inc. Storage virtualization by layering virtual disk objects on a file system
US7873700B2 (en) 2002-08-09 2011-01-18 Netapp, Inc. Multi-protocol storage appliance that provides integrated support for file and block access protocols
AU2003270482A1 (en) 2002-09-09 2004-03-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Dynamic storage device pooling in a computer system
US7162496B2 (en) 2002-09-16 2007-01-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for blind media support
US8370542B2 (en) 2002-09-16 2013-02-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Combined stream auxiliary copy system and method
US7937421B2 (en) 2002-11-14 2011-05-03 Emc Corporation Systems and methods for restriping files in a distributed file system
WO2004047078A2 (en) 2002-11-20 2004-06-03 Filesx Ltd. Fast backup storage and fast recovery of data (fbsrd)
US7219162B2 (en) 2002-12-02 2007-05-15 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for accessing content of a web page
US7484208B1 (en) 2002-12-12 2009-01-27 Michael Nelson Virtual machine migration
JP2004302751A (en) 2003-03-31 2004-10-28 Hitachi Ltd Method for managing performance of computer system and computer system managing performance of storage device
US7246207B2 (en) 2003-04-03 2007-07-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for dynamically performing storage operations in a computer network
WO2004090675A2 (en) 2003-04-03 2004-10-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for performing storage operations through a firewall
US8209680B1 (en) 2003-04-11 2012-06-26 Vmware, Inc. System and method for disk imaging on diverse computers
US7181439B1 (en) 2003-04-25 2007-02-20 Network Appliance, Inc. System and method for transparently accessing a virtual disk using a file-based protocol
US20040230899A1 (en) 2003-05-13 2004-11-18 Pagnano Marco Aurelio De Oliveira Arrangements, storage mediums and methods for associating an extensible stylesheet language device description file with a non- proprietary language device description file
US7454569B2 (en) 2003-06-25 2008-11-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Hierarchical system and method for performing storage operations in a computer network
JP4404246B2 (en) 2003-09-12 2010-01-27 株式会社日立製作所 Backup system and method based on data characteristics
US7177967B2 (en) 2003-09-30 2007-02-13 Intel Corporation Chipset support for managing hardware interrupts in a virtual machine system
CA2544064C (en) 2003-11-13 2012-02-07 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for performing integrated storage operations
WO2005048085A2 (en) 2003-11-13 2005-05-26 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for performing an image level snapshot and for restoring partial volume data
WO2005050381A2 (en) 2003-11-13 2005-06-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for performing storage operations using network attached storage
WO2005065084A2 (en) 2003-11-13 2005-07-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for providing encryption in pipelined storage operations in a storage network
US7440982B2 (en) 2003-11-13 2008-10-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for stored data archive verification
US20050149940A1 (en) 2003-12-31 2005-07-07 Sychron Inc. System Providing Methodology for Policy-Based Resource Allocation
US20050198303A1 (en) 2004-01-02 2005-09-08 Robert Knauerhase Dynamic virtual machine service provider allocation
US7386744B2 (en) 2004-03-15 2008-06-10 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Rack equipment power pricing plan control system and method
US7424482B2 (en) 2004-04-26 2008-09-09 Storwize Inc. Method and system for compression of data for block mode access storage
US8266406B2 (en) 2004-04-30 2012-09-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for allocation of organizational resources
US7343356B2 (en) 2004-04-30 2008-03-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for storage modeling and costing
US7502820B2 (en) 2004-05-03 2009-03-10 Microsoft Corporation System and method for optimized property retrieval of stored objects
US8108429B2 (en) 2004-05-07 2012-01-31 Quest Software, Inc. System for moving real-time data events across a plurality of devices in a network for simultaneous data protection, replication, and access services
US8055745B2 (en) 2004-06-01 2011-11-08 Inmage Systems, Inc. Methods and apparatus for accessing data from a primary data storage system for secondary storage
US8949395B2 (en) 2004-06-01 2015-02-03 Inmage Systems, Inc. Systems and methods of event driven recovery management
US7330861B2 (en) 2004-09-10 2008-02-12 Hitachi, Ltd. Remote copying system and method of controlling remote copying
US20060058994A1 (en) 2004-09-16 2006-03-16 Nec Laboratories America, Inc. Power estimation through power emulation
WO2006052872A2 (en) 2004-11-05 2006-05-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method to support single instance storage operations
US7490207B2 (en) 2004-11-08 2009-02-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for performing auxillary storage operations
US7536525B2 (en) 2004-11-09 2009-05-19 Dell Products L.P. Virtual machine hot cloning including freezing and unfreezing memory in a distributed network
US8140786B2 (en) 2006-12-04 2012-03-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for creating copies of data, such as archive copies
US8775823B2 (en) 2006-12-29 2014-07-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for encrypting secondary copies of data
US8959299B2 (en) 2004-11-15 2015-02-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Using a snapshot as a data source
US7778984B2 (en) 2004-11-19 2010-08-17 Microsoft Corporation System and method for a distributed object store
CA2489619A1 (en) 2004-12-07 2006-06-07 Ibm Canada Limited - Ibm Canada Limitee Method system and program product for managing a file system that includes an archive
US7721138B1 (en) 2004-12-28 2010-05-18 Acronis Inc. System and method for on-the-fly migration of server from backup
US7475282B2 (en) 2004-12-28 2009-01-06 Acronis Inc. System and method for rapid restoration of server from back up
US20060184935A1 (en) 2005-02-11 2006-08-17 Timothy Abels System and method using virtual machines for decoupling software from users and services
US7861234B1 (en) 2005-02-23 2010-12-28 Oracle America, Inc. System and method for binary translation to improve parameter passing
US7730486B2 (en) 2005-02-28 2010-06-01 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. System and method for migrating virtual machines on cluster systems
US7899788B2 (en) 2005-04-01 2011-03-01 Microsoft Corporation Using a data protection server to backup and restore data on virtual servers
US20060230136A1 (en) 2005-04-12 2006-10-12 Kenneth Ma Intelligent auto-archiving
US7725893B2 (en) 2005-04-28 2010-05-25 Sap Aktiengesellschaft Platform independent replication
US8112605B2 (en) 2005-05-02 2012-02-07 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for allocation of organizational resources
US7827560B2 (en) 2005-05-11 2010-11-02 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft System and method for time controlled program execution
AU2006262045B2 (en) 2005-06-24 2011-11-03 Catalogic Software, Inc. System and method for high performance enterprise data protection
US20070027999A1 (en) 2005-07-29 2007-02-01 Allen James P Method for coordinated error tracking and reporting in distributed storage systems
US8799431B2 (en) 2005-08-15 2014-08-05 Toutvirtual Inc. Virtual systems management
US7716171B2 (en) 2005-08-18 2010-05-11 Emc Corporation Snapshot indexing
US8364638B2 (en) 2005-09-15 2013-01-29 Ca, Inc. Automated filer technique for use in virtualized appliances and applications
US7831789B1 (en) 2005-10-06 2010-11-09 Acronis Inc. Method and system for fast incremental backup using comparison of descriptors
US8069271B2 (en) 2005-10-12 2011-11-29 Storage Appliance Corporation Systems and methods for converting a media player into a backup device
CN101346883A (en) 2005-10-26 2009-01-14 斯多维兹有限公司 Method and system for compression of data for block mode access storage
US7877517B2 (en) 2005-11-09 2011-01-25 International Business Machines Corporation Determining whether to compress data transmitted over a network
US8271548B2 (en) 2005-11-28 2012-09-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for using metadata to enhance storage operations
US7651593B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2010-01-26 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for performing data replication
US7617262B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2009-11-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for monitoring application data in a data replication system
EP1974296B8 (en) 2005-12-19 2016-09-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for performing data replication
US7543125B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2009-06-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for performing time-flexible calendric storage operations
US7606844B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2009-10-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for performing replication copy storage operations
US7636743B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2009-12-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. Pathname translation in a data replication system
US7617253B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2009-11-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. Destination systems and methods for performing data replication
US7620710B2 (en) 2005-12-19 2009-11-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for performing multi-path storage operations
WO2007077600A1 (en) 2005-12-28 2007-07-12 Fujitsu Limited Administration program, administration method and administration apparatus
US7552279B1 (en) 2006-01-03 2009-06-23 Emc Corporation System and method for multiple virtual computing environments in data storage environment
US7966513B2 (en) 2006-02-03 2011-06-21 Emc Corporation Automatic classification of backup clients
US20070208918A1 (en) 2006-03-01 2007-09-06 Kenneth Harbin Method and apparatus for providing virtual machine backup
US8001342B2 (en) 2006-03-29 2011-08-16 International Business Machines Corporation Method for storing and restoring persistent memory content and virtual machine state information
US9547485B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2017-01-17 Prowess Consulting, Llc System and method for deploying a virtual machine
US7823145B1 (en) 2006-03-31 2010-10-26 Vmware, Inc. Updating software on dormant disks
US9397944B1 (en) 2006-03-31 2016-07-19 Teradici Corporation Apparatus and method for dynamic communication scheduling of virtualized device traffic based on changing available bandwidth
US7653794B2 (en) 2006-05-08 2010-01-26 Microsoft Corporation Converting physical machines to virtual machines
US7546432B2 (en) 2006-05-09 2009-06-09 Emc Corporation Pass-through write policies of files in distributed storage management
WO2007136021A1 (en) 2006-05-24 2007-11-29 Nec Corporation Virtual machine management device, method for managing virtual machine and program
US8190571B2 (en) 2006-06-07 2012-05-29 Microsoft Corporation Managing data with backup server indexing
US9392078B2 (en) 2006-06-23 2016-07-12 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Remote network access via virtual machine
JP4921054B2 (en) 2006-07-07 2012-04-18 株式会社日立製作所 Load balancing control system and load balancing control method
US7434096B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2008-10-07 Chicago Mercantile Exchange Match server for a financial exchange having fault tolerant operation
US8041985B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2011-10-18 Chicago Mercantile Exchange, Inc. Match server for a financial exchange having fault tolerant operation
US8121977B2 (en) 2006-08-30 2012-02-21 Iwmage Systems, Inc. Ensuring data persistence and consistency in enterprise storage backup systems
JP4236677B2 (en) 2006-09-20 2009-03-11 株式会社日立製作所 Recovery method using CDP
US7599971B1 (en) * 2006-10-03 2009-10-06 Emc Corporation Detecting and managing missing parents between primary and secondary data stores for content addressed storage
US8234641B2 (en) 2006-10-17 2012-07-31 Managelq, Inc. Compliance-based adaptations in managed virtual systems
US8655914B2 (en) 2006-10-17 2014-02-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for storage operation access security
CN101529419B (en) 2006-10-17 2013-05-01 慷孚系统公司 Method and system for offline indexing of content and classifying stored data
US7882077B2 (en) 2006-10-17 2011-02-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Method and system for offline indexing of content and classifying stored data
US8185893B2 (en) 2006-10-27 2012-05-22 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Starting up at least one virtual machine in a physical machine by a load balancer
US9354927B2 (en) 2006-12-21 2016-05-31 Vmware, Inc. Securing virtual machine data
US20080228771A1 (en) 2006-12-22 2008-09-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Method and system for searching stored data
US7840537B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2010-11-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. System and method for storing redundant information
US7734669B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2010-06-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Managing copies of data
WO2008085205A2 (en) 2006-12-29 2008-07-17 Prodea Systems, Inc. System and method for providing network support services and premises gateway support infrastructure
JP4295326B2 (en) 2007-01-10 2009-07-15 株式会社日立製作所 Computer system
US20080189700A1 (en) 2007-02-02 2008-08-07 Vmware, Inc. Admission Control for Virtual Machine Cluster
US7925850B1 (en) 2007-02-16 2011-04-12 Vmware, Inc. Page signature disambiguation for increasing the efficiency of virtual machine migration in shared-page virtualized computer systems
US7711712B2 (en) 2007-03-12 2010-05-04 Hitachi, Ltd. System and method for managing consistency among volumes based on application information
US8397038B2 (en) 2007-03-22 2013-03-12 Vmware, Inc. Initializing file data blocks
US7941470B2 (en) 2007-03-29 2011-05-10 Vmware, Inc. Synchronization and customization of a clone computer
US8281301B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2012-10-02 Hitachi, Ltd. Method and apparatus for controlling storage provisioning
US20080250407A1 (en) 2007-04-05 2008-10-09 Microsoft Corporation Network group name for virtual machines
US7793307B2 (en) 2007-04-06 2010-09-07 Network Appliance, Inc. Apparatus and method for providing virtualized hardware resources within a virtual execution environment
US8479194B2 (en) 2007-04-25 2013-07-02 Microsoft Corporation Virtual machine migration
US7805631B2 (en) 2007-05-03 2010-09-28 Microsoft Corporation Bare metal recovery from backup media to virtual machine
US8752055B2 (en) 2007-05-10 2014-06-10 International Business Machines Corporation Method of managing resources within a set of processes
US9354960B2 (en) 2010-12-27 2016-05-31 Red Hat, Inc. Assigning virtual machines to business application service groups based on ranking of the virtual machines
US9880906B2 (en) 2007-06-27 2018-01-30 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development Lp Drive resources in storage library behind virtual library
US8635429B1 (en) 2007-06-29 2014-01-21 Symantec Corporation Method and apparatus for mapping virtual drives
US8554734B1 (en) 2007-07-19 2013-10-08 American Megatrends, Inc. Continuous data protection journaling in data storage systems
US8239646B2 (en) 2007-07-31 2012-08-07 Vmware, Inc. Online virtual machine disk migration
US8707070B2 (en) 2007-08-28 2014-04-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. Power management of data processing resources, such as power adaptive management of data storage operations
WO2009032711A1 (en) 2007-08-29 2009-03-12 Nirvanix, Inc. Policy-based file management for a storage delivery network
US8191063B2 (en) 2007-09-30 2012-05-29 Symantex Corporation Method for migrating a plurality of virtual machines by associating files and state information with a single logical container
US8396838B2 (en) 2007-10-17 2013-03-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Legal compliance, electronic discovery and electronic document handling of online and offline copies of data
US8407518B2 (en) 2007-10-26 2013-03-26 Vmware, Inc. Using virtual machine cloning to create a backup virtual machine in a fault tolerant system
US9473598B2 (en) 2007-12-18 2016-10-18 International Business Machines Corporation Network connection failover during application service interruption
US20110040812A1 (en) 2007-12-20 2011-02-17 Virtual Computer, Inc. Layered Virtual File System
US20090210427A1 (en) 2008-02-15 2009-08-20 Chris Eidler Secure Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Platform for Multiple Protected Systems
US7882069B2 (en) * 2008-02-19 2011-02-01 Oracle International Corp. Tag based backup and recovery
US8458419B2 (en) 2008-02-27 2013-06-04 International Business Machines Corporation Method for application backup in the VMware consolidated backup framework
US8291180B2 (en) 2008-03-20 2012-10-16 Vmware, Inc. Loose synchronization of virtual disks
US7953945B2 (en) 2008-03-27 2011-05-31 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for providing a backup/restore interface for third party HSM clients
US8438347B1 (en) 2008-03-27 2013-05-07 Symantec Corporation Techniques for proactive synchronization of backups on replication targets
WO2009133669A1 (en) 2008-04-28 2009-11-05 パナソニック株式会社 Virtual computer control device, virtual computer control method, and virtual computer control program
US8200638B1 (en) 2008-04-30 2012-06-12 Netapp, Inc. Individual file restore from block-level incremental backups by using client-server backup protocol
US10127059B2 (en) 2008-05-02 2018-11-13 Skytap Multitenant hosted virtual machine infrastructure
US8266099B2 (en) 2008-05-29 2012-09-11 Vmware, Inc. Offloading storage operations to storage hardware using a third party server
US8959509B1 (en) 2008-06-02 2015-02-17 Symantec Corporation Techniques for virtual machine backup scheduling
US8121966B2 (en) 2008-06-05 2012-02-21 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for automated integrated server-network-storage disaster recovery planning
US8230256B1 (en) 2008-06-06 2012-07-24 Symantec Corporation Method and apparatus for achieving high availability for an application in a computer cluster
US8577845B2 (en) 2008-06-13 2013-11-05 Symantec Operating Corporation Remote, granular restore from full virtual machine backup
US8015146B2 (en) 2008-06-16 2011-09-06 Hitachi, Ltd. Methods and systems for assisting information processing by using storage system
US8769048B2 (en) 2008-06-18 2014-07-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data protection scheduling, such as providing a flexible backup window in a data protection system
US20090319247A1 (en) 2008-06-18 2009-12-24 Eads Na Defense Security And Systems Solutions Inc Systems and Methods for A Simulated Network Environment and Operation Thereof
US9548108B2 (en) 2008-06-18 2017-01-17 Super Talent Technology, Corp. Virtual memory device (VMD) application/driver for enhanced flash endurance
US8219524B2 (en) 2008-06-24 2012-07-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. Application-aware and remote single instance data management
US8484162B2 (en) 2008-06-24 2013-07-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. De-duplication systems and methods for application-specific data
US9098495B2 (en) 2008-06-24 2015-08-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Application-aware and remote single instance data management
US7756964B2 (en) 2008-06-26 2010-07-13 Oracle America, Inc. Modular integrated computing and storage
US8229896B1 (en) 2008-06-30 2012-07-24 Symantec Corporation Method and apparatus for identifying data blocks required for restoration
US8037016B2 (en) 2008-07-09 2011-10-11 Dell Products L.P. Adaptive storage system transcoder
US8135930B1 (en) 2008-07-14 2012-03-13 Vizioncore, Inc. Replication systems and methods for a virtual computing environment
US8060476B1 (en) 2008-07-14 2011-11-15 Quest Software, Inc. Backup systems and methods for a virtual computing environment
US7913047B2 (en) 2008-08-01 2011-03-22 Disney Enterprises, Inc. Method and system for optimizing data backup
US7917617B1 (en) 2008-08-14 2011-03-29 Netapp, Inc. Mitigating rebaselining of a virtual machine (VM)
US8615489B2 (en) 2008-08-25 2013-12-24 Vmware, Inc. Storing block-level tracking information in the file system on the same block device
US8495316B2 (en) 2008-08-25 2013-07-23 Symantec Operating Corporation Efficient management of archival images of virtual machines having incremental snapshots
US8117410B2 (en) 2008-08-25 2012-02-14 Vmware, Inc. Tracking block-level changes using snapshots
US8307177B2 (en) 2008-09-05 2012-11-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for management of virtualization data
US8307187B2 (en) 2008-09-12 2012-11-06 Vmware, Inc. VDI Storage overcommit and rebalancing
US9280335B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2016-03-08 International Business Machines Corporation Semantically rich composable software image bundles
US20100070474A1 (en) 2008-09-12 2010-03-18 Lad Kamleshkumar K Transferring or migrating portions of data objects, such as block-level data migration or chunk-based data migration
US20100070466A1 (en) 2008-09-15 2010-03-18 Anand Prahlad Data transfer techniques within data storage devices, such as network attached storage performing data migration
US8468535B1 (en) 2008-09-23 2013-06-18 Gogrid, LLC Automated system and method to provision and allocate hosting resources
US8452731B2 (en) 2008-09-25 2013-05-28 Quest Software, Inc. Remote backup and restore
US9015181B2 (en) 2008-09-26 2015-04-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for managing single instancing data
US8200637B1 (en) 2008-09-30 2012-06-12 Symantec Operating Corporation Block-based sparse backup images of file system volumes
JP5346536B2 (en) 2008-10-02 2013-11-20 株式会社日立ソリューションズ Information backup / restore processing device and information backup / restore processing system
US8200771B2 (en) 2008-10-10 2012-06-12 International Business Machines Corporation Workload migration using on demand remote paging
US8499297B2 (en) 2008-10-28 2013-07-30 Vmware, Inc. Low overhead fault tolerance through hybrid checkpointing and replay
CN101414277B (en) 2008-11-06 2010-06-09 清华大学 Need-based increment recovery disaster-tolerable system and method based on virtual machine
US8386798B2 (en) 2008-12-23 2013-02-26 Unisys Corporation Block-level data storage using an outstanding write list
US8315992B1 (en) 2008-11-26 2012-11-20 Symantec Corporation Affinity based allocation for storage implementations employing deduplicated data stores
US9454368B2 (en) 2009-01-21 2016-09-27 Vmware, Inc. Data mover permitting data transfer without transferring data between application and operating system
US8243911B1 (en) 2009-01-23 2012-08-14 Sprint Communications Company L.P. Failover mechanism based on historical usage data
US8606911B2 (en) 2009-03-02 2013-12-10 Headwater Partners I Llc Flow tagging for service policy implementation
US8990801B2 (en) 2009-01-30 2015-03-24 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Server switch integration in a virtualized system
US8549364B2 (en) 2009-02-18 2013-10-01 Vmware, Inc. Failure detection and recovery of host computers in a cluster
US8443166B2 (en) 2009-03-06 2013-05-14 Vmware, Inc. Method for tracking changes in virtual disks
JP5066613B2 (en) 2009-03-06 2012-11-07 株式会社日立製作所 Security management apparatus and method, and program
US8387045B2 (en) 2009-03-12 2013-02-26 International Business Machines Corporation Cloning image creation using virtual machine environment
US8099391B1 (en) 2009-03-17 2012-01-17 Symantec Corporation Incremental and differential backups of virtual machine files
US8434131B2 (en) 2009-03-20 2013-04-30 Commvault Systems, Inc. Managing connections in a data storage system
US8191065B2 (en) 2009-04-06 2012-05-29 Red Hat Israel, Ltd. Managing virtual machine images
US8135748B2 (en) 2009-04-10 2012-03-13 PHD Virtual Technologies Virtual machine data replication
US8205050B2 (en) 2009-04-14 2012-06-19 Novell, Inc. Data backup for virtual machines
EP2425341B1 (en) 2009-05-01 2018-07-11 Citrix Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for establishing a cloud bridge between virtual storage resources
US8156301B1 (en) 2009-05-13 2012-04-10 Symantec Corporation Method and apparatus for synchronizing a physical machine with a virtual machine while the virtual machine is operational
JP5227887B2 (en) 2009-05-21 2013-07-03 株式会社日立製作所 Backup management method
US8578120B2 (en) 2009-05-22 2013-11-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Block-level single instancing
US8689211B2 (en) 2009-05-25 2014-04-01 International Business Machines Corporation Live migration of virtual machines in a computing environment
US20100306486A1 (en) 2009-05-29 2010-12-02 Sridhar Balasubramanian Policy-based application aware storage array snapshot backup and restore technique
US8943498B2 (en) * 2009-05-31 2015-01-27 Red Hat Israel, Ltd. Method and apparatus for swapping virtual machine memory
US20100332629A1 (en) 2009-06-04 2010-12-30 Lauren Ann Cotugno Secure custom application cloud computing architecture
US8135985B2 (en) 2009-06-17 2012-03-13 International Business Machines Corporation High availability support for virtual machines
US8955108B2 (en) 2009-06-17 2015-02-10 Microsoft Corporation Security virtual machine for advanced auditing
US8849955B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2014-09-30 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cloud storage and networking agents, including agents for utilizing multiple, different cloud storage sites
US9146755B2 (en) 2009-07-08 2015-09-29 Kaseya Limited System and method for transporting platform independent power configuration parameters
US8234469B2 (en) 2009-07-09 2012-07-31 Microsoft Corporation Backup of virtual machines using cloned virtual machines
US10120767B2 (en) 2009-07-15 2018-11-06 Idera, Inc. System, method, and computer program product for creating a virtual database
US8578374B2 (en) 2009-07-16 2013-11-05 Ca, Inc. System and method for managing virtual machines
US8613085B2 (en) 2009-07-22 2013-12-17 Broadcom Corporation Method and system for traffic management via virtual machine migration
US8566650B2 (en) 2009-08-04 2013-10-22 Red Hat Israel, Ltd. Virtual machine infrastructure with storage domain monitoring
US9239762B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2016-01-19 Symantec Corporation Method and apparatus for virtualizing file system placeholders at a computer
US8719767B2 (en) 2011-03-31 2014-05-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Utilizing snapshots to provide builds to developer computing devices
US8706867B2 (en) 2011-03-31 2014-04-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. Realtime streaming of multimedia content from secondary storage devices
US8769535B2 (en) 2009-09-24 2014-07-01 Avaya Inc. Providing virtual machine high-availability and fault tolerance via solid-state backup drives
US9311378B2 (en) 2009-10-09 2016-04-12 International Business Machines Corporation Data synchronization between a data management system and an external system
US8417907B2 (en) 2009-10-29 2013-04-09 Symantec Corporation Synchronizing snapshot volumes across hosts
US8578126B1 (en) 2009-10-29 2013-11-05 Netapp, Inc. Mapping of logical start addresses to physical start addresses in a system having misalignment between logical and physical data blocks
US8621460B2 (en) * 2009-11-02 2013-12-31 International Business Machines Corporation Endpoint-hosted hypervisor management
US9191425B2 (en) 2009-12-08 2015-11-17 Citrix Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for remotely presenting a multimedia stream
EP2519872A4 (en) 2009-12-31 2015-08-26 Commvault Systems Inc Systems and methods for performing data management operations using snapshots
US8473947B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2013-06-25 Vmware, Inc. Method for configuring a physical adapter with virtual function (VF) and physical function (PF) for controlling address translation between virtual disks and physical storage regions
US9477531B2 (en) 2010-01-27 2016-10-25 Vmware, Inc. Accessing virtual disk content of a virtual machine without running a virtual desktop
CN102141928A (en) 2010-01-29 2011-08-03 国际商业机器公司 Data processing method and system in virtual environment and deployment method of system
US8117492B1 (en) 2010-01-29 2012-02-14 Symantec Corporation Techniques for backup error management
US20110196840A1 (en) * 2010-02-08 2011-08-11 Yoram Barzilai System and method for incremental backup storage
US8397039B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2013-03-12 Symantec Corporation Storage systems and methods
US20110202728A1 (en) 2010-02-17 2011-08-18 Lsi Corporation Methods and apparatus for managing cache persistence in a storage system using multiple virtual machines
US8495317B2 (en) 2010-02-22 2013-07-23 Ca, Inc. System and method for improving performance of data container backups
US8458131B2 (en) 2010-02-26 2013-06-04 Microsoft Corporation Opportunistic asynchronous de-duplication in block level backups
US8478878B2 (en) 2010-03-11 2013-07-02 International Business Machines Corporation Placement of virtual machines based on server cost and network cost
US9710294B2 (en) 2010-03-17 2017-07-18 Zerto Ltd. Methods and apparatus for providing hypervisor level data services for server virtualization
US8560788B1 (en) 2010-03-29 2013-10-15 Emc Corporation Method of performing backups using multiple streams
US8352422B2 (en) 2010-03-30 2013-01-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data restore systems and methods in a replication environment
US20110252208A1 (en) 2010-04-12 2011-10-13 Microsoft Corporation Express-full backup of a cluster shared virtual machine
US8751857B2 (en) 2010-04-13 2014-06-10 Red Hat Israel, Ltd. Monitoring of highly available virtual machines
US9613064B1 (en) 2010-05-03 2017-04-04 Panzura, Inc. Facilitating the recovery of a virtual machine using a distributed filesystem
US8805967B2 (en) 2010-05-03 2014-08-12 Panzura, Inc. Providing disaster recovery for a distributed filesystem
US8219769B1 (en) 2010-05-04 2012-07-10 Symantec Corporation Discovering cluster resources to efficiently perform cluster backups and restores
US8453145B1 (en) 2010-05-06 2013-05-28 Quest Software, Inc. Systems and methods for instant provisioning of virtual machine files
US8667171B2 (en) 2010-05-28 2014-03-04 Microsoft Corporation Virtual data center allocation with bandwidth guarantees
US8954669B2 (en) 2010-07-07 2015-02-10 Nexenta System, Inc Method and system for heterogeneous data volume
US9135171B2 (en) 2010-07-13 2015-09-15 Vmware, Inc. Method for improving save and restore performance in virtual machine systems
US10162722B2 (en) 2010-07-15 2018-12-25 Veritas Technologies Llc Virtual machine aware replication method and system
US8566640B2 (en) 2010-07-19 2013-10-22 Veeam Software Ag Systems, methods, and computer program products for instant recovery of image level backups
TWI505189B (en) 2010-08-27 2015-10-21 Ibm A method computer program and system for automatic upgrade of virtual appliances
US20120072685A1 (en) 2010-09-16 2012-03-22 Hitachi, Ltd. Method and apparatus for backup of virtual machine data
US8799226B2 (en) 2010-09-28 2014-08-05 International Business Machines Corporation Prioritization of data items for backup in a computing environment
US9304867B2 (en) 2010-09-28 2016-04-05 Amazon Technologies, Inc. System and method for providing flexible storage and retrieval of snapshot archives
US9235474B1 (en) 2011-02-17 2016-01-12 Axcient, Inc. Systems and methods for maintaining a virtual failover volume of a target computing system
US8577851B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2013-11-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Content aligned block-based deduplication
US8578109B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2013-11-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for retaining and using data block signatures in data protection operations
WO2012045021A2 (en) 2010-09-30 2012-04-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficient data management improvements, such as docking limited-feature data management modules to a full-featured data management system
US9128626B2 (en) 2010-10-01 2015-09-08 Peter Chacko Distributed virtual storage cloud architecture and a method thereof
US8909767B2 (en) 2010-10-13 2014-12-09 Rackware, Inc. Cloud federation in a cloud computing environment
WO2012057942A1 (en) 2010-10-27 2012-05-03 High Cloud Security, Inc. System and method for secure storage of virtual machines
JP5606293B2 (en) 2010-11-22 2014-10-15 キヤノン株式会社 Data processing apparatus, access control method and program
US8910157B2 (en) 2010-11-23 2014-12-09 International Business Machines Corporation Optimization of virtual appliance deployment
US8688645B2 (en) 2010-11-30 2014-04-01 Netapp, Inc. Incremental restore of data between storage systems having dissimilar storage operating systems associated therewith
US8392378B2 (en) 2010-12-09 2013-03-05 International Business Machines Corporation Efficient backup and restore of virtual input/output server (VIOS) cluster
US9253100B2 (en) 2010-12-10 2016-02-02 Alcatel Lucent Asynchronous virtual machine replication
US9020900B2 (en) 2010-12-14 2015-04-28 Commvault Systems, Inc. Distributed deduplicated storage system
US8954446B2 (en) 2010-12-14 2015-02-10 Comm Vault Systems, Inc. Client-side repository in a networked deduplicated storage system
WO2012081059A1 (en) 2010-12-17 2012-06-21 Hitachi, Ltd. Failure recovery method for information processing service and virtual machine image generation apparatus
US9038066B2 (en) 2010-12-22 2015-05-19 Vmware, Inc. In-place snapshots of a virtual disk configured with sparse extent
US9020895B1 (en) 2010-12-27 2015-04-28 Netapp, Inc. Disaster recovery for virtual machines across primary and secondary sites
US8738883B2 (en) 2011-01-19 2014-05-27 Quantum Corporation Snapshot creation from block lists
US8832029B2 (en) 2011-02-16 2014-09-09 Microsoft Corporation Incremental virtual machine backup supporting migration
US8694764B2 (en) 2011-02-24 2014-04-08 Microsoft Corporation Multi-phase resume from hibernate
US9542215B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2017-01-10 V3 Systems, Inc. Migrating virtual machines from a source physical support environment to a target physical support environment using master image and user delta collections
JP5724477B2 (en) 2011-03-10 2015-05-27 富士通株式会社 Migration program, information processing apparatus, migration method, and information processing system
US8849762B2 (en) 2011-03-31 2014-09-30 Commvault Systems, Inc. Restoring computing environments, such as autorecovery of file systems at certain points in time
US8938643B1 (en) 2011-04-22 2015-01-20 Symantec Corporation Cloning using streaming restore
CN102761566B (en) 2011-04-26 2015-09-23 国际商业机器公司 The method and apparatus of migration virtual machine
US9519496B2 (en) 2011-04-26 2016-12-13 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Detecting and preventing virtual disk storage linkage faults
US8924967B2 (en) 2011-04-28 2014-12-30 Vmware, Inc. Maintaining high availability of a group of virtual machines using heartbeat messages
US9785523B2 (en) 2011-06-20 2017-10-10 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Managing replicated virtual storage at recovery sites
EP2674866A4 (en) 2011-06-23 2015-03-18 Hitachi Ltd Storage administration system and storage administration method
US8719631B2 (en) 2011-07-11 2014-05-06 Red Hat Israel, Ltd. Virtual machine (VM)-based disk rescue
US8689047B2 (en) 2011-07-22 2014-04-01 Microsoft Corporation Virtual disk replication using log files
US8671249B2 (en) 2011-07-22 2014-03-11 Fusion-Io, Inc. Apparatus, system, and method for managing storage capacity recovery
US8533715B2 (en) 2011-08-09 2013-09-10 International Business Machines Corporation Virtual machine management
US20130054533A1 (en) 2011-08-24 2013-02-28 Microsoft Corporation Verifying a data recovery component using a managed interface
US8677085B2 (en) 2011-08-29 2014-03-18 Vmware, Inc. Virtual machine snapshotting in object storage system
US20130074181A1 (en) 2011-09-19 2013-03-21 Cisco Technology, Inc. Auto Migration of Services Within a Virtual Data Center
US20130080841A1 (en) 2011-09-23 2013-03-28 Sungard Availability Services Recover to cloud: recovery point objective analysis tool
US9021459B1 (en) 2011-09-28 2015-04-28 Juniper Networks, Inc. High availability in-service software upgrade using virtual machine instances in dual control units of a network device
US8776043B1 (en) 2011-09-29 2014-07-08 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Service image notifications
US9461881B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2016-10-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Migration of existing computing systems to cloud computing sites or virtual machines
US9116633B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2015-08-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Information management of virtual machines having mapped storage devices
US9372827B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2016-06-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Migration of an existing computing system to new hardware
US9069587B2 (en) 2011-10-31 2015-06-30 Stec, Inc. System and method to cache hypervisor data
US20130117744A1 (en) 2011-11-03 2013-05-09 Ocz Technology Group, Inc. Methods and apparatus for providing hypervisor-level acceleration and virtualization services
US9804928B2 (en) 2011-11-14 2017-10-31 Panzura, Inc. Restoring an archived file in a distributed filesystem
WO2013072978A1 (en) 2011-11-18 2013-05-23 株式会社日立製作所 Computer, virtual machine deployment method, and program
US9280378B2 (en) 2011-11-30 2016-03-08 Red Hat, Inc. Adjustment during migration to a different virtualization environment
EP2788875A2 (en) 2011-12-05 2014-10-15 Persistent Telecom Solutions, Inc. Universal pluggable cloud disaster recovery system
US9292350B1 (en) 2011-12-15 2016-03-22 Symantec Corporation Management and provisioning of virtual machines
US8762992B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2014-06-24 Symantec Corporation Systems and methods for protecting virtual machines during physical-to-virtual conversions
US9223596B1 (en) 2011-12-29 2015-12-29 Google Inc. Virtual machine fast provisioning based on dynamic criterion
US9703647B2 (en) 2011-12-30 2017-07-11 Veritas Technologies Llc Automated policy management in a virtual machine environment
US8930542B2 (en) 2012-01-23 2015-01-06 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamically building a set of compute nodes to host the user's workload
US8844015B2 (en) 2012-01-31 2014-09-23 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Application-access authentication agent
US20130219069A1 (en) 2012-02-22 2013-08-22 Computer Associates Think, Inc. System and method for managing virtual hard disks in cloud environments
US9268590B2 (en) 2012-02-29 2016-02-23 Vmware, Inc. Provisioning a cluster of distributed computing platform based on placement strategy
US9047133B2 (en) 2012-03-02 2015-06-02 Vmware, Inc. Single, logical, multi-tier application blueprint used for deployment and management of multiple physical applications in a cloud environment
US9298715B2 (en) 2012-03-07 2016-03-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data storage system utilizing proxy device for storage operations
US9124633B1 (en) 2012-03-29 2015-09-01 Infoblox Inc. IP address and domain name automation of virtual infrastructure
US8719286B1 (en) 2012-03-30 2014-05-06 Emc Corporation System and method for block-based subtree virtual machine backup
US9110604B2 (en) 2012-09-28 2015-08-18 Emc Corporation System and method for full virtual machine backup using storage system functionality
US9916456B2 (en) 2012-04-06 2018-03-13 Security First Corp. Systems and methods for securing and restoring virtual machines
US8966318B1 (en) 2012-04-27 2015-02-24 Symantec Corporation Method to validate availability of applications within a backup image
US9311248B2 (en) 2012-05-07 2016-04-12 Raytheon Cyber Products, Llc Methods and apparatuses for monitoring activities of virtual machines
US9246996B1 (en) 2012-05-07 2016-01-26 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Data volume placement techniques
US8904081B1 (en) 2012-05-08 2014-12-02 Vmware, Inc. Composing a virtual disk using application delta disk images
WO2013171805A1 (en) 2012-05-18 2013-11-21 Hitachi, Ltd. Method for controlling backup and restoration, and storage system using the same
TWI610166B (en) 2012-06-04 2018-01-01 飛康國際網路科技股份有限公司 Automated disaster recovery and data migration system and method
US8977828B2 (en) 2012-06-21 2015-03-10 Ca, Inc. Data recovery using conversion of backup to virtual disk
US8954796B1 (en) 2012-06-26 2015-02-10 Emc International Company Recovery of a logical unit in a consistency group while replicating other logical units in the consistency group
US20140007097A1 (en) 2012-06-29 2014-01-02 Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. Dynamic resource allocation for virtual machines
US9230096B2 (en) 2012-07-02 2016-01-05 Symantec Corporation System and method for data loss prevention in a virtualized environment
US9612966B2 (en) 2012-07-03 2017-04-04 Sandisk Technologies Llc Systems, methods and apparatus for a virtual machine cache
US8850146B1 (en) 2012-07-27 2014-09-30 Symantec Corporation Backup of a virtual machine configured to perform I/O operations bypassing a hypervisor
US9026498B2 (en) 2012-08-13 2015-05-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Lightweight mounting of a secondary copy of file system data
US8938481B2 (en) 2012-08-13 2015-01-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Generic file level restore from a block-level secondary copy
US9141529B2 (en) 2012-08-14 2015-09-22 OCZ Storage Solutions Inc. Methods and apparatus for providing acceleration of virtual machines in virtual environments
US9268642B2 (en) 2012-08-24 2016-02-23 Vmware, Inc. Protecting paired virtual machines
US9201869B2 (en) 2012-08-28 2015-12-01 Oracle International Corporation Contextually blind data conversion using indexed string matching
WO2014049691A1 (en) 2012-09-25 2014-04-03 株式会社東芝 Information processing system
GB2507261A (en) 2012-10-23 2014-04-30 Ibm Reverting to a snapshot of a VM by modifying metadata
CN103810058B (en) 2012-11-12 2017-02-22 华为技术有限公司 Backup method, equipment and system for virtual machine
US9063971B2 (en) 2012-12-03 2015-06-23 Red Hat Israel, Ltd. Schema and query abstraction for different LDAP service providers
US9529613B2 (en) * 2012-12-12 2016-12-27 Vmware, Inc. Methods and apparatus to reclaim resources in virtual computing environments
US10162873B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2018-12-25 Red Hat, Inc. Synchronization of physical disks
US9740702B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-08-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods to identify unprotected virtual machines
US20140181438A1 (en) 2012-12-21 2014-06-26 Commvault Systems, Inc. Filtered reference copy of secondary storage data in a data storage system
US9223597B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2015-12-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Archiving virtual machines in a data storage system
US9678978B2 (en) 2012-12-31 2017-06-13 Carbonite, Inc. Systems and methods for automatic synchronization of recently modified data
US20140196038A1 (en) 2013-01-08 2014-07-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual machine management in a data storage system
US9665591B2 (en) 2013-01-11 2017-05-30 Commvault Systems, Inc. High availability distributed deduplicated storage system
US9495404B2 (en) 2013-01-11 2016-11-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods to process block-level backup for selective file restoration for virtual machines
US20140201157A1 (en) 2013-01-11 2014-07-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for rule-based virtual machine data protection
US9286110B2 (en) 2013-01-14 2016-03-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Seamless virtual machine recall in a data storage system
CN104956310B (en) 2013-01-28 2019-03-05 株式会社日立制作所 Storage system and method for distributing resource
US9165150B2 (en) 2013-02-19 2015-10-20 Symantec Corporation Application and device control in a virtualized environment
US9594837B2 (en) 2013-02-26 2017-03-14 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Prediction and information retrieval for intrinsically diverse sessions
US9235582B1 (en) 2013-03-14 2016-01-12 Emc Corporation Tracking files excluded from backup
US9720717B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-08-01 Sandisk Technologies Llc Virtualization support for storage devices
US20140344323A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-11-20 Reactor8 Inc. State-based configuration management for distributed systems
US11188589B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2021-11-30 Wits(Md), Llc. Associating received medical imaging data to stored medical imaging data
US9405767B2 (en) 2013-05-01 2016-08-02 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Streaming content and placeholders
US9424136B1 (en) * 2013-06-12 2016-08-23 Veritas Technologies Llc Systems and methods for creating optimized synthetic backup images
US8849764B1 (en) 2013-06-13 2014-09-30 DataGravity, Inc. System and method of data intelligent storage
US9213706B2 (en) 2013-06-13 2015-12-15 DataGravity, Inc. Live restore for a data intelligent storage system
US10089192B2 (en) 2013-06-13 2018-10-02 Hytrust, Inc. Live restore for a data intelligent storage system
US9665386B2 (en) 2013-06-14 2017-05-30 Nutanix, Inc. Method for leveraging hypervisor functionality for maintaining application consistent snapshots in a virtualization environment
US9575789B1 (en) 2013-06-26 2017-02-21 Veritas Technologies Systems and methods for enabling migratory virtual machines to expedite access to resources
US9043576B2 (en) 2013-08-21 2015-05-26 Simplivity Corporation System and method for virtual machine conversion
US9858154B1 (en) 2013-08-23 2018-01-02 Acronis International Gmbh Agentless file backup of a virtual machine
US20150067393A1 (en) 2013-08-27 2015-03-05 Connectloud, Inc. Method and apparatus to remotely take a snapshot of a complete virtual machine from a software defined cloud with backup and restore capacity
US9939981B2 (en) 2013-09-12 2018-04-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. File manager integration with virtualization in an information management system with an enhanced storage manager, including user control and storage management of virtual machines
US10193963B2 (en) 2013-10-24 2019-01-29 Vmware, Inc. Container virtual machines for hadoop
US9098457B2 (en) 2013-10-31 2015-08-04 Vmware, Inc. Visualizing disaster recovery plan execution for the cloud
US9230001B2 (en) 2013-11-14 2016-01-05 Vmware, Inc. Intelligent data propagation using performance monitoring
US9665437B2 (en) 2013-11-18 2017-05-30 Actifio, Inc. Test-and-development workflow automation
US10241709B2 (en) 2013-12-09 2019-03-26 Vmware, Inc. Elastic temporary filesystem
US10075459B1 (en) 2014-01-22 2018-09-11 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Securing workspaces in a cloud computing environment
US9639426B2 (en) 2014-01-24 2017-05-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. Single snapshot for multiple applications
US9753812B2 (en) 2014-01-24 2017-09-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Generating mapping information for single snapshot for multiple applications
US11194667B2 (en) 2014-02-07 2021-12-07 International Business Machines Corporation Creating a restore copy from a copy of a full copy of source data in a repository that is at a different point-in-time than a restore point-in-time of a restore request
US20150227601A1 (en) 2014-02-13 2015-08-13 Actifio, Inc. Virtual data backup
US9792075B1 (en) 2014-02-26 2017-10-17 Veritas Technologies Llc Systems and methods for synthesizing virtual hard drives
US9959177B2 (en) 2014-02-27 2018-05-01 Red Hat Israel, Ltd. Backing up virtual machines
US10216585B2 (en) 2014-02-28 2019-02-26 Red Hat Israel, Ltd. Enabling disk image operations in conjunction with snapshot locking
US11243707B2 (en) 2014-03-12 2022-02-08 Nutanix, Inc. Method and system for implementing virtual machine images
US9588847B1 (en) 2014-03-25 2017-03-07 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Recovering corrupt virtual machine disks
US9639428B1 (en) 2014-03-28 2017-05-02 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Optimized backup of clusters with multiple proxy servers
US9697228B2 (en) 2014-04-14 2017-07-04 Vembu Technologies Private Limited Secure relational file system with version control, deduplication, and error correction
US10216531B2 (en) 2014-05-12 2019-02-26 Netapp, Inc. Techniques for virtual machine shifting
US10203975B2 (en) 2014-05-28 2019-02-12 Red Hat Israel, Ltd. Virtual machine template management
US9594636B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2017-03-14 Datto, Inc. Management of data replication and storage apparatuses, methods and systems
US9477683B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2016-10-25 International Business Machines Corporation Techniques for enabling coarse-grained volume snapshots for virtual machine backup and restore
US9619342B2 (en) 2014-06-24 2017-04-11 International Business Machines Corporation Back up and recovery in virtual machine environments
US10097410B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2018-10-09 Vmware, Inc. Methods and apparatus to scale application deployments in cloud computing environments
US9430284B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2016-08-30 Vmware, Inc. Processing virtual machine objects through multistep workflows
US9626254B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2017-04-18 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development Lp Backup and non-staged recovery of virtual environment data
US9898320B2 (en) 2014-06-28 2018-02-20 Vmware, Inc. Using a delta query to seed live migration
CN105446826A (en) 2014-06-30 2016-03-30 国际商业机器公司 Virtual machine backup and recovery method and device
US20160019317A1 (en) 2014-07-16 2016-01-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files
US20160019224A1 (en) * 2014-07-18 2016-01-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. File system content archiving based on third-party application archiving rules and metadata
US9852026B2 (en) 2014-08-06 2017-12-26 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficient application recovery in an information management system based on a pseudo-storage-device driver
US10360110B2 (en) 2014-08-06 2019-07-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. Point-in-time backups of a production application made accessible over fibre channel and/or iSCSI as data sources to a remote application by representing the backups as pseudo-disks operating apart from the production application and its host
US9684567B2 (en) 2014-09-04 2017-06-20 International Business Machines Corporation Hypervisor agnostic interchangeable backup recovery and file level recovery from virtual disks
US9710465B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2017-07-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficiently restoring execution of a backed up virtual machine based on coordination with virtual-machine-file-relocation operations
US9436555B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2016-09-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficient live-mount of a backed up virtual machine in a storage management system
US9417968B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2016-08-16 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficiently restoring execution of a backed up virtual machine based on coordination with virtual-machine-file-relocation operations
US10102218B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-10-16 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc File system with per-extent checksums
US9569124B2 (en) 2014-11-04 2017-02-14 Rubrik, Inc. Deduplication of virtual machine content
US10776209B2 (en) 2014-11-10 2020-09-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-platform virtual machine backup and replication
US9983936B2 (en) 2014-11-20 2018-05-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual machine change block tracking
US9535798B1 (en) 2014-12-19 2017-01-03 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Systems and methods for maintaining virtual component checkpoints on an offload device
US9804927B2 (en) 2014-12-27 2017-10-31 Lenovo Enterprise Solutions (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Virtual machine distributed checkpointing
CN104679907A (en) 2015-03-24 2015-06-03 新余兴邦信息产业有限公司 Realization method and system for high-availability and high-performance database cluster
US10241871B1 (en) 2015-03-31 2019-03-26 Veritas Technologies Llc Fragmentation mitigation in synthetic full backups
US10114705B1 (en) 2015-04-14 2018-10-30 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Presenting virtual machine backup files for block and file level restore
US9996429B1 (en) 2015-04-14 2018-06-12 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Mountable container backups for files
US9639274B2 (en) 2015-04-14 2017-05-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficient deduplication database validation
US9715347B2 (en) 2015-05-14 2017-07-25 Netapp, Inc. Virtual disk migration
US20160350391A1 (en) 2015-05-26 2016-12-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data
US9760398B1 (en) 2015-06-29 2017-09-12 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Automatic placement of virtual machine instances
US9766825B2 (en) 2015-07-22 2017-09-19 Commvault Systems, Inc. Browse and restore for block-level backups
US10628194B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2020-04-21 Netapp Inc. Techniques for data migration
US9747179B2 (en) 2015-10-29 2017-08-29 Netapp, Inc. Data management agent for selective storage re-caching
US10481984B1 (en) 2015-11-23 2019-11-19 Acronis International Gmbh Backup of virtual machines from storage snapshot
US10228962B2 (en) 2015-12-09 2019-03-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Live synchronization and management of virtual machines across computing and virtualization platforms and using live synchronization to support disaster recovery
US10387266B2 (en) 2015-12-23 2019-08-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Application-level live synchronization across computing platforms including synchronizing co-resident applications to disparate standby destinations and selectively synchronizing some applications and not others
US20170192868A1 (en) 2015-12-30 2017-07-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. User interface for identifying a location of a failed secondary storage device
US20170235647A1 (en) 2016-02-12 2017-08-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data protection operations based on network path information
US10684924B2 (en) 2016-02-18 2020-06-16 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data restoration operations based on network path information
US10095864B2 (en) 2016-03-08 2018-10-09 Tanium Inc. System and method for performing event inquiries in a network
US10592350B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2020-03-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual server cloud file system for virtual machine restore to cloud operations
US10296368B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2019-05-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Hypervisor-independent block-level live browse for access to backed up virtual machine (VM) data and hypervisor-free file-level recovery (block-level pseudo-mount)
US10225964B2 (en) 2016-03-31 2019-03-05 Apple Inc. Component shielding structures with magnetic shielding
US10445188B2 (en) 2016-04-04 2019-10-15 Vmware, Inc. Method and system for virtualizing guest-generated file system snapshots
US10417098B2 (en) 2016-06-28 2019-09-17 International Business Machines Corporation File level access to block level incremental backups of a virtual disk
US10565008B2 (en) 2016-07-28 2020-02-18 International Business Machines Corporation Reducing service downtime during service migration
US10417102B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2019-09-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Heartbeat monitoring of virtual machines for initiating failover operations in a data storage management system, including virtual machine distribution logic
US10162528B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2018-12-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Targeted snapshot based on virtual machine location
US10152251B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2018-12-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Targeted backup of virtual machine
US10210048B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2019-02-19 Commvault Systems, Inc. Selective snapshot and backup copy operations for individual virtual machines in a shared storage
US20180143880A1 (en) 2016-11-21 2018-05-24 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-platform virtual machine data and memory backup and resumption
US10678758B2 (en) 2016-11-21 2020-06-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-platform virtual machine data and memory backup and replication
JP2018152728A (en) 2017-03-13 2018-09-27 富士通株式会社 Radio base station, radio communication method, and radio communication system
US10877851B2 (en) 2017-03-24 2020-12-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual machine recovery point selection
US10776329B2 (en) 2017-03-28 2020-09-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Migration of a database management system to cloud storage
US10387073B2 (en) 2017-03-29 2019-08-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. External dynamic virtual machine synchronization
US20180285202A1 (en) 2017-03-29 2018-10-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. External fallback system for local computing systems
US10496547B1 (en) 2017-05-10 2019-12-03 Parallels International Gmbh External disk cache for guest operating system in a virtualized environment
US10417096B2 (en) 2017-07-20 2019-09-17 Vmware, Inc. Multi-virtual machine time consistent snapshots
US20190090305A1 (en) 2017-09-20 2019-03-21 Unisys Corporation SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING SECURE AND REDUNDANT COMMUNICATIONS AND PROCESSING FOR A COLLECTION OF MULTI-STATE INTERNET OF THINGS (IoT) DEVICES
US10877928B2 (en) 2018-03-07 2020-12-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up virtual machine backup operations
US10768971B2 (en) 2019-01-30 2020-09-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-hypervisor live mount of backed up virtual machine data
US10996974B2 (en) 2019-01-30 2021-05-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-hypervisor live mount of backed up virtual machine data, including management of cache storage for virtual machine data

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20020069369A1 (en) * 2000-07-05 2002-06-06 Tremain Geoffrey Donald Method and apparatus for providing computer services
US7640406B1 (en) * 2006-10-03 2009-12-29 Emc Corporation Detecting and managing orphan files between primary and secondary data stores for content addressed storage
US7685177B1 (en) * 2006-10-03 2010-03-23 Emc Corporation Detecting and managing orphan files between primary and secondary data stores
US20090228669A1 (en) * 2008-03-10 2009-09-10 Microsoft Corporation Storage Device Optimization Using File Characteristics
US20090300057A1 (en) * 2008-05-30 2009-12-03 Novell, Inc. System and method for efficiently building virtual appliances in a hosted environment
US20100011178A1 (en) * 2008-07-14 2010-01-14 Vizioncore, Inc. Systems and methods for performing backup operations of virtual machine files
US8037032B2 (en) * 2008-08-25 2011-10-11 Vmware, Inc. Managing backups using virtual machines
US20100306173A1 (en) * 2009-05-31 2010-12-02 Shahar Frank Handling temporary files of a virtual machine
US8489676B1 (en) * 2010-06-30 2013-07-16 Symantec Corporation Technique for implementing seamless shortcuts in sharepoint
US20130232215A1 (en) * 2012-03-05 2013-09-05 Riverbed Technology, Inc. Virtualized data storage system architecture using prefetching agent

Cited By (159)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11436210B2 (en) 2008-09-05 2022-09-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Classification of virtualization data
US11449394B2 (en) 2010-06-04 2022-09-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Failover systems and methods for performing backup operations, including heterogeneous indexing and load balancing of backup and indexing resources
US9684535B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-06-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Archiving virtual machines in a data storage system
US9965316B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2018-05-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Archiving virtual machines in a data storage system
US11099886B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2021-08-24 Commvault Systems, Inc. Archiving virtual machines in a data storage system
US10684883B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2020-06-16 Commvault Systems, Inc. Archiving virtual machines in a data storage system
US10733143B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2020-08-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods to identify unprotected virtual machines
US10824464B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2020-11-03 Commvault Systems, Inc. Archiving virtual machines in a data storage system
US9740702B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-08-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods to identify unprotected virtual machines
US11468005B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2022-10-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods to identify unprotected virtual machines
US11544221B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2023-01-03 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods to identify unprotected virtual machines
US10896053B2 (en) 2013-01-08 2021-01-19 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual machine load balancing
US9703584B2 (en) 2013-01-08 2017-07-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual server agent load balancing
US11734035B2 (en) 2013-01-08 2023-08-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual machine load balancing
US10474483B2 (en) 2013-01-08 2019-11-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual server agent load balancing
US11922197B2 (en) 2013-01-08 2024-03-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual server agent load balancing
US9977687B2 (en) 2013-01-08 2018-05-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual server agent load balancing
US10108652B2 (en) 2013-01-11 2018-10-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods to process block-level backup for selective file restoration for virtual machines
US9495404B2 (en) 2013-01-11 2016-11-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods to process block-level backup for selective file restoration for virtual machines
US11288236B2 (en) 2013-01-11 2022-03-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data synchronization management
US9652283B2 (en) 2013-01-14 2017-05-16 Commvault Systems, Inc. Creation of virtual machine placeholders in a data storage system
US9766989B2 (en) 2013-01-14 2017-09-19 Commvault Systems, Inc. Creation of virtual machine placeholders in a data storage system
US9489244B2 (en) 2013-01-14 2016-11-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Seamless virtual machine recall in a data storage system
US11804988B2 (en) 2013-07-10 2023-10-31 Nicira, Inc. Method and system of overlay flow control
US11010011B2 (en) 2013-09-12 2021-05-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. File manager integration with virtualization in an information management system with an enhanced storage manager, including user control and storage management of virtual machines
US9939981B2 (en) 2013-09-12 2018-04-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. File manager integration with virtualization in an information management system with an enhanced storage manager, including user control and storage management of virtual machines
US10860401B2 (en) 2014-02-27 2020-12-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Work flow management for an information management system
US11321189B2 (en) 2014-04-02 2022-05-03 Commvault Systems, Inc. Information management by a media agent in the absence of communications with a storage manager
US10650057B2 (en) 2014-07-16 2020-05-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files
US11625439B2 (en) 2014-07-16 2023-04-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files
US20160050257A1 (en) * 2014-08-13 2016-02-18 Shinydocs Corporation Interfacing with remote content management systems
US11240292B2 (en) * 2014-08-13 2022-02-01 Shinydocs Corporation Interfacing with remote content management systems
US11689604B2 (en) * 2014-08-13 2023-06-27 Shinydocs Corp Interfacing with remote content management systems
US11038945B2 (en) * 2014-08-13 2021-06-15 ShinyDocs Interfacing with remote content management systems
US20220124142A1 (en) * 2014-08-13 2022-04-21 Shinydocs Corporation Interfacing with remote content management systems
US9996534B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2018-06-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficiently restoring execution of a backed up virtual machine based on coordination with virtual-machine-file-relocation operations
US9928001B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2018-03-27 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficiently restoring execution of a backed up virtual machine based on coordination with virtual-machine-file-relocation operations
US9417968B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2016-08-16 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficiently restoring execution of a backed up virtual machine based on coordination with virtual-machine-file-relocation operations
US10452303B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2019-10-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficient live-mount of a backed up virtual machine in a storage management system
US10572468B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2020-02-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Restoring execution of a backed up virtual machine based on coordination with virtual-machine-file-relocation operations
US10048889B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2018-08-14 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficient live-mount of a backed up virtual machine in a storage management system
US9436555B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2016-09-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficient live-mount of a backed up virtual machine in a storage management system
US9710465B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2017-07-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficiently restoring execution of a backed up virtual machine based on coordination with virtual-machine-file-relocation operations
US10437505B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2019-10-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Efficiently restoring execution of a backed up virtual machine based on coordination with virtual-machine-file-relocation operations
US9866634B1 (en) * 2014-09-26 2018-01-09 Western Digital Technologies, Inc. Managing and accessing data storage systems
US10776209B2 (en) 2014-11-10 2020-09-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-platform virtual machine backup and replication
US11422709B2 (en) 2014-11-20 2022-08-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual machine change block tracking
US9983936B2 (en) 2014-11-20 2018-05-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual machine change block tracking
US9823977B2 (en) 2014-11-20 2017-11-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual machine change block tracking
US10509573B2 (en) 2014-11-20 2019-12-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual machine change block tracking
US9996287B2 (en) 2014-11-20 2018-06-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual machine change block tracking
US9933964B2 (en) 2014-12-23 2018-04-03 Commvault Systems, Inc. Secondary storage operation instruction tags in information management systems
US20170090796A1 (en) * 2014-12-23 2017-03-30 Commvault Systems, Inc. Secondary storage operation instruction tags in information management systems
US9740417B2 (en) * 2014-12-23 2017-08-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. Secondary storage operation instruction tags in information management systems
US20160179416A1 (en) * 2014-12-23 2016-06-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. Secondary storage operation instruction tags in information management systems
US20170090797A1 (en) * 2014-12-23 2017-03-30 Commvault Systems, Inc. Secondary storage operation instruction tags in information management systems
US10379761B2 (en) 2014-12-23 2019-08-13 Commvault Systems, Inc. Secondary storage operation instruction tags in information management systems
US9652166B2 (en) * 2014-12-23 2017-05-16 Commvault Systems, Inc. Secondary storage operation instruction tags in information management systems
US9588704B2 (en) * 2014-12-23 2017-03-07 Commvault Systems, Inc. Secondary storage operation instruction tags in information management systems
US10817208B2 (en) 2015-01-20 2020-10-27 Commvault Systems, Inc. Synchronizing selected portions of data in a storage management system
US10241871B1 (en) * 2015-03-31 2019-03-26 Veritas Technologies Llc Fragmentation mitigation in synthetic full backups
US11093343B2 (en) 2015-03-31 2021-08-17 Veritas Technologies LLP Fragmentation mitigation in synthetic full backups
US10311042B1 (en) 2015-08-31 2019-06-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Organically managing primary and secondary storage of a data object based on expiry timeframe supplied by a user of the data object
US11748332B2 (en) 2015-08-31 2023-09-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Organically managing storage of a data object based on an expiry timeframe supplied by a user of the data object
US10983986B2 (en) 2015-08-31 2021-04-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Organically managing primary and secondary storage of a data object based on an expiry timeframe supplied by a user of the data object
US10949240B2 (en) 2015-12-09 2021-03-16 Commvault Systems, Inc. Live synchronization and management of virtual machines across computing and virtualization platforms and using live synchronization to support disaster recovery
US10228962B2 (en) 2015-12-09 2019-03-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Live synchronization and management of virtual machines across computing and virtualization platforms and using live synchronization to support disaster recovery
US11803411B2 (en) 2015-12-09 2023-10-31 Commvault Systems, Inc. Live synchronization and management of virtual machines across computing and virtualization platforms including in cloud computing environments
US11042446B2 (en) 2015-12-23 2021-06-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. Application-level live synchronization across computing platforms such as cloud platforms
US10387266B2 (en) 2015-12-23 2019-08-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Application-level live synchronization across computing platforms including synchronizing co-resident applications to disparate standby destinations and selectively synchronizing some applications and not others
US10592350B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2020-03-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual server cloud file system for virtual machine restore to cloud operations
US10565067B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2020-02-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual server cloud file system for virtual machine backup from cloud operations
US10896104B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2021-01-19 Commvault Systems, Inc. Heartbeat monitoring of virtual machines for initiating failover operations in a data storage management system, using ping monitoring of target virtual machines
US10474548B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2019-11-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Heartbeat monitoring of virtual machines for initiating failover operations in a data storage management system, using ping monitoring of target virtual machines
US11429499B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2022-08-30 Commvault Systems, Inc. Heartbeat monitoring of virtual machines for initiating failover operations in a data storage management system, including operations by a master monitor node
US10747630B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2020-08-18 Commvault Systems, Inc. Heartbeat monitoring of virtual machines for initiating failover operations in a data storage management system, including operations by a master monitor node
US10417102B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2019-09-17 Commvault Systems, Inc. Heartbeat monitoring of virtual machines for initiating failover operations in a data storage management system, including virtual machine distribution logic
US11409611B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2022-08-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Snapshot and backup copy operations for individual virtual machines
US10162528B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2018-12-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Targeted snapshot based on virtual machine location
US11934859B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2024-03-19 Commvault Systems, Inc. Targeted snapshot based on virtual machine location
US11416280B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2022-08-16 Commvault Systems, Inc. Targeted snapshot based on virtual machine location
US10824459B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2020-11-03 Commvault Systems, Inc. Targeted snapshot based on virtual machine location
US11366722B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2022-06-21 Commvault Systems, Inc. Selective snapshot and backup copy operations for individual virtual machines in a shared storage
US10152251B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2018-12-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Targeted backup of virtual machine
US10210048B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2019-02-19 Commvault Systems, Inc. Selective snapshot and backup copy operations for individual virtual machines in a shared storage
US11579980B2 (en) 2016-10-25 2023-02-14 Commvault Systems, Inc. Snapshot and backup copy operations for individual virtual machines
US11436202B2 (en) 2016-11-21 2022-09-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-platform virtual machine data and memory backup and replication
US10678758B2 (en) 2016-11-21 2020-06-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-platform virtual machine data and memory backup and replication
US11620193B2 (en) * 2016-12-15 2023-04-04 Palantir Technologies Inc. Incremental backup of computer data files
US11244047B2 (en) * 2016-12-19 2022-02-08 Mcafee, Llc Intelligent backup and versioning
CN108282811A (en) * 2017-01-05 2018-07-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of data processing method and device
US10983875B2 (en) 2017-03-24 2021-04-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. Time-based virtual machine reversion
US10474542B2 (en) 2017-03-24 2019-11-12 Commvault Systems, Inc. Time-based virtual machine reversion
US11526410B2 (en) 2017-03-24 2022-12-13 Commvault Systems, Inc. Time-based virtual machine reversion
US10877851B2 (en) 2017-03-24 2020-12-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Virtual machine recovery point selection
US10896100B2 (en) 2017-03-24 2021-01-19 Commvault Systems, Inc. Buffered virtual machine replication
US20180285201A1 (en) * 2017-03-28 2018-10-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Backup operations for large databases using live synchronization
US10387073B2 (en) 2017-03-29 2019-08-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. External dynamic virtual machine synchronization
US11249864B2 (en) 2017-03-29 2022-02-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. External dynamic virtual machine synchronization
US11669414B2 (en) 2017-03-29 2023-06-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. External dynamic virtual machine synchronization
US11025717B2 (en) * 2017-06-02 2021-06-01 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Method and system for backing up and restoring data
CN108984335A (en) * 2017-06-02 2018-12-11 伊姆西Ip控股有限责任公司 Backup and the method and system for restoring data
US11489917B2 (en) 2017-06-02 2022-11-01 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Method and system for backing up and restoring data
US10761869B2 (en) * 2017-06-26 2020-09-01 Wangsu Science & Technology Co., Ltd. Cloud platform construction method and cloud platform storing image files in storage backend cluster according to image file type
US10853185B1 (en) * 2017-09-27 2020-12-01 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Virtual machine image backup to exclude system page file
US11894949B2 (en) 2017-10-02 2024-02-06 VMware LLC Identifying multiple nodes in a virtual network defined over a set of public clouds to connect to an external SaaS provider
US11895194B2 (en) 2017-10-02 2024-02-06 VMware LLC Layer four optimization for a virtual network defined over public cloud
US11855805B2 (en) 2017-10-02 2023-12-26 Vmware, Inc. Deploying firewall for virtual network defined over public cloud infrastructure
US11902086B2 (en) 2017-11-09 2024-02-13 Nicira, Inc. Method and system of a dynamic high-availability mode based on current wide area network connectivity
US20190163372A1 (en) * 2017-11-30 2019-05-30 Veritas Technologies Llc Performing backup operations using replicas
US10802747B2 (en) * 2017-11-30 2020-10-13 Veritas Technologies Llc Performing backup operations using replicas
US11429305B2 (en) 2017-11-30 2022-08-30 Veritas Technologies Llc Performing backup operations using replicas
US10877928B2 (en) 2018-03-07 2020-12-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up virtual machine backup operations
US11520736B2 (en) 2018-03-07 2022-12-06 Commvault Systems, Inc. Using utilities injected into cloud-based virtual machines for speeding up virtual machine backup operations
US11429492B2 (en) * 2018-04-27 2022-08-30 EMC IP Holding Company LLC Protecting and identifying virtual machines that have the same name in a multi-tenant distributed environment
US11108859B2 (en) * 2018-07-02 2021-08-31 Accenture Global Solutions Limited Intelligent backup and recovery of cloud computing environment
US20200007620A1 (en) * 2018-07-02 2020-01-02 Accenture Global Solutions Limited Intelligent Backup and Recovery of Cloud Computing Environment
US11016696B2 (en) 2018-09-14 2021-05-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Redundant distributed data storage system
EP3640831A1 (en) * 2018-10-17 2020-04-22 Accenture Global Solutions Limited Container image vulnerability reduction
US10936725B2 (en) 2018-10-17 2021-03-02 Accenture Global Solutions Limited Container image vulnerability reduction
US11068351B2 (en) * 2018-11-19 2021-07-20 International Business Machines Corporation Data consistency when switching from primary to backup data storage
US11550680B2 (en) 2018-12-06 2023-01-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. Assigning backup resources in a data storage management system based on failover of partnered data storage resources
US11347707B2 (en) 2019-01-22 2022-05-31 Commvault Systems, Inc. File indexing for virtual machine backups based on using live browse features
US11449486B2 (en) 2019-01-22 2022-09-20 Commvault Systems, Inc. File indexing for virtual machine backups in a data storage management system
US10872069B2 (en) 2019-01-22 2020-12-22 Commvault Systems, Inc. File indexing for virtual machine backups in a data storage management system
US11030054B2 (en) 2019-01-25 2021-06-08 International Business Machines Corporation Methods and systems for data backup based on data classification
US11113148B2 (en) 2019-01-25 2021-09-07 International Business Machines Corporation Methods and systems for metadata tag inheritance for data backup
US11176000B2 (en) 2019-01-25 2021-11-16 International Business Machines Corporation Methods and systems for custom metadata driven data protection and identification of data
US11210266B2 (en) 2019-01-25 2021-12-28 International Business Machines Corporation Methods and systems for natural language processing of metadata
US11113238B2 (en) 2019-01-25 2021-09-07 International Business Machines Corporation Methods and systems for metadata tag inheritance between multiple storage systems
US11093448B2 (en) 2019-01-25 2021-08-17 International Business Machines Corporation Methods and systems for metadata tag inheritance for data tiering
US11914869B2 (en) 2019-01-25 2024-02-27 International Business Machines Corporation Methods and systems for encryption based on intelligent data classification
US11100048B2 (en) 2019-01-25 2021-08-24 International Business Machines Corporation Methods and systems for metadata tag inheritance between multiple file systems within a storage system
US10768971B2 (en) 2019-01-30 2020-09-08 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-hypervisor live mount of backed up virtual machine data
US11467863B2 (en) 2019-01-30 2022-10-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-hypervisor live mount of backed up virtual machine data
US11947990B2 (en) 2019-01-30 2024-04-02 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-hypervisor live-mount of backed up virtual machine data
US10996974B2 (en) 2019-01-30 2021-05-04 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-hypervisor live mount of backed up virtual machine data, including management of cache storage for virtual machine data
US11334382B2 (en) * 2019-04-30 2022-05-17 Intel Corporation Technologies for batching requests in an edge infrastructure
US11816005B2 (en) 2019-08-14 2023-11-14 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for change block tracking for backing up changed data
US11513922B2 (en) * 2019-08-14 2022-11-29 Commvault Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for change block tracking for backing up changed data
US11831414B2 (en) 2019-08-27 2023-11-28 Vmware, Inc. Providing recommendations for implementing virtual networks
US11636010B2 (en) 2019-08-28 2023-04-25 Commvault Systems, Inc. Enhancing file indexing of block-level backup copies of virtual machines and/or file systems by populating and tracking a cache storage area and a backup index
US11593228B2 (en) 2019-08-28 2023-02-28 Commvault Systems, Inc. Live browse cache enhacements for live browsing block-level backup copies of virtual machines and/or file systems
US11921594B2 (en) 2019-08-28 2024-03-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Enhanced file indexing, live browsing, and restoring of backup copies of virtual machines and/or file systems by populating and tracking a cache storage area and a backup index
US11914477B2 (en) 2019-08-28 2024-02-27 Commvault Systems, Inc. Lightweight metadata handling for file indexing and live browse of backup copies
US11714568B2 (en) 2020-02-14 2023-08-01 Commvault Systems, Inc. On-demand restore of virtual machine data
US11467753B2 (en) 2020-02-14 2022-10-11 Commvault Systems, Inc. On-demand restore of virtual machine data
US11442768B2 (en) 2020-03-12 2022-09-13 Commvault Systems, Inc. Cross-hypervisor live recovery of virtual machines
US11663099B2 (en) 2020-03-26 2023-05-30 Commvault Systems, Inc. Snapshot-based disaster recovery orchestration of virtual machine failover and failback operations
US11748143B2 (en) 2020-05-15 2023-09-05 Commvault Systems, Inc. Live mount of virtual machines in a public cloud computing environment
US11500669B2 (en) 2020-05-15 2022-11-15 Commvault Systems, Inc. Live recovery of virtual machines in a public cloud computing environment
US11327663B2 (en) 2020-06-09 2022-05-10 Commvault Systems, Inc. Ensuring the integrity of data storage volumes used in block-level live synchronization operations in a data storage management system
US11803308B2 (en) 2020-06-09 2023-10-31 Commvault Systems, Inc. Ensuring the integrity of data storage volumes used in block-level live synchronization operations in a data storage management system
US11656951B2 (en) 2020-10-28 2023-05-23 Commvault Systems, Inc. Data loss vulnerability detection
US11929903B2 (en) 2020-12-29 2024-03-12 VMware LLC Emulating packet flows to assess network links for SD-WAN
US11645175B2 (en) 2021-02-12 2023-05-09 Commvault Systems, Inc. Automatic failover of a storage manager
US20220407915A1 (en) * 2021-06-18 2022-12-22 Vmware, Inc. Method and apparatus for deploying tenant deployable elements across public clouds based on harvested performance metrics
US11943146B2 (en) 2021-10-01 2024-03-26 VMware LLC Traffic prioritization in SD-WAN
US11909815B2 (en) 2022-06-06 2024-02-20 VMware LLC Routing based on geolocation costs

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20200327163A1 (en) 2020-10-15
US10650057B2 (en) 2020-05-12
US20180075166A1 (en) 2018-03-15
US11625439B2 (en) 2023-04-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11625439B2 (en) Volume or virtual machine level backup and generating placeholders for virtual machine files
US11321281B2 (en) Managing structured data in a data storage system
US11422709B2 (en) Virtual machine change block tracking
US10922197B2 (en) Creating a customized bootable image for a client computing device from an earlier image such as a backup copy
US20220083429A1 (en) Cross-platform virtual machine backup and replication
US20210365404A1 (en) File system content archiving based on third-party application archiving rules and metadata
US10884635B2 (en) Use of auxiliary data protection software in failover operations
US10481824B2 (en) Replication using deduplicated secondary copy data

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: COMMVAULT SYSTEMS, INC., NEW JERSEY

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:PAWAR, RAHUL S.;DORNEMANN, HENRY WALLACE;KOTTOMTHARAYIL, RAJIV;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20140716 TO 20140717;REEL/FRAME:033355/0631

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION